Energy Conservation Program: Energy Conservation Standards for Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products, 38762-38835 [2024-08001]

Download as PDF 38762 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY 10 CFR Part 430 [EERE–2020–BT–STD–0039] RIN 1904–AF62 Energy Conservation Program: Energy Conservation Standards for Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Department of Energy. ACTION: Direct final rule. AGENCY: The Energy Policy and Conservation Act, as amended (‘‘EPCA’’), prescribes energy conservation standards for various consumer products and certain commercial and industrial equipment, including miscellaneous refrigeration products. In this direct final rule, the U.S. Department of Energy (‘‘DOE’’) is adopting amended energy conservation standards for miscellaneous refrigeration products. DOE has determined that the amended energy conservation standards for these products would result in significant conservation of energy, and are technologically feasible and economically justified. DATES: The effective date of this rule is September 4, 2024. If adverse comments are received by August 26, 2024 and DOE determines that such comments may provide a reasonable basis for withdrawal of the direct final rule under 42 U.S.C. 6295(o), a timely withdrawal of this rule will be published in the Federal Register. If no such adverse comments are received, compliance with the amended standards established for miscellaneous refrigeration products in this direct final rule is required on and after January 31, 2029. Comments regarding the likely competitive impact of the standards contained in this direct final rule should be sent to the Department of Justice contact listed in the ADDRESSES section on or before June 6, 2024. ADDRESSES: The docket for this rulemaking, which includes Federal Register notices, public meeting attendee lists and transcripts, comments, and other supporting documents/materials, is available for review at www.regulations.gov. All documents in the docket are listed in the www.regulations.gov index. However, not all documents listed in the index may be publicly available, such as information that is exempt from public disclosure. The docket web page can be found at www.regulations.gov/docket/EERE- khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 SUMMARY: VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 2020-BT-STD-0039. The docket web page contains instructions on how to access all documents, including public comments, in the docket. For further information on how to submit a comment or review other public comments and the docket, contact the Appliance and Equipment Standards Program staff at (202) 287– 1445 or by email: ApplianceStandardsQuestions@ ee.doe.gov. The U.S. Department of Justice Antitrust Division invites input from market participants and other interested persons with views on the likely competitive impact of the standards contained in this direct final rule. Interested persons may contact the Antitrust Division at www.energy.standards@usdoj.gov on or before the date specified in the DATES section. Please indicate in the ‘‘Subject’’ line of your email the title and Docket Number of this direct final rule. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Mr. Lucas Adin, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Building Technologies Office, EE–5B, 1000 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20585–0121. Telephone: (202) 287– 5904. Email: ApplianceStandardsQuestions@ ee.doe.gov. Ms. Kristin Koernig, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of the General Counsel, GC–33, 1000 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20585–0121. Telephone: (240) 243–3383. Email: kristin.koernig@hq.doe.gov. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Table of Contents I. Synopsis of the Direct Final Rule A. Benefits and Costs to Consumers B. Impact on Manufacturers C. National Benefits and Costs D. Conclusion II. Introduction A. Authority B. Background 1. Current Standards 2. Current Test Procedures 3. History of Standards Rulemaking for MREFs 4. The Joint Agreement III. General Discussion A. Scope of Coverage B. Fairly Representative of Relevant Point of View C. Technological Feasibility 1. General 2. Maximum Technologically Feasible Levels D. Energy Savings 1. Determination of Savings 2. Significance of Savings E. Economic Justification 1. Specific Criteria a. Economic Impact on Manufacturers and Consumers PO 00000 Frm 00002 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 b. Savings in Operating Costs Compared To Increase in Price (LCC and PBP) c. Energy Savings d. Lessening of Utility or Performance of Products e. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition f. Need for National Energy Conservation g. Other Factors 2. Rebuttable Presumption IV. Methodology and Discussion of Related Comments A. Market and Technology Assessment 1. Product Classes a. Product Classes With Automatic Icemakers b. Addition of Product Class C–5–BI 2. Technology Options B. Screening Analysis 1. Screened-Out Technologies 2. Remaining Technologies C. Engineering Analysis 1. Efficiency Analysis a. Built-In Classes b. Baseline Efficiency/Energy Use c. Higher Efficiency Levels d. Variable-Speed Compressor Supply Chain 2. Cost Analysis 3. Cost-Efficiency Results D. Markups Analysis E. Energy Use Analysis F. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period Analysis 1. Product Cost 2. Installation Cost 3. Annual Energy Consumption 4. Energy Prices 5. Maintenance and Repair Costs 6. Product Lifetime 7. Discount Rates 8. Energy Efficiency Distribution in the NoNew-Standards Case 9. Payback Period Analysis G. Shipments Analysis H. National Impact Analysis 1. Product Efficiency Trends 2. National Energy Savings 3. Net Present Value Analysis I. Consumer Subgroup Analysis J. Manufacturer Impact Analysis 1. Overview 2. Government Regulatory Impact Model and Key Inputs a. Manufacturer Production Costs b. Shipments Projections c. Product and Capital Conversion Costs d. Manufacturer Markup Scenarios 3. Discussion of MIA Comments K. Emissions Analysis 1. Air Quality Regulations Incorporated in DOE’s Analysis L. Monetizing Emissions Impacts 1. Monetization of Greenhouse Gas Emissions a. Social Cost of Carbon b. Social Cost of Methane and Nitrous Oxide c. Sensitivity Analysis Using Updated 2023 SC–GHG Estimates 2. Monetization of Other Emissions Impacts M. Utility Impact Analysis N. Employment Impact Analysis O. Other Comments V. Analytical Results and Conclusions A. Trial Standard Levels E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations B. Economic Justification and Energy Savings 1. Economic Impacts on Individual Consumers a. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period b. Consumer Subgroup Analysis c. Rebuttable Presumption Payback 2. Economic Impacts on Manufacturers a. Industry Cash Flow Analysis Results b. Direct Impacts on Employment c. Impacts on Manufacturing Capacity d. Impacts on Subgroups of Manufacturers e. Cumulative Regulatory Burden 3. National Impact Analysis a. Significance of Energy Savings b. Net Present Value of Consumer Costs and Benefits c. Indirect Impacts on Employment 4. Impact on Utility or Performance of Products 5. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition 6. Need of the Nation To Conserve Energy 7. Other Factors 8. Summary of Economic Impacts C. Conclusion 1. Benefits and Burdens of TSLs Considered for MREF Standards 2. Annualized Benefits and Costs of the Adopted Standards VI. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review A. Review Under Executive Orders 12866, 13563, and 14094 B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction Act D. Review Under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 E. Review Under Executive Order 13132 F. Review Under Executive Order 12988 G. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 H. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1999 I. Review Under Executive Order 12630 J. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 2001 K. Review Under Executive Order 13211 L. Information Quality M. Congressional Notification VII. Approval of the Office of the Secretary the energy efficiency of a number of consumer products and certain industrial equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6291– 6317, as codified) Title III, Part B of EPCA 2 established the Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products Other Than Automobiles. (42 U.S.C. 6291–6309, as codified) These products include miscellaneous refrigeration products (‘‘MREFs’’), the subject of this direct final rule. Pursuant to EPCA, any new or amended energy conservation standard must, among other things, be designed to achieve the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that DOE determines is technologically feasible and economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(A)) Furthermore, the new or amended standard must result in significant conservation of energy. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B)) In light of the statutory authority above and under the authority provided by 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4), DOE is issuing this direct final rule amending the energy conservation standards for MREFs. The adopted standard levels in this direct final rule were proposed in a letter submitted to DOE jointly by groups representing manufacturers, energy and environmental advocates, consumer groups, and a utility. This letter, titled ‘‘Energy Efficiency Agreement of 2023’’ (hereafter, the ‘‘Joint Agreement’’ 3), recommends specific energy conservation standards for MREFs that, in the commenters’ view, would satisfy the EPCA requirements in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). DOE subsequently received letters of support from states, including California, Massachusetts, and New York,4 as well as San Diego Gas and Electric (‘‘SDG&E’’) and Southern California I. Synopsis of the Direct Final Rule reflect the last statutory amendments that impact Parts A and A–1 of EPCA. 2 For editorial reasons, upon codification in the U.S. Code, Part B was redesignated Part A. 3 This document is available in the docket at: www.regulations.gov/document/EERE-2020-BTSTD-0039-0034. 4 This document is available in the docket at: www.regulations.gov/document/EERE-2020-BTSTD-0039-0035. The Energy Policy and Conservation Act, Public Law 94–163, as amended (‘‘EPCA’’),1 authorizes DOE to regulate khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 1 All references to EPCA in this document refer to the statute as amended through the Energy Act of 2020, Public Law 116–260 (Dec. 27, 2020), which VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00003 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 38763 Edison (‘‘SCE’’) advocating for the adoption of the recommended standards.5 In accordance with the direct final rule provisions at 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4), DOE has determined that the recommendations contained therein are compliant with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). As required by 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(A)(i), DOE is also simultaneously publishing a notice of proposed rulemaking (‘‘NOPR’’) that contains the identical standards to those adopted in this direct final rule. Consistent with the statute, DOE is providing a 110-day public comment period on the direct final rule. (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(B)) If DOE determines that any comments received may provide a reasonable basis for withdrawal of the direct final rule under 42 U.S.C. 6295(o), or any other applicable law, DOE will publish the reasons for withdrawal and continue the rulemaking under the NOPR. (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(C)) See section II.A of this document for more details on DOE’s statutory authority. The amended standards that DOE is adopting in this direct final rule are the efficiency levels recommended in the Joint Agreement (shown in Table I.1) expressed in terms of kilowatt hours per year (‘‘kWh/yr’’) as measured according to DOE’s current MREF test procedure codified at title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations (‘‘CFR’’) part 430, subpart B, appendix A (‘‘appendix A’’). The amended standards recommended in the Joint Agreement are represented as trial standard level (‘‘TSL’’) 4 in this document (hereinafter the ‘‘Recommended TSL’’) and are described in section V.A of this document. The Joint Agreement’s standards for MREFs apply to all products listed in Table I.1 and manufactured in or imported into the United States starting on January 31, 2029. BILLING CODE 6450–01–P 5 This document is available in the docket at: www.regulations.gov/document/EERE-2020-BTSTD-0039-0036. E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 38764 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations Table 1.1 Energy Conservation Standards for MREFs (Compliance Starting January 31. 2029) Product Class ("PC") Equations for maximum energy use (kWh/yr) Based on AV (ft3) 5.52AV+I09.l 5.52AV +109.1 5.52AV+I09.l 6.30AV + 124.6 4.IIAV+ 117.4 4.67AV + 133.0 5.47AV+ 196.2 +281 1. Freestanding Compact Coolers (FCC) 2. Freestanding Coolers (FC) 3. Built-in Compact Coolers (BICC) 4. Built-in Coolers (BIC) C-3A. Cooler with all-refrigerator - automatic defrost C-3A-BI. Built-in cooler with all-refrigerator - automatic defrost C-5-BI. Built-in cooler with refrigerator-freezer - automatic defrost with bottom-mounted freezer 5.58AV + 147.7 + 281 C-9. Cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost without an automatic icemaker 6.38AV + 168.8 + 281 C-9-BI. Built-in cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost without an automatic icemaker C-13A. Compact cooler with all-refrigerator - automatic defrost 4.74AV + 155.0 C-l3A-BI. Built-in compact cooler with all-refrigerator - automatic 5.22AV + 170.5 defrost AV = Total adjusted volume, expressed in ft3 , as determined in appendices A and B of subpart B of 10 CFR part 430. av= Total adjusted volume, expressed in Liters. I = 1 for a product with an automatic icemaker and = 0 for a product without an automatic icemaker. A. Benefits and Costs to Consumers Table I.2 summarizes DOE’s evaluation of the economic impacts of the adopted standards on consumers of MREFs, as measured by the average lifecycle cost (‘‘LCC’’) savings and the simple payback period (‘‘PBP’’) 6 The average LCC savings are positive for all product classes, and the PBP is less than the average lifetime of MREFs, which varies by product class (see section IV.F of this document). Table 1.2 Impacts of Adopted Energy Conservation Standards on Consumers of MREFs (The Recommended TSL) khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 BILLING CODE 6450–01–C B. Impact on Manufacturers 7 DOE’s analysis of the impacts of the adopted standards on consumers is described in section IV.F of this document. The industry net present value (‘‘INPV’’) is the sum of the discounted cash flows to the industry from the base year through the end of the analysis period (2024–2058). Using a real discount rate of 7.7 percent, DOE 6 The average LCC savings refer to consumers that are affected by a standard and are measured relative to the efficiency distribution in the no-newstandards case, which depicts the market in the compliance year in the absence of new or amended VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Simple Payback Period Years 4.4 8.1 7.3 7.1 1.7 1.6 8.5 6.8 Jkt 262001 standards (see section IV.F.9 of this document). The simple PBP, which is designed to compare specific efficiency levels, is measured relative to the baseline product (see section IV.C of this document). PO 00000 Frm 00004 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 estimates that the INPV for manufacturers of MREFs in the case without amended standards is $807.7 million. Under the adopted standards, which align with the Recommended TSL (i.e., TSL 4) for MREFs, DOE estimates the change in INPV to range 7 All monetary values in this document are expressed in 2022 dollars. unless indicated otherwise. For purposes of discounting future monetary values, the present year in the analysis was 2024. E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.002</GPH> BIC BICC C-l3A C-l3A-BI C-3A C-3A-BI FC FCC Average LCC Savings 2022$ 53.56 1.53 l0.60 12.81 30.95 36.19 26.22 12.97 ER07MY24.001</GPH> MREFClass Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations from ¥11.4 percent to ¥7.5 percent, which is approximately ¥$92.1 million to ¥$60.3 million. In order to bring products into compliance with amended standards, it is estimated that industry will incur total conversion costs of $130.7 million. DOE’s analysis of the impacts of the adopted standards on manufacturers is described in sections IV.J and V.B.2 of this document. C. National Benefits and Costs DOE’s analyses indicate that the adopted energy conservation standards for MREFs would save a significant amount of energy. Relative to the case without amended standards, the lifetime energy savings for MREFs purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the anticipated year of compliance with the amended standards (2029–2058) amount to 0.32 quadrillion British thermal units (‘‘Btu’’), or quads.8 This represents a savings of 26 percent relative to the energy use of these products in the case without amended standards (referred to as the ‘‘no-new-standards case’’). The cumulative net present value (‘‘NPV’’) of total consumer benefits of the standards for MREFs ranges from $0.17 billion (at a 7-percent discount rate) to $0.77 billion (at a 3-percent discount rate). This NPV expresses the estimated total value of future operating-cost savings minus the estimated increased product costs for MREFs purchased in 2029–2058. In addition, the adopted standards for MREFs are projected to yield significant environmental benefits. DOE estimates that the standards will result in khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 8 The quantity refers to full-fuel-cycle (‘‘FFC’’) energy savings. FFC energy savings includes the energy consumed in extracting, processing, and transporting primary fuels (i.e., coal, natural gas, petroleum fuels), and, thus, presents a more complete picture of the impacts of energy efficiency standards. For more information on the FFC metric, see section IV.H.1 of this document. VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 cumulative emission reductions (over the same period as for energy savings) of 5.85 million metric tons (‘‘Mt’’) 9 of carbon dioxide (‘‘CO2’’), 1.84 thousand tons of sulfur dioxide (‘‘SO2’’), 10.77 thousand tons of nitrogen oxides (‘‘NOX’’), 48.64 thousand tons of methane (‘‘CH4’’), 0.06 thousand tons of nitrous oxide (‘‘N2O’’), and 0.01 tons of mercury (‘‘Hg’’).10 DOE estimates the value of climate benefits from a reduction in greenhouse gases (‘‘GHG’’) using four different estimates of the social cost of CO2 (‘‘SC– CO2’’), the social cost of methane (‘‘SC– CH4’’), and the social cost of nitrous oxide (‘‘SC–N2O’’). Together these represent the social cost of GHG (‘‘SC– GHG’’). DOE used interim SC–GHG values (in terms of benefit per ton of GHG avoided) developed by an Interagency Working Group on the Social Cost of Greenhouse Gases (‘‘IWG’’).11 The derivation of these values is discussed in section IV.L of this document. For presentational purposes, the climate benefits associated with the average SC–GHG at a 3-percent discount rate are estimated to be $0.32 billion. DOE does not have 9 A metric ton is equivalent to 1.1 short tons. Results for emissions other than CO2 are presented in short tons. 10 DOE calculated emissions reductions relative to the no-new-standards-case, which reflects key assumptions in the Annual Energy Outlook 2023 (‘‘AEO2023’’). AEO2023 represents current Federal and State legislation and final implementation of regulations as of the time of its preparation. See section IV.K of this document for further discussion of AEO2023 assumptions that affect air pollutant emissions. 11 To monetize the benefits of reducing GHG emissions this analysis uses the interim estimates presented in the Technical Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates Under Executive Order 13990 published in February 2021 by the IWG. (‘‘February 2021 SC–GHG TSD’’). www.whitehouse.gov/wpcontent/uploads/2021/02/ TechnicalSupportDocument_ SocialCostofCarbonMethaneNitrousOxide.pdf (last accessed November 29, 2023.) PO 00000 Frm 00005 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 38765 a single central SC–GHG point estimate and it emphasizes the value of considering the benefits calculated using all four sets of SC–GHG estimates. DOE notes, however, that the adopted standards would be economically justified even without inclusion of the estimated monetized benefits of reduced GHG emissions. DOE estimated the monetary health benefits of SO2 and NOX emissions reductions, using benefit per ton estimates from the Environmental Protection Agency (‘‘EPA’’),12 as discussed in section IV.L of this document. DOE estimated the present value of the health benefits would be $0.24 billion using a 7-percent discount rate, and $0.62 billion using a 3-percent discount rate.13 DOE is currently only monetizing health benefits from changes in ambient fine particulate matter (‘‘PM2.5’’) concentrations from two precursors (SO2 and NOX), and from changes in ambient ozone from one precursor (for NOX), but will continue to assess the ability to monetize other effects such as health benefits from reductions in direct PM2.5 emissions. Table I.3 summarizes the monetized benefits and costs expected to result from the amended standards for MREFs. There are other important unquantified effects, including certain unquantified climate benefits, unquantified public health benefits from the reduction of toxic air pollutants and other emissions, unquantified energy security benefits, and distributional effects, among others. BILLING CODE 6450–01–P 12 U.S. EPA. Estimating the Benefit per Ton of Reducing Directly Emitted PM2.5, PM2.5 Precursors and Ozone Precursors from 21 Sectors. Available at www.epa.gov/benmap/estimating-benefit-tonreducing-pm25-precursors-21-sectors (last accessed November 29, 2023.) 13 DOE estimates the economic value of these emissions reductions resulting from the considered TSLs for the purpose of complying with the requirements of Executive Order 12866. E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 38766 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations Table 1.3 Summary of Monetized Benefits and Costs of Adopted Energy Conservation Standards for Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products Shipped in 20292058 (TSL 4, the Recommended TSL Billion $2022 3% discount rate Consumer Operating Cost Savings 2.00 Climate Benefits* 0.32 Health Benefits** 0.62 Total Benefitst 2.94 Consumer Incremental Product Costst 1.23 Net Benefits 1.71 (0.09) - (0.06) Change in Producer Cashflow (INPV)t+ 7% discount rate Consumer Operating Cost Savings 0.86 Climate Benefits* (3% discount rate) 0.32 Health Benefits** 0.24 Total Benefitst 1.42 Consumer Incremental Product Costst 0.69 Net Benefits 0.73 (0.09) - (0.06) Note: This table presents the costs and benefits associated with MREFs shipped during the period 2029-2058. These results include consumer, climate, and health benefits that accrue after 2058 from the products shipped in 2029-2058. * Climate benefits are calculated using four different estimates of the social cost of carbon (SC-CO2), methane (SC-CH4), and nitrous oxide (SC-N2O) (model average at 2.5 percent, 3 percent, and 5 percent discount rates; 95th percentile at 3 percent discount rate) (see section IV.L of this document). Together these represent the global SC-GHG. For presentational purposes of this table, the climate benefits associated with the average SC-GHG at a 3 percent discount rate are shown; however, DOE emphasizes the importance and value of considering the benefits calculated using all four sets of SC-GHG estimates. To monetize the benefits ofreducing GHG emissions, this analysis uses the interim estimates presented in the Technical Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates Under Executive Order 13990 published in February 2021 by the IWG. ** Health benefits are calculated using benefit-per-ton values for NOx and SO2. DOE is currently only monetizing (for SO 2 and NOx) PM2_5 precursor health benefits and (for NOx) ozone precursor health benefits but will continue to assess the ability to monetize other effects such as health benefits from reductions in direct PM2.s emissions. See section IV.L of this document for more details. t Total and net benefits include those consumer, climate, and health benefits that can be quantified and monetized. For presentation purposes, total and net benefits for both the 3-percent and 7-percent cases are presented using the average SC-GHG with 3-percent discount rate. t Costs include incremental equipment costs. HOperating Cost Savings are calculated based on the life cycle costs analysis and national impact analysis as discussed in detail below. See sections IV.F and IV.Hof this document. DOE's national impacts analysis includes all impacts (both costs and benefits) along the distribution chain beginning with the increased costs to the manufacturer to manufacture the product and ending with the increase in price VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00006 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.003</GPH> khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 Change in Producer Cashflow (INPV)tt Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 38767 The benefits and costs of the adopted standards can also be expressed in terms of annualized values. The monetary values for the total annualized net benefits are (1) the reduced consumer operating costs, minus (2) the increase in product purchase prices and installation costs, plus (3) the value of climate and health benefits of emission reductions, all annualized.14 The national operating cost savings are domestic private U.S. consumer monetary savings that occur as a result of purchasing the covered products and are measured for the lifetime of MREFs shipped during the period 2029¥2058. The benefits associated with reduced emissions achieved as a result of the adopted standards are also calculated based on the lifetime of MREFs shipped during the period 2029–2058. Total benefits for both the 3-percent and 7percent cases are presented using the average GHG social costs with 3-percent discount rate. Estimates of SC–GHG values are presented for all four discount rates in section IV.L of this document. Table I.4 presents the total estimated monetized benefits and costs associated with the standards adopted in this direct final rule, expressed in terms of annualized values. The results under the primary estimate are as follows. Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs and health benefits from reduced NOX and SO2 emissions, and the 3-percent discount rate case for climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions, the estimated cost of the standards adopted in this direct final rule is $72.7 million per year in increased equipment costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $90.6 million in reduced equipment operating costs, $18.3 million in climate benefits, and $25.6 million in health benefits. In this case, the net benefit would amount to $61.7 million per year. Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits and costs, the estimated cost of the standards is $70.8 million per year in increased equipment costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $115 million in reduced operating costs, $18.3 million in climate benefits, and $35.6 million in health benefits. In this case, the net benefit amounts to $98.0 million per year. 14 To convert the time-series of costs and benefits into annualized values, DOE calculated a present value in 2022, the year used for discounting the NPV of total consumer costs and savings. For the benefits, DOE calculated a present value associated with each year’s shipments in the year in which the shipments occur (e.g., 2030), and then discounted the present value from each year to 2022. Using the present value, DOE then calculated the fixed annual payment over a 30-year period, starting in the compliance year, that yields the same present value. VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00007 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.004</GPH> khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 experienced by the consumer. DOE also separately conducts a detailed analysis on the impacts on manufacturers (i.e., manufacturer impact analysis, or "MIA"). See section IV.J of this document. In the detailed MIA, DOE models manufacturers' pricing decisions based on assumptions regarding investments, conversion costs, cashflow, and margins. The MIA produces a range of impacts, which is the rule's expected impact on the INPV. The change in INPV is the present value of all changes in industry cash flow, including changes in production costs, capital expenditures, and manufacturer profit margins. Change in INPV is calculated using the industry weighted average cost of capital value of 7. 7 percent that is estimated in the manufacturer impact analysis (see chapter 12 of the direct fmal rule TSD for a complete description of the industry weighted average cost of capital). For MREFs, the change in INPV ranges from -$92 million to -$60 million. DOE accounts for that range of likely impacts in analyzing whether a trial standard level is economically justified. See section V.C of this document. DOE is presenting the range of impacts to the INPV under two manufacturer markup scenarios: the Preservation of Gross Margin scenario, which is the manufacturer markup scenario used in the calculation of Consumer Operating Cost Savings in this table; and the Preservation of Operating Profit scenario, where DOE assumed manufacturers would not be able to increase per-unit operating profit in proportion to increases in manufacturer production costs. DOE includes the range of estimated INPV in the above table, drawing on the MIA explained further in section IV.J of this document to provide additional context for assessing the estimated impacts of this direct fmal rule to society, including potential changes in production and consumption, which is consistent with OMB's Circular A-4 and E.O. 12866. IfDOE were to include the INPV into the net benefit calculation for this direct fmal rule, the net benefits would range from $1.62 billion to $1.65 billion at 3-percent discount rate and would range from $0.64 billion to $0.67 billion at 7-percent discount rate. Parentheses indicate negative (-) values. 38768 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations Table 1.4 Annualized Benefits and Costs of Adopted Standards for MREFs Shipped 2028 to 2057 (TSL 4, the Recommended TSL) Million 2022$/year Primary Estimate Low-Net-Benefits Estimate High-Net-Benefits Estimate 3% discount rate Consumer Operating Cost Savings 115.0 111.5 116.3 Climate Benefits* 18.3 17.7 18.5 Health Benefits** 35.6 34.5 36.0 Total Monetized Benefitst 168.9 163.7 170.7 Consumer Incremental Product Costs:t 70.8 74.9 68.7 Monetized Net Benefits 98.0 88.8 102.0 Change in Producer Cashflow (INPV):t:t (7.7) - (5.0) 7% discount rate Consumer Operating Cost Savings Climate Benefits* (3% discount rate) 90.6 88.1 91.5 18.3 17.7 18.5 Health Benefits** 25.6 24.9 25.8 Total Benefitst 134.4 130.7 135.7 Consumer Incremental Product Costs:t 72.7 75.8 70.9 Net Benefits 61.7 54.9 64.8 (7.7) - (5.0) Note: This table presents the costs and benefits associated with MREFs shipped during the period 2029-2058. These results include consumer, climate, and health benefits that accrue after 2058 from the products shipped in 2029-2058. The Primary, Low Net Benefits, and High Net Benefits Estimates utilize projections of energy prices from the AEO2023 Reference case, Low Economic Growth case, and High Economic Growth case, respectively. In addition, incremental equipment costs reflect a medium decline rate in the Primary Estimate, a low decline rate in the Low Net Benefits Estimate, and a high decline rate in the High Net Benefits Estimate. The methods used to derive projected price trends are explained in section IV.H.3 of this document. Note that the Benefits and Costs may not sum to the Net Benefits due to rounding. * Climate benefits are calculated using four different estimates of the global SC-GHG (see section IV.L of this document). For presentational purposes of this table, the climate benefits associated with the average SC-GHG at a 3 percent discount rate are shown, but DOE does not have a single central SC-GHG point estimate, and it emphasizes the importance and value of considering the benefits calculated using all four sets of SC-GHG estimates. To monetize the benefits of reducing GHG emissions, this analysis uses the interim estimates presented in the Technical Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates Under Executive Order 13990 published in February 2021 by the IWG. ** Health benefits are calculated using benefit-per-ton values for NOx and SO2. DOE is currently only monetizing (for SO 2 and NOx) PM2.5 precursor health benefits and (for NOx) ozone precursor health benefits but will continue to assess the ability to monetize other effects such as health benefits from reductions in direct PM2.s emissions. See section IV.L of this document for more details. VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00008 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.005</GPH> khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 Change in Producer Cashflow (INPV)U Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 38769 t Total benefits for both the 3-percent and 7-percent cases are presented using the average SC-GHG with 3percent discount rate, but DOE does not have a single central SC-GHG point estimate. t Costs include incremental equipment costs. UOperating Cost Savings are calculated based on the life cycle costs analysis and national impact analysis as discussed in detail below. See sections IV.F and IV.Hof this document. DOE's national impacts analysis includes all impacts (both costs and benefits) along the distribution chain beginning with the increased costs to the manufacturer to manufacture the product and ending with the increase in price experienced by the consumer. DOE also separately conducts a detailed analysis on the impacts on manufacturers (i.e., manufacturer impact analysis, or "MIA"). See section IV.J of this document. In the detailed MIA, DOE models manufacturers' pricing decisions based on assumptions regarding investments, conversion costs, cashflow, and margins. The MIA produces a range of impacts, which is the rule's expected impact on the INPV. The change in INPV is the present value of all changes in industry cash flow, including changes in production costs, capital expenditures, and manufacturer profit margins. The annualized change in INPV is calculated using the industry weighted average cost of capital value of 7. 7 percent that is estimated in the MIA (see chapter 12 of the direct fmal rule technical support document for a complete description of the industry weighted average cost of capital). For MREFs, the annualized change in INPV ranges from $7. 7 million to $5 .0 million. DOE accounts for that range of likely impacts in analyzing whether a trial standard level is economically justified. See section V.C of this document. DOE is presenting the range of impacts to the INPV under two manufacturer markup scenarios: the Preservation of Gross Margin scenario, which is the manufacturer markup scenario used in the calculation of Consumer Operating Cost Savings in this table; and the Preservation of Operating Profit scenario, where DOE assumed manufacturers would not be able to increase per-unit operating profit in proportion to increases in manufacturer production costs. DOE includes the range of estimated annual change in INPV in the above table, drawing on the MIA explained further in section IV.J of this document to provide additional context for assessing the estimated impacts of this direct fmal rule to society, including potential changes in production and consumption, which is consistent with OMB's Circular A-4 and E.O. 12866. IfDOE were to include the INPV into the annualized net benefit calculation for this direct fmal rule, the annualized net benefits would range from $90.3 million to $93.0 million at 3-percent discount rate and would range from $54.0 million to $56.7 million at 7-percent discount rate. Parentheses indicate negative(-) values. DOE’s analysis of the national impacts of the adopted standards is described in sections IV.H, IV.K, and IV.L of this document. khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 D. Conclusion DOE has determined that the Joint Agreement was submitted jointly by interested persons that are fairly representative of relevant points of view, in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(A). After considering the analysis and weighing the benefits and burdens, DOE has determined that the recommended standards are in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o), which contains the criteria for prescribing new or amended standards. Specifically, the Secretary has determined that the adoption of the recommended standards would result in the significant conservation of energy and is technologically feasible and economically justified. In determining whether the recommended standards are economically justified, the Secretary has determined that the benefits of the recommended standards exceed the burdens. The Secretary has concluded that the recommended standards, when considering the benefits of energy savings, positive NPV of consumer VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 benefits, emission reductions, the estimated monetary value of the emissions reductions, and positive average LCC savings, would yield benefits outweighing the negative impacts on some consumers and on manufacturers, including the conversion costs that could result in a reduction in INPV for manufacturers. Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs and NOx and SO2 reduction benefits, and a 3percent discount rate case for GHG social costs, the estimated cost of the standards for MREFs is $72.7 million per year in increased product costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $90.6 million in reduced product operating costs, $18.3 million in climate benefits, and $25.6 million in health benefits. The net benefit amounts to $61.7 million per year. DOE notes that the net benefits are substantial even in the absence of the climate benefits,15 and DOE would adopt the same standards in the absence of such benefits. The significance of energy savings offered by a new or amended energy conservation standard cannot be 15 The information on climate benefits is provided in compliance with Executive Order 12866. PO 00000 Frm 00009 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 determined without knowledge of the specific circumstances surrounding a given rulemaking.16 For example, some covered products and equipment have most of their energy consumption occur during periods of peak energy demand. The impacts of these products on the energy infrastructure can be more pronounced than products with relatively constant demand. Accordingly, DOE evaluates the significance of energy savings on a caseby-case basis. As previously mentioned, the standards are projected to result in estimated national energy savings of 0.32 quads full-fuel-cycle (‘‘FFC’’), the equivalent of the primary annual energy use of 2.1 million homes. In addition, they are projected to reduce cumulative CO2 emissions by 5.85 million metric tons. Based on these findings, DOE has determined the energy savings from the standard levels adopted in this direct final rule are ‘‘significant’’ within the meaning of 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B). A more detailed discussion of the basis for 16 Procedures, Interpretations, and Policies for Consideration in New or Revised Energy Conservation Standards and Test Procedures for Consumer Products and Commercial/Industrial Equipment, 86 FR 70892, 70901 (Dec. 13, 2021). E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.006</GPH> BILLING CODE 6450–01–C 38770 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations these conclusions is contained in the remainder of this document and the accompanying technical support document (‘‘TSD’’).17 Under the authority provided by 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4), DOE is issuing this direct final rule amending the energy conservation standards for MREFs. Consistent with this authority, DOE is also simultaneously publishing elsewhere in this issue of the Federal Register a NOPR proposing standards that are identical to those contained in this direct final rule. See 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(A)(i). khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 II. Introduction The following section briefly discusses the statutory authority underlying this direct final rule, as well as some of the relevant historical background related to the establishment of standards for MREFs. A. Authority EPCA authorizes DOE to regulate the energy efficiency of a number of consumer products and certain industrial equipment. Title III, Part B of EPCA 18 established the Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products Other Than Automobiles, which, in addition to identifying particular consumer products and commercial equipment as covered under the statute, permits the Secretary of Energy to classify additional types of consumer products as covered products. (42 U.S.C. 6292(a)(20)) DOE added MREFs as covered products through a final determination of coverage published in the Federal Register on July 18, 2016 (the ‘‘July 2016 Final Coverage Determination’’). 81 FR 46768. MREFs are consumer refrigeration products other than refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, or freezers, which include coolers and combination cooler refrigeration products. 10 CFR 430.2. MREFs include refrigeration products such as coolers (e.g., wine chillers and other specialty products) and combination cooler refrigeration products (e.g., wine chillers and other specialty compartments combined with a refrigerator, refrigerator-freezers, or freezers). EPCA further provides that, not later than 6 years after the issuance of any final rule establishing or amending a standard, DOE must publish either a notice of determination that standards for the product do not need to be amended, or a NOPR including new proposed energy conservation standards 17 The direct final rule TSD is available in the docket for this rulemaking at www.regulations.gov/ docket/EERE-2020-BT-STD-0039/document. 18 For editorial reasons, upon codification in the U.S. Code, Part B was redesignated Part A. VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 (proceeding to a final rule, as appropriate). (42 U.S.C. 6295(m)(1)) Not later than 3 years after issuance of a final determination not to amend standards, DOE must publish either a notice of determination that standards for the product do not need to be amended, or a NOPR including new proposed energy conservation standards (proceeding to a final rule, as appropriate). (42 U.S.C. 6295(m)(3)(B)) The energy conservation program under EPCA, consists essentially of four parts: (1) testing, (2) labeling, (3) the establishment of Federal energy conservation standards, and (4) certification and enforcement procedures. Relevant provisions of the EPCA specifically include definitions (42 U.S.C. 6291), test procedures (42 U.S.C. 6293), labeling provisions (42 U.S.C. 6294), energy conservation standards (42 U.S.C. 6295), and the authority to require information and reports from manufacturers (42 U.S.C. 6296). Federal energy efficiency requirements for covered products established under EPCA generally supersede State laws and regulations concerning energy conservation testing, labeling, and standards. (42 U.S.C. 6297(a)–(c)) DOE may, however, grant waivers of Federal preemption in limited instances for particular State laws or regulations, in accordance with the procedures and other provisions set forth under EPCA. (See 42 U.S.C. 6297(d)) Subject to certain criteria and conditions, DOE is required to develop test procedures to measure the energy efficiency, energy use, or estimated annual operating cost of each covered product. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(A) and 42 U.S.C. 6295(r)) Manufacturers of covered products must use the prescribed DOE test procedure as the basis for certifying to DOE that their products comply with the applicable energy conservation standards adopted under EPCA and when making representations to the public regarding the energy use or efficiency of those products. (42 U.S.C. 6293(c) and 6295(s)) Similarly, DOE must use these test procedures to determine whether the products comply with standards adopted pursuant to EPCA. (42 U.S.C. 6295(s)) The DOE test procedure for MREFs appears at appendix A (Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Refrigerators, Refrigerator-Freezers, and Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products). DOE must follow specific statutory criteria for prescribing new or amended standards for covered products, including MREFs. Any new or amended PO 00000 Frm 00010 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 standard for a covered product must be designed to achieve the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that the Secretary of Energy determines is technologically feasible and economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(A) and 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B)) Furthermore, DOE may not adopt any standard that would not result in the significant conservation of energy. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)) Moreover, DOE may not prescribe a standard (1) for certain products, including MREFs, if no test procedure has been established for the product, or (2) if DOE determines by rule that the standard is not technologically feasible or economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(A)–(B)) In deciding whether a proposed standard is economically justified, DOE must determine whether the benefits of the standard exceed its burdens. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)) DOE must make this determination after receiving comments on the proposed standard, and by considering, to the greatest extent practicable, the following seven statutory factors: (1) The economic impact of the standard on manufacturers and consumers of the products subject to the standard; (2) The savings in operating costs throughout the estimated average life of the covered products in the type (or class) compared to any increase in the price, initial charges, or maintenance expenses for the covered products that are likely to result from the standard; (3) The total projected amount of energy (or as applicable, water) savings likely to result directly from the standard; (4) Any lessening of the utility or the performance of the covered products likely to result from the standard; (5) The impact of any lessening of competition, as determined in writing by the Attorney General, that is likely to result from the standard; (6) The need for national energy and water conservation; and (7) Other factors the Secretary of Energy (‘‘Secretary’’) considers relevant. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(I)–(VII)) Further, EPCA, as codified, establishes a rebuttable presumption that a standard is economically justified if the Secretary finds that the additional cost to the consumer of purchasing a product complying with an energy conservation standard level will be less than three times the value of the energy savings during the first year that the consumer will receive as a result of the standard, as calculated under the applicable test procedure. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(iii)) E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations EPCA, as codified, also contains what is known as an ‘‘anti-backsliding’’ provision, which prevents the Secretary from prescribing any amended standard that either increases the maximum allowable energy use or decreases the minimum required energy efficiency of a covered product. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(1)) Also, the Secretary may not prescribe an amended or new standard if interested persons have established by a preponderance of the evidence that the standard is likely to result in the unavailability in the United States in any covered product type (or class) of performance characteristics (including reliability), features, sizes, capacities, and volumes that are substantially the same as those generally available in the United States. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(4)) EPCA specifies requirements when promulgating an energy conservation standard for a covered product that has two or more subcategories. A rule prescribing an energy conservation standard for a type (or class) of product must specify a different standard level for a type or class of products that has the same function or intended use if DOE determines that products within such group (A) consume a different kind of energy from that consumed by other covered products within such type (or class); or (B) have a capacity or other performance-related feature which other products within such type (or class) do not have and such feature justifies a higher or lower standard. (42 U.S.C. 6295(q)(1)) In determining whether a performance-related feature justifies a different standard for a group of products, DOE considers such factors as the utility to the consumer of such a feature and other factors DOE deems appropriate. (Id.) Any rule prescribing such a standard must include an explanation of the basis on which such higher or lower level was established. (42 U.S.C. 6295(q)(2)) Additionally, pursuant to the amendments contained in the Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 (‘‘EISA 2007’’), Public Law 110–140, final rules for new or amended energy conservation standards promulgated after July 1, 2010, are required to address standby mode and off mode energy use. (42 U.S.C. 6295(gg)(3)) Specifically, when DOE adopts a standard for a covered product after that date, it must, if justified by the criteria for adoption of standards under EPCA (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)), incorporate standby mode and off mode energy use into a single standard, or, if that is not feasible, adopt a separate standard for such energy use for that product. (42 U.S.C. VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 6295(gg)(3)(A)–(B)) DOE’s current test procedure for MREFs addresses standby mode and off mode energy use, as do the amended standards adopted in this direct final rule. Finally, EISA 2007 amended EPCA, in relevant part, to grant DOE authority to issue a final rule (i.e., a ‘‘direct final rule’’) establishing an energy conservation standard upon receipt of a statement submitted jointly by interested persons that are fairly representative of relevant points of view (including representatives of manufacturers of covered products, States, and efficiency advocates), as determined by the Secretary, that contains recommendations with respect to an energy or water conservation standard. (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)) Pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4), the Secretary must also determine whether a jointly-submitted recommendation for an energy or water conservation standard satisfies 42 U.S.C. 6295(o) or 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B), as applicable. The direct final rule must be published simultaneously with a NOPR that proposes an energy or water conservation standard that is identical to the standard established in the direct final rule, and DOE must provide a public comment period of at least 110 days on this proposal. (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(A)–(B)) While DOE typically provides a comment period of 60 days on proposed standards, for a NOPR accompanying a direct final rule, DOE provides a comment period of the same length as the comment period on the direct final rule—i.e., 110 days. Based on the comments received during this period, the direct final rule will either become effective, or DOE will withdraw it not later than 120 days after its issuance if: (1) one or more adverse comments is received, and (2) DOE determines that those comments, when viewed in light of the rulemaking record related to the direct final rule, may provide a reasonable basis for withdrawal of the direct final rule under 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(C)) Receipt of an alternative joint recommendation may also trigger a DOE withdrawal of the direct final rule in the same manner. (Id.) DOE has previously explained its interpretation of its direct final rule authority. In a final rule amending the Department’s ‘‘Procedures, Interpretations and Policies for Consideration of New or Revised Energy Conservation Standards for Consumer Products’’ at 10 CFR part 430, subpart C, appendix A (‘‘Process Rule’’), DOE noted that it may issue standards PO 00000 Frm 00011 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 38771 recommended by interested persons that are fairly representative of relative points of view as a direct final rule when the recommended standards are in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o) or 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B), as applicable. 86 FR 70892, 70912 (Dec. 13, 2021). But the direct final rule provision in EPCA does not impose additional requirements applicable to other standards rulemakings, which is consistent with the unique circumstances of rules issued as consensus agreements under DOE’s direct final rule authority. Id. DOE’s discretion remains bounded by its statutory mandate to adopt a standard that results in the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is technologically feasible and economically justified—a requirement found in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). Id. As such, DOE’s review and analysis of the Joint Agreement is limited to whether the recommended standards satisfy the criteria in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). B. Background 1. Current Standards In a direct final rule published on October 28, 2016 (‘‘October 2016 Final Rule’’), DOE prescribed the current energy conservation standards for MREFs manufactured on and after October 28, 2019. 81 FR 75194. These standards are set forth in DOE’s regulations at 10 CFR 430.32(aa)(1)–(2). These standards are consistent with a negotiated term sheet submitted to DOE by interested parties representing manufacturers, energy and environmental advocates, and consumer groups.19 2. Current Test Procedures On October 12, 2021, DOE published a test procedure final rule (‘‘October 2021 TP Final Rule’’) amending the test procedure for MREFs, at appendix A. 86 FR 56790. The test procedure amendments included adopting the latest version of the relevant industry standard published by the Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers (‘‘AHAM’’), updated in 2019, AHAM Standard HRF–1, ‘‘Energy and Internal Volume of Refrigerating Appliances’’ (‘‘HRF–1–2019’’). 10 CFR 430.3(i)(4). The standard levels adopted in this direct final rule are based on the annual energy use (‘‘AEU’’) metrics as measured according to appendix A. 19 The negotiated term sheets are available in docket ID EERE–2011–BT–STD–0043 on www.regulations.gov. E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 38772 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 3. History of Standards Rulemaking for MREFs On April 1, 2015, DOE published a notice announcing its intention to establish a negotiated rulemaking working group under the Appliance Standards Rulemaking Advisory Committee (‘‘ASRAC’’) to negotiate energy conservation standards for refrigeration products such as wine chillers. 80 FR 17355. DOE then created a working group of interested parties to develop a series of recommended energy conservation standards for MREFs. On July 18, 2016, DOE published the July 2016 Final Coverage Determination that added MREFs as covered products. 81 FR 46768. In that determination, DOE noted that MREFs, on average, consume more than 150 kilowatt hours per year (‘‘kWh/yr’’) and that the aggregate annual national energy use of these products exceeds 4.2 terawatt hours (‘‘TWh’’). 81 FR 46768, 46775. In addition to establishing coverage, the July 2016 Final Coverage Determination established definitions for ‘‘miscellaneous refrigeration products,’’ ‘‘coolers,’’ and ‘‘combination cooler refrigeration products’’ in 10 CFR 430.2. 81 FR 46768, 46791–46792. On October 28, 2016, a negotiated term sheet containing a series of recommended standards and other related recommendations were submitted to ASRAC for approval and, subsequently, DOE published the October 2016 Direct Final Rule adopting energy conservation standards consistent with the recommendations contained in the term sheet. 81 FR 75194. Concurrent with the October 2016 Direct Final Rule, DOE published a NOPR in which it proposed and requested comments on the standards set forth in the direct final rule. 81 FR 74950. On May 26, 2017, DOE VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 published a notice in the Federal Register in which it determined that the comments received in response to the October 2016 Direct Final Rule did not provide a reasonable basis for withdrawing the rule and, therefore, confirmed the adoption of the energy conservation standards established in that direct final rule. 82 FR 24214. 4. The Joint Agreement On September 25, 2023, DOE received a joint statement of recommended standards (i.e., the Joint Agreement) for various consumer products, including MREFs, submitted jointly by groups representing manufacturers, energy and environmental advocates, consumer groups, and a utility.20 In addition to the recommended standards for MREFs, the Joint Agreement also included separate 20 The signatories to the Joint Agreement include AHAM, American Council for an Energy-Efficient Economy, Alliance for Water Efficiency, Appliance Standards Awareness Project, Consumer Federation of America, Consumer Reports, Earthjustice, National Consumer Law Center, Natural Resources Defense Council, Northwest Energy Efficiency Alliance, and Pacific Gas and Electric Company. Members of AHAM’s Major Appliance Division that manufacture the affected products include: Alliance Laundry Systems, LLC; Asko Appliances AB; Beko US Inc.; Brown Stove Works, Inc.; BSH; Danby Products, Ltd.; Electrolux Home Products, Inc.; Elicamex S.A. de C.V.; Faber; Fotile America; GEA, a Haier Company; L’Atelier Paris Haute Design LLG; LGEUSA; Liebherr USA, Co.; Midea America Corp.; Miele, Inc.; Panasonic Appliances Refrigeration Systems (PAPRSA) Corporation of America; Perlick Corporation; Samsung; Sharp Electronics Corporation; Smeg S.p.A; Sub-Zero Group, Inc.; The Middleby Corporation; U-Line Corporation; Viking Range, LLC; and Whirlpool. 21 The Joint Agreement contained recommendations for 6 covered products: refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers; clothes washers; clothes dryers; dishwashers; cooking products; and miscellaneous refrigeration products. 22 The term sheet is available in the docket at: www.regulations.gov/document/EERE-2020-BTSTD-0039-0034. PO 00000 Frm 00012 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 recommendations for several other covered products.21 And, while acknowledging that DOE may implement these recommendations in separate rulemakings, the Joint Agreement also stated that the recommendations were recommended as a complete package and each recommendation is contingent upon the other parts being implemented. DOE understands this to mean that the Joint Agreement is contingent upon DOE initiating rulemaking processes to adopt all of the recommended standards in the agreement. That is distinguished from an agreement where issuance of an amended energy conservation standard for a covered product is contingent on issuance of amended energy conservation standards for the other covered products. If the Joint Agreement were so construed, it would conflict with the anti-backsliding provision in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(1), because it would imply the possibility that, if DOE were unable to issue an amended standard for a certain product, it would have to withdraw a previously issued standard for one of the other products. The antibacksliding provision, however, prevents DOE from withdrawing or amending an energy conservation standard to be less stringent. As a result, DOE will be proceeding with individual rulemakings that will evaluate each of the recommended standards separately under the applicable statutory criteria. The Joint Agreement recommends amended standard levels for MREFs as presented in Table II.3. (Joint Agreement, No. 34 at p. 4) Details of the Joint Agreement recommendations for other products are provided in the Joint Agreement posted in the docket.22 BILLING CODE 6450–01–P E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 38773 Table 11.1 Recommended Amended Energy Conservation Standards for Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 BILLING CODE 6450–01–C When the Joint Agreement was submitted, DOE was conducting a rulemaking to consider amending the standards for MREFs. As part of that process, DOE published a NOPR and announced a public meeting on March 31, 2023 (‘‘March 2023 NOPR’’) seeking comment on its proposed amended standards to inform its decision consistent with its obligations under EPCA and the Administrative Procedure Act (‘‘APA’’). 88 FR 19382. DOE held a public webinar on May 2, 2023, to discuss and receive comments on the March 2023 NOPR and NOPR TSD (‘‘May 2, 2023, public meeting’’). The NOPR TSD is available at: www.regulations.gov/document/EERE2020-BT-STD-0039-0026. The March 2023 NOPR proposed amended standards defined in terms of the AEU metrics as measured according to appendix A. Id. at 88 FR 19383–19384. Although DOE is adopting the Joint Agreement as a direct final rule and no longer proceeding with its prior rulemaking, DOE did consider relevant comments, data, and information obtained during that rulemaking process in determining whether the recommended standards from the Joint Agreement are in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). Any discussion of VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 comments, data, or information in this direct final rule that were obtained during DOE’s prior rulemaking will include a parenthetical reference that provides the location of the item in the public record.23 III. General Discussion DOE is issuing this direct final rule after determining that the recommended standards submitted in the Joint Agreement meet the requirements in 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4). More specifically, DOE has determined that the recommended standards were submitted by interested persons that are fairly representative of relevant points of view and the recommended standards satisfy the criteria in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). A. Scope of Coverage This direct final rule covers those consumer products that meet the definition of ‘‘miscellaneous refrigeration product,’’ as codified at 10 CFR 430.2, which states that it is a 23 The parenthetical reference provides a reference for information located in the docket of DOE’s rulemaking to develop energy conservation standards for MREFs. (Docket No. EERE–2020–BT– STD–0039, which is maintained at www.regulations.gov). The references are arranged as follows: (commenter name, comment docket ID number, page of that document). PO 00000 Frm 00013 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 consumer refrigeration product other than a refrigerator, refrigerator-freezer, or freezer, which includes coolers and combination cooler refrigeration products. The differences between miscellaneous refrigeration products and other consumer refrigeration products, which were addressed in a separate rulemaking for refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers, are largely in compartment temperature capability. Refrigerators are broadly defined as a cabinet capable of maintaining a compartment temperature above 32 °F and below 39 °F. Freezers are broadly defined as a cabinet capable of maintaining compartment temperature of 0 °F or below. Refrigerator-freezers have two or more compartments, with one capable of maintaining compartment temperatures above 32 °F and below 39 °F (i.e., a fresh food or refrigerator compartment), and the other capable of maintaining a compartment temperature of 8 °F with adjustability down to 0 °F or below (i.e., a frozen food or freezer compartment). Miscellaneous refrigeration products generally include a cooler compartment that is incapable of maintaining the low temperatures achieved by refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers. E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.007</GPH> Product Class Level (Based on AV (ft')) Compliance Date 1. Freestanding Compact Coolers (FCC) 5.52AV +109.1 January 31, 2029 2. Freestanding Coolers (FC) 5.52AV +109.1 January 31, 2029 3. Built-in Compact Coolers (BICC) 5.52AV +109.1 January 31, 2029 4. Built-in Coolers (BIC) 6.30AV + 124.6 January 31, 2029 C-3A. Cooler with all-refrigerator - automatic 4.llAV + 117.4 January 31, 2029 defrost C-3A-BI. Built-in cooler with all-refrigerator 4.67AV + 133.0 January 31, 2029 automatic defrost C-5-BI. NEW PRODUCT CLASS: Built-in cooler with refrigerator-freezer 5.47AV + 196.2 +281 January 31, 2029 automatic defrost with bottom-mounted freezer C-9. Cooler with upright freezer with automatic January 31, 2029 5.58AV + 147.7 + 281 defrost without an automatic icemaker C-9-BI. Built-in cooler with upright freezer 6.38AV + 168.8 + 281 January 31, 2029 with automatic defrost without an automatic icemaker C- 13A. Compact cooler with all-refrigerator 4.74AV + 155.0 January 31, 2029 automatic defrost C-13A-BI. Built-in compact cooler with all5.22AV + 170.5 January 31, 2029 refrigerator - automatic defrost AV = Total adjusted volume, expressed in ft3, as determined in appendices A and B of subpart B of 10 CFR part 430. I = 1 for a product with an automatic icemaker and = 0 for a product without an automatic icemaker. 38774 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 Coolers (and cooler compartments) have temperature ranges that either extend no lower than 39 °F, or no lower than 37 °F but at least as high as 60 °F. Combination-coolers contain a fresh food and/or frozen food compartment in addition to one or more cooler compartments. See 10 CFR 430.2 for more information regarding consumer refrigeration products definitions. When evaluating and establishing energy conservation standards, DOE divides covered products into product classes by the type of energy used, or by capacity, or based upon performancerelated features that justify a higher or lower standard. (42 U.S.C. 6295(q)) In making a determination whether a performance-related feature justifies a different standard, DOE must consider such factors as the utility of the feature to the consumer and other factors DOE determines are appropriate. (Id.) The Joint Agreement proposed approach for MREF product classes embeds within the energy use equations the difference between classes for MREFs that are otherwise identical except for presence of an icemaker, using a logical variable I (equal to 1 for a product with an icemaker and equal to 0 for a product without an icemaker) multiplied by the constant icemaker energy use adder. The product class representation simplification in the Joint Agreement is consistent with what was proposed by DOE in the March 2023 NOPR. Based on the comments received in response to the March 2023 NOPR and DOE’s evaluation of the Joint Agreement, this direct final rule adopts this change. See section IV.A.1 of this document for further detail and discussion regarding the product classes analyzed in this direct final rule. B. Fairly Representative of Relevant Point of View Under the direct final rule provision in EPCA, recommended energy conservation standards must be submitted by interested persons that are fairly representative of relevant points of view (including representatives of manufacturers of covered products, States, and efficiency advocates) as determined by DOE. (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(A)) With respect to this requirement, DOE notes that the Joint Agreement included a trade association, AHAM, which represents 15 manufacturers of MREFs.24 The Joint 24 Manufacturers listed in the Joint Agreement include: Asko Appliances AB, BSH Home Appliances Corporation, Danby Products, Ltd., Electrolux Home Products, Inc, GE Appliances, a Haier Company, Liebherr USA, Co., Electronics America Inc., LG Electronics, Midea America Corp., VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 Agreement also included environmental and energy-efficiency advocacy organizations, consumer advocacy organizations, and a gas and electric utility company. As a result, DOE has determined that the Joint Agreement was submitted by interested persons who are fairly representative of relevant points of view. Additionally, DOE received a letter in support of the Joint Agreement from the States of New York, California, and Massachusetts. (See NYSERDA, et al., No. 35 at p. 2) DOE also received a letter in support of the Joint Agreement from the gas and electric utility, SDG&E, and the electric utility, SCE (See SDG&E, et al., No. 36 at p. 1). C. Technological Feasibility 1. General In each energy conservation standards rulemaking, DOE conducts a screening analysis based on information gathered on all current technology options and prototype designs that could improve the efficiency of the products or equipment that are the subject of the rulemaking. As the first step in such an analysis, DOE develops a list of technology options for consideration in consultation with manufacturers, design engineers, and other interested parties. DOE then determines which of those means for improving efficiency are technologically feasible. DOE considers technologies incorporated in commercially available products or in working prototypes to be technologically feasible. Sections 6(b)(3)(i) and 7(b)(1) of appendix A to 10 CFR part 430, subpart C (‘‘Process Rule’’). After DOE has determined that particular technology options are technologically feasible, it further evaluates each technology option in light of the following additional screening criteria: (1) practicability to manufacture, install, and service; (2) adverse impacts on product utility or availability; (3) adverse impacts on health or safety and (4) unique-pathway proprietary technologies. Sections 7(b)(2)–(5) of the Process Rule. Section IV.B of this document discusses the results of the screening analysis for MREFs, particularly the designs DOE considered, those it screened out, and those that are the basis for the standards considered in this rulemaking. For further details on the screening analysis Miele, Inc., Panasonic Appliances Refrigeration Systems (PAPRSA) Corporation of America, Smeg S.p.A, Sub-Zero Group, Inc., The Middleby Corporation (listed with subsidiaries U-Line Corporation and Viking Range, LLC). PO 00000 Frm 00014 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 for this rulemaking, see chapter 4 of the direct final rule TSD. 2. Maximum Technologically Feasible Levels When DOE proposes to adopt a new or amended standard for a type or class of covered product, it must determine the maximum improvement in energy efficiency or maximum reduction in energy use that is technologically feasible for such product. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(A)) Accordingly, in the engineering analysis, DOE determined the maximum technologically feasible (‘‘max-tech’’) improvements in energy efficiency for MREFs, using the design parameters for the most efficient products available on the market or in working prototypes. The max-tech levels that DOE determined for this rulemaking are described in section IV.C of this document and in chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD. D. Energy Savings 1. Determination of Savings For each TSL, DOE projected energy savings from application of the TSL to MREFs purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the year of compliance with the amended standards (2029– 2058).25 The savings are measured over the entire lifetime of products purchased in the 30-year analysis period. DOE quantified the energy savings attributable to each TSL as the difference in energy consumption between each standards case and the nonew-standards case. The no-newstandards case represents a projection of energy consumption that reflects how the market for a product would likely evolve in the absence of amended energy conservation standards. DOE used its national impact analysis (‘‘NIA’’) spreadsheet models to estimate national energy savings (‘‘NES’’) from potential amended standards for MREFs. The NIA spreadsheet model (described in section IV.H of this document) calculates energy savings in terms of site energy, which is the energy directly consumed by products at the locations where they are used. For electricity, DOE reports national energy savings in terms of primary energy savings, which is the savings in the energy that is used to generate and transmit the site electricity. For natural gas, the primary energy savings are considered to be equal to the site energy savings. DOE also calculates NES in terms of FFC energy savings. The FFC metric includes the energy consumed in 25 DOE also presents a sensitivity analysis that considers impacts for products shipped in a 9-year period. E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations extracting, processing, and transporting primary fuels (i.e., coal, natural gas, petroleum fuels), and thus presents a more complete picture of the impacts of energy conservation standards.26 DOE’s approach is based on the calculation of an FFC multiplier for each of the energy types used by covered products or equipment. For more information on FFC energy savings, see section IV.H.2 of this document. 2. Significance of Savings To adopt any new or amended standards for a covered product, DOE must determine that such action would result in significant energy savings. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B)) The significance of energy savings offered by a new or amended energy conservation standard cannot be determined without knowledge of the specific circumstances surrounding a given rulemaking. For example, some covered products and equipment have most of their energy consumption occur during periods of peak energy demand. The impacts of these products on the energy infrastructure can be more pronounced than products with relatively constant demand. Accordingly, DOE evaluates the significance of energy savings on a caseby-case basis, taking into account the significance of cumulative FFC national energy savings, the cumulative FFC emissions reductions, and the need to confront the global climate crisis, among other factors. As stated, the standard levels adopted in this direct final rule are projected to result in national energy savings of 0.32 quads (FFC), the equivalent of the primary annual energy use of 2.1 million homes. Based on the amount of FFC savings, the corresponding reduction in emissions, and need to confront the global climate crisis, DOE has determined the energy savings from the standard levels adopted in this direct final rule are ‘‘significant’’ within the meaning of 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B). khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 E. Economic Justification 1. Specific Criteria As noted previously, EPCA provides seven factors to be evaluated in determining whether a potential energy conservation standard is economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(I)(VII)) The following sections discuss how DOE has addressed each of those seven factors in this rulemaking. 26 The FFC metric is discussed in DOE’s statement of policy and notice of policy amendment. 76 FR 51282 (Aug. 18, 2011), as amended at 77 FR 49701 (Aug. 17, 2012). VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 a. Economic Impact on Manufacturers and Consumers In determining the impacts of potential amended standards on manufacturers, DOE conducts an MIA, as discussed in section IV.J of this document. DOE first uses an annual cash-flow approach to determine the quantitative impacts. This step includes both a short-term assessment—based on the cost and capital requirements during the period between when a regulation is issued and when entities must comply with the regulation—and a long-term assessment over a 30-year period. The industry-wide impacts analyzed include (1) INPV, which values the industry on the basis of expected future cash flows; (2) cash flows by year; (3) changes in revenue and income; and (4) other measures of impact, as appropriate. Second, DOE analyzes and reports the impacts on different types of manufacturers, including impacts on small manufacturers. Third, DOE considers the impact of standards on domestic manufacturer employment and manufacturing capacity, as well as the potential for standards to result in plant closures and loss of capital investment. Finally, DOE takes into account cumulative impacts of various DOE regulations and other regulatory requirements on manufacturers. For individual consumers, measures of economic impact include the changes in LCC and PBP associated with new or amended standards. These measures are discussed further in the following section. For consumers in the aggregate, DOE also calculates the national net present value of the consumer costs and benefits expected to result from particular standards. DOE also evaluates the impacts of potential standards on identifiable subgroups of consumers that may be affected disproportionately by a standard. b. Savings in Operating Costs Compared to Increase in Price (LCC and PBP) EPCA requires DOE to consider the savings in operating costs throughout the estimated average life of the covered product in the type (or class) compared to any increase in the price of, or in the initial charges for, or maintenance expenses of, the covered product that are likely to result from a standard. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(II)) DOE conducts this comparison in its LCC and PBP analysis. The LCC is the sum of the purchase price of a product (including its installation) and the operating cost (including energy, maintenance, and repair expenditures) discounted over the lifetime of the product. The LCC PO 00000 Frm 00015 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 38775 analysis requires a variety of inputs, such as product prices, product energy consumption, energy prices, maintenance and repair costs, product lifetime, and discount rates appropriate for consumers. To account for uncertainty and variability in specific inputs, such as product lifetime and discount rate, DOE uses a distribution of values, with probabilities attached to each value. The PBP is the estimated amount of time (in years) it takes consumers to recover the increased purchase cost (including installation) of a moreefficient product through lower operating costs. DOE calculates the PBP by dividing the change in purchase cost due to a more-stringent standard by the change in annual operating cost for the year that standards are assumed to take effect. For its LCC and PBP analysis, DOE assumes that consumers will purchase the covered products in the first year of compliance with new or amended standards. The LCC savings for the considered efficiency levels are calculated relative to the case that reflects projected market trends in the absence of new or amended standards. DOE’s LCC and PBP analysis is discussed in further detail in section IV.F of this document. c. Energy Savings Although significant conservation of energy is a separate statutory requirement for adopting an energy conservation standard, EPCA requires DOE, in determining the economic justification of a standard, to consider the total projected energy savings that are expected to result directly from the standard. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(III)) As discussed in section IV.H of this document, DOE uses the NIA spreadsheet models to project national energy savings. d. Lessening of Utility or Performance of Products In establishing product classes, and in evaluating design options and the impact of potential standard levels, DOE evaluates potential standards that would not lessen the utility or performance of the considered products. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(IV)) Based on data available to DOE, the standards adopted in this document would not reduce the utility or performance of the products under consideration in this rulemaking. e. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition EPCA directs DOE to consider the impact of any lessening of competition, as determined in writing by the E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 38776 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 Attorney General, that is likely to result from a standard. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(V)) It also directs the Attorney General to determine the impact, if any, of any lessening of competition likely to result from a standard and to transmit such determination to the Secretary within 60 days of the publication of a proposed rule, together with an analysis of the nature and extent of the impact. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(ii)) DOE will transmit a copy of this direct final rule to the Attorney General with a request that the Department of Justice (‘‘DOJ’’) provide its determination on this issue. DOE will consider DOJ’s comments on the rule in determining whether to withdraw the direct final rule. DOE will also publish and respond to the DOJ’s comments in the Federal Register in a separate notice. f. Need for National Energy Conservation DOE also considers the need for national energy and water conservation in determining whether a new or amended standard is economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(VI)) The energy savings from the adopted standards are likely to provide improvements to the security and reliability of the Nation’s energy system. Reductions in the demand for electricity also may result in reduced costs for maintaining the reliability of the Nation’s electricity system. DOE conducts a utility impact analysis to estimate how standards may affect the Nation’s needed power generation capacity, as discussed in section IV.M of this document. DOE finds that environmental and public health benefits associated with the more efficient use of energy are important to take into account when considering the need for national energy conservation. The adopted standards are likely to result in environmental benefits in the form of reduced emissions of air pollutants and greenhouse gases (‘‘GHGs’’) associated with energy production and use. DOE conducts an emissions analysis to estimate how potential standards may affect these emissions, as discussed in section IV.K of this document; the estimated emissions impacts are reported in section V.B.6 of this document. DOE also estimates the economic value of emissions reductions resulting from the considered TSLs, as discussed in section IV.L of this document. g. Other Factors In determining whether an energy conservation standard is economically VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 justified, DOE may consider any other factors that the Secretary deems to be relevant. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(VII)) To the extent DOE identifies any relevant information regarding economic justification that does not fit into the other categories described previously, DOE could consider such information under ‘‘other factors.’’ 2. Rebuttable Presumption As set forth in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(iii), EPCA creates a rebuttable presumption that an energy conservation standard is economically justified if the additional cost to the consumer of a product that meets the standard is less than three times the value of the first year’s energy savings resulting from the standard, as calculated under the applicable DOE test procedure. DOE’s LCC and PBP analyses generate values used to calculate the effect potential amended energy conservation standards would have on the payback period for consumers. These analyses include, but are not limited to, the 3-year payback period contemplated under the rebuttable-presumption test. In addition, DOE routinely conducts an economic analysis that considers the full range of impacts to consumers, manufacturers, the Nation, and the environment, as required under 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i). The results of this analysis serve as the basis for DOE’s evaluation of the economic justification for a potential standard level (thereby supporting or rebutting the results of any preliminary determination of economic justification). The rebuttable presumption payback calculation is discussed in section IV.F of this document. IV. Methodology and Discussion of Related Comments This section addresses the analyses DOE has performed for this rulemaking with regard to MREFs. Separate subsections address each component of DOE’s analyses, including relevant comments DOE received in its separate rulemaking to amend the energy conservation standards for MREFs prior to receiving the Joint Agreement. DOE used several analytical tools to estimate the impact of the standards considered in this document. The first tool is a spreadsheet that calculates the LCC savings and PBP of potential amended energy conservation standards. The national impacts analysis uses a second spreadsheet set that provides shipments projections and calculates national energy savings and net present value of total consumer costs and savings expected to result PO 00000 Frm 00016 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 from potential energy conservation standards. DOE uses the third spreadsheet tool, the Government Regulatory Impact Model (‘‘GRIM’’), to assess manufacturer impacts of potential standards. These three spreadsheet tools are available on the DOE website for this rulemaking: www.regulations.gov/ docket/EERE-2020-BT-STD-0039. Additionally, DOE used output from the latest version of the Energy Information Administration’s (‘‘EIA’s’’) Annual Energy Outlook (‘‘AEO’’) for the emissions and utility impact analyses. A. Market and Technology Assessment DOE develops information in the market and technology assessment that provides an overall picture of the market for the products concerned, including the purpose of the products, the industry structure, manufacturers, market characteristics, and technologies used in the products. This activity includes both quantitative and qualitative assessments, based primarily on publicly-available information. The subjects addressed in the market and technology assessment for this rulemaking include (1) a determination of the scope of the rulemaking and product classes, (2) manufacturers and industry structure, (3) existing efficiency programs, (4) shipments information, (5) market and industry trends, and (6) technologies or design options that could improve the energy efficiency of MREFs. The key findings of DOE’s market assessment are summarized in the following sections. See chapter 3 of the direct final rule TSD for further discussion of the market and technology assessment. 1. Product Classes The Joint Agreement specifies 11 product classes for MREFs. (Joint Agreement, No. 34 at p. 7) In particular, the Joint Agreement recommends a consolidated product class representation, which incorporates icemaker energy adders and door allowances into the energy use equations for product classes in which they are applicable. As discussed further in section IV.A.1.a of this document, DOE notes that the consolidation of product class representation in the Joint Agreement does not combine the product classes, but rather serves to simplify the list of classes, in particular for those product classes with and without icemakers, and facilitates the implementation of a single equation for representation of their maximum allowable energy use. In this direct final rule, DOE is adopting the product classes from the Joint Agreement, as listed in Table IV.1. E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 38777 Table IV.l Recommended Product Classes for Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products DOE further notes that product classes established through EPCA’s direct final rule authority are not subject to the criteria specified at 42 U.S.C. 6295(q)(1) for establishing product classes. Nevertheless, in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(4)—which is applicable to direct final rules—DOE has concluded that the standards adopted in this direct final rule will not result in the unavailability in any covered product type (or class) of performance characteristics, features, sizes, capacities, and volumes that are substantially the same as those generally available in the United States currently.27 DOE’s findings in this regard are discussed in detail in section V.B.4 of this document. khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 a. Product Classes With Automatic Icemakers The Joint Agreement includes a proposed simplification of maximum allowable energy and expresses the maximum allowable energy use for both icemaking and non-icemaking classes in the same equation, thus consolidating the presentation of classes and their energy conservation standards. The energy use equations will, for those classes that may or may not have an icemaker, include a term equal to the icemaking energy use adder multiplied by a factor that is defined to equal 1 for 27 EPCA specifies that DOE may not prescribe an amended or new standard if the Secretary finds (and publishes such finding) that interested persons have established by a preponderance of the evidence that the standard is likely to result in the unavailability in the United States in any covered product type (or class) of performance characteristics (including reliability), features, sizes, capacities, and volumes that are substantially the same as those generally available in the United States at the time of the Secretary’s finding. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(4)) VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 products with icemakers and to equal 0 for products without icemakers. This approach does not combine classes that are the same other than the presence of an icemaker but does simplify the list of classes and representation of their maximum allowable energy use, providing for each set of classes with and without ice makers a single equation for maximum energy use. This simplification is consistent with the approach proposed in the March 2023 NOPR. See 88 FR 19382, 19395. In this direct final rule, DOE is adopting the Joint Agreement proposal to express the maximum allowable energy use for any set of classes differing only in whether the class includes an icemaker or not within a single equation. The single equation does this by including the icemaker energy use adder multiplied by logical variable I that is set equal to 1 for a product with an icemaker present and 0 for a product without an icemaker. b. Addition of Product Class C–5–BI The Joint Agreement recommends the addition of a new product class C–5–BI (i.e., built-in combination coolerrefrigerator-freezers with bottommounted freezers and automatic icemakers) and specific energy efficiency standards for the new product class (‘‘PC’’). (Joint Agreement, No. 34 at p. 7) The current energy conservation standards for MREFs do not include a separate product class for products of this configuration. However, DOE has previously proposed establishing a separate product class for C–5–BI configurations in the March 2023 NOPR, with a baseline level of 6.08AV + 246 kWh/yr, based in part on input from commenters, and considered increased PO 00000 Frm 00017 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 efficiency levels using PC C–3A–BI as a proxy. 88 FR 19382, 19395. The Joint Agreement recommends a standard equation of 5.47AV + 196.2 + 28I kWh/yr for product class C–5–BI. DOE notes that this recommended level is consistent with the level proposed in the March 2023 NOPR for product class C–5–BI, which represents a 10 percent more stringent level than the baseline level identified in the March 2023 NOPR. Considering that the recommendation is consistent with the proposed level in the March 2023 NOPR and carries support from a broad cross-section of interests, including trade associations representing these manufactures, environmental and energy-efficiency advocacy organizations, consumer advocates, and electric utility providers as well as the support of several States, DOE believes it appropriate to adopt this new product class, C–5–BI, and the recommended standard equation. DOE’s direct rulemaking authority under 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4) is constrained only by the requirements of 42 U.S.C. 6295(o), which does not include the product class requirements in 42 U.S.C. 6295(q). However, DOE notes that the addition of a PC C–5–BI is warranted as the application of bottom-mounted freezer and icemaker on a built-in cooler with refrigerator-freezer provides consumers the utility of storage compartments at freezing, fresh food, and cooler temperature levels, whereas the current classes combine a cooler compartment with either a freezer or fresh food compartment, but not both. In addition, establishing separate classes of this configuration both with and without automatic icemaking addresses the unique utility of icemaking that may be E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.008</GPH> Product Class I. Freestanding Compact Coolers (FCC) 2. Freestanding Coolers (FC) 3. Built-in Compact Coolers (BICC) 4. Built-in Coolers (BIC) C-3A. Cooler with all-refrigerator - automatic defrost C-3A-BI. Built-in cooler with all-refrigerator - automatic defrost C-5-BI. Built-in cooler with all-refrigerator C-9. Cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost without an automatic icemaker C-9-BI. Built-in cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost without an automatic icemaker C- 13A. Compact cooler with all-refrigerator - automatic defrost C-13A-BI. Built-in compact cooler with all-refrigerator - automatic defrost 38778 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 included as part of the product. As a result of this additional utility, the application of a bottom-mounted freezer and icemaker constitutes a performance related feature. Given the indication from the Joint Agreement that such a product class standard would be beneficial in its implementation, the classification of a bottom-mounted freezer and icemaker as performance related features, and the recommendation’s consistency with the other adopted standards, DOE is VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 adopting a PC C–5–BI standard in this direct final rule. See section V of this document for more information regarding the TSL configuration and discussion of the adopted level for this product class. See chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD for more discussion regarding the addition of this product class. 2. Technology Options In the preliminary market analysis and technology assessment, DOE identified 36 technology options PO 00000 Frm 00018 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 initially determined to improve the efficiency of MREFs, as measured by the DOE test procedure. In this direct final rule, DOE considered the technology options listed in Table IV.2, consistent with the table of technology options presented in the March 2023 NOPR. 88 FR 19382, 19395–19396. Chapter 3 of the direct final rule TSD includes a detailed list and descriptions of all technology options identified for MREFs. BILLING CODE 6450–01–P E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 38779 Table IV.2 Technolo!!V Options Identified for MREFs Insulation 1. Improved resistivity of insulation (insulation type) 2. Increased insulation thickness 3. Vacuum-insulated panels 4. Gas-filled insulation panels Gaskets and Anti-Sweat Heat 5. Improved gaskets 6. Double door gaskets 7. Anti-sweat heat Doors 8. Low-E coatings 9. Inert gas fill 10. Vacuum-insulated glass 11. Additional panes 12. Frame design 13. Solid door Compressor 14. Improved compressor efficiency 15. Variable-speed compressors 16. Linear compressors Evaporator 17. Increased surface area 18. Forced-convection evaporator 19. Tube and fin enhancements (including microchannel designs) 20. Multiple evaporators Condenser 21. Increased surface area 22. Tube and fin enhancements (including microchannel designs) 23. Forced-convection condenser Defrost System 24. Off-cycle defrost 25. Reduced energy for active defrost 26. Adaptive defrost 27. Condenser hot gas defrost Control System 28. Electronic temperature control 29. Air-distribution control Other Technolo2ies 30. Fan and fan motor improvements 31. Improved expansion valve 32. Fluid control or solenoid off-cycle valve 33. Alternative refrigerants 34. Improved refrigerant piping 3 5. Component location 36. Alternative refrigeration systems BILLING CODE 6450–01–C VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00019 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.009</GPH> khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 38780 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations B. Screening Analysis DOE uses the following five screening criteria to determine which technology options are suitable for further consideration in an energy conservation standards rulemaking: (1) Technological feasibility. Technologies that are not incorporated in commercial products or in commercially viable, existing prototypes will not be considered further. (2) Practicability to manufacture, install, and service. If it is determined that mass production of a technology in commercial products and reliable installation and servicing of the technology could not be achieved on the scale necessary to serve the relevant market at the time of the projected compliance date of the standard, then that technology will not be considered further. (3) Impacts on product utility. If a technology is determined to have a significant adverse impact on the utility of the product to subgroups of consumers, or result in the unavailability of any covered product type with performance characteristics (including reliability), features, sizes, capacities, and volumes that are substantially the same as products generally available in the United States at the time, it will not be considered further. (4) Safety of technologies. If it is determined that a technology would have significant adverse impacts on health or safety, it will not be considered further. (5) Unique-pathway proprietary technologies. If a technology has proprietary protection and represents a unique pathway to achieving a given efficiency level, it will not be considered further, due to the potential for monopolistic concerns. 10 CFR part 430, subpart C, appendix A, sections 6(b)(3) and 7(b). In sum, if DOE determines that a technology, or a combination of technologies, fails to meet one or more of the listed five criteria, it will be excluded from further consideration in the engineering analysis. The reasons for eliminating any technology are discussed in the following sections. The subsequent sections include DOE’s evaluation of each technology option against the screening analysis criteria and whether DOE determined that a technology option should be excluded (‘‘screened out’’) based on the screening criteria. 1. Screened-Out Technologies In this direct final rule, DOE screened out the technologies presented in Table IV.3 on the basis of technological feasibility, practicability to manufacture, install, and service, adverse impacts on utility or availability, adverse impacts on health and safety, and/or unique-pathway proprietary technologies. Chapter 4 of the direct final rule TSD includes a detailed description of the screening analysis for each of these technology options. Table IV.3 Technolo~ies Screened Out in the Direct Final Rule Solid doors Ultra-low-E (reflective) glass doors Vacuum-insulated glass Improved gaskets and double gaskets Linear compressors Fluid control or solenoid off-cycle valves Evaporator tube and fin enhancements Condenser tube and fin enhancements (except microchannel condensers) Condenser hot gas defrost Improved refrigerant piping Component location Alternative refrigeration systems Improved VIPs khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 Through a review of each technology, DOE concludes that all of the other VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 identified technologies listed in section IV.B.2 of this document met all five screening criteria to be examined further as design options in DOE’s direct final PO 00000 Frm 00020 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 rule analysis. In summary, DOE did not screen out the following technology options: E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.010</GPH> 2. Remaining Technologies Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 38781 Table IV.4 Technolo~ies Remainin~ in the Direct Final Rule Insulation 1. Improved resistivity of insulation (insulation type) 2. Increased insulation thickness 3. Gas-filled insulation panels 4. Vacuum-insulated panels Gasket and Anti-Sweat Heat 5. Anti-sweat heat Doors 6. Low-E coatings 7. Inert gas fill 8. Additional panes 9. Frame design Compressor 10. Improved compressor efficiency 11. Variable-speed compressors Evaporator 12. Forced-convection evaporator 13. Increased surface area 14. Multiple evaporators Condenser 15. Increased surface area 16. Microchannel designs 17. Forced-convection condenser Defrost System 18. Reduced energv for automatic defrost 19. Adaptive defrost 20. Off-cycle defrost Control System 21. Electronic Temperature control 22. Air-distribution control Other Technologies 23. Fan and fan motor improvements 24. Improved expansion valve 25. Alternative Refrigerants C. Engineering Analysis DOE determined that these technology options are technologically feasible because they are being used or have previously been used in commercially-available products or working prototypes. DOE also finds that all of the remaining technology options meet the other screening criteria (i.e., practicable to manufacture, install, and service and do not result in adverse impacts on consumer utility, product availability, health, or safety). For additional details, see chapter 4 of the direct final rule TSD. VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 The purpose of the engineering analysis is to establish the relationship between the efficiency and cost of MREFs. There are two elements to consider in the engineering analysis; the selection of efficiency levels to analyze (i.e., the ‘‘efficiency analysis’’) and the determination of product cost at each efficiency level (i.e., the ‘‘cost analysis’’). In determining the performance of higher-efficiency products, DOE considers technologies and design option combinations not eliminated by the screening analysis. For each product class, DOE estimates PO 00000 Frm 00021 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 the baseline cost, as well as the incremental cost for the product/ equipment at efficiency levels above the baseline. The output of the engineering analysis is a set of cost-efficiency ‘‘curves’’ that are used in downstream analyses (i.e., the LCC and PBP analyses and the NIA). 1. Efficiency Analysis DOE typically uses one of two approaches to develop energy efficiency levels for the engineering analysis: (1) relying on observed efficiency levels in the market (i.e., the efficiency-level approach), or (2) determining the E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.011</GPH> khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 BILLING CODE 6450–01–C khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 38782 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations incremental efficiency improvements associated with incorporating specific design options to a baseline model (i.e., the design-option approach). Using the efficiency-level approach, the efficiency levels established for the analysis are determined based on the market distribution of existing products (in other words, based on the range of efficiencies and efficiency level ‘‘clusters’’ that already exist on the market). Using the design option approach, the efficiency levels established for the analysis are determined through detailed engineering calculations and/or computer simulations of the efficiency improvements from implementing specific design options that have been identified in the technology assessment. DOE may also rely on a combination of these two approaches. For example, the efficiency-level approach (based on actual products on the market) may be extended using the design option approach to interpolate to define ‘‘gap fill’’ levels (to bridge large gaps between other identified efficiency levels) and/or to extrapolate to the ‘‘max-tech’’ level (particularly in cases where the ‘‘maxtech’’ level exceeds the maximum efficiency level currently available on the market). The approach used for this direct final rule to define the efficiency levels for analysis is largely the same as the approach DOE had used for the March 2023 NOPR analysis. For its analysis in this direct final rule, DOE used a combined efficiency level and design option approach to directly analyze five products classes: freestanding compact coolers, freestanding coolers, and combination cooler classes C–13A, C–3A, and C–9. First, an efficiency-level approach was used to establish an analysis tied to existing products on the market. Several products from the cooler class (compact and standard size) and one product from the combination cooler class (C–13A) were used in physical teardowns. Additional analyses were conducted on classes C–3A and C–9; however, a lack of physical teardown products for these classes led DOE to rely heavily on adjusted analyses from the consumer refrigerator, refrigerator-freezer, and freezers (‘‘RF’’) classes 3 and 9, respectively. Then, a design option approach was used to extend the analysis through ‘‘built-down’’ efficiency levels and ‘‘built-up’’ efficiency levels where there were gaps in the range of efficiencies of products that were reverse engineered. As discussed in the section that follows, DOE applied its direct analyses of freestanding products to the VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 corresponding built-in product classes. DOE’s direct analysis informed the adopted standards for those product classes that were not directly analyzed. See section 5.4.1 of the direct final rule TSD for more discussion on DOE’s efficiency analysis. a. Built-in Classes In this direct final rule analysis, DOE used the freestanding MREF classes as proxies for built-in classes. DOE conducted analysis of the current market for miscellaneous refrigeration products and found that built-in and freestanding products occupy the same range of efficiencies, and DOE did not identify any unique characteristic that would inhibit efficiency improvements for built-in products relative to freestanding products based on a review on the market. As a result, DOE chose to apply its freestanding products analyses to built-in classes. In response to the March 2023 NOPR, AHAM and Sub-zero Group Inc. (‘‘Subzero’’) argued that freestanding product classes are not a proxy for built-in product classes and DOE should evaluate them separately. (AHAM, No. 31 at p. 6; Sub-zero, No. 30 at p. 1) AHAM and Sub-zero stated that built-in products have constraints, such as incorporation into kitchen designs and needing to be flush with cabinetry, that affect that the technology options for achieving higher efficiency levels. (AHAM, No. 31 at pp. 6–7; Sub-zero, No. 30 at p. 2) AHAM and Sub-Zero also stated that different testing requirements for built-ins (e.g., two inches or less of rear clearance for freestanding products as opposed to no rear clearance for built-in products) creates inherent design differences between the freestanding and built-in products. Id. AHAM and Sub-zero encouraged DOE to revise its analysis to separately analyze freestanding and built-in products, contending that these products are fundamentally different. (AHAM, No. 31 at p. 7; Sub-zero, No. 30 at p. 2) As discussed in section IV.C.1.c of this document, the efficiency levels analyzed for this direct final rule represent a percentage reduction in energy use below the currently applicable standard for each product class. DOE’s analysis of the freestanding product classes as a proxy for the builtin product classes does not presume that the two product types have the same nominal costs at each higher efficiency level, but rather reflects that incremental design changes associated with reducing energy use on a percentage basis—relative to the currently applicable standard for each PO 00000 Frm 00022 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 respective product type—are substantially similar between freestanding and built-in products. To reflect the inherent design differences between built-in products compared to free-standing products, as described by commenters, DOE applied a $30, $50, or $150 adder (depending on product size) to the baseline costs for the built-in product classes compared to their freestanding counterparts. See chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD for further details regarding the engineering analysis conducted for each product class. b. Baseline Efficiency/Energy Use For each product class, DOE generally selects a baseline model as a reference point for each class, and measures changes resulting from potential energy conservation standards against the baseline. The baseline model in each product class represents the characteristics of a product/equipment typical of that class (e.g., capacity, physical size). Generally, a baseline model is one that just meets current energy conservation standards, or, if no standards are in place, the baseline is typically the most common or least efficient unit on the market. When selecting units for the analysis, DOE selects units at baseline from various manufacturers for each directly analyzed product class. For this direct final rule, DOE chose baseline efficiency levels represented by the current Federal energy conservation standards, expressed as maximum annual energy consumption as a function of the product’s adjusted volume. The baseline levels differ for coolers and combination coolers to account for design differences; all coolers share the same baseline level, i.e., the baseline is the same function of adjusted volume for both freestanding and built-in models, for both compact and standard-size models. The current standards incorporate an allowance of a constant 84 kWh/yr icemaker adder for product classes with automatic icemakers, consistent with the current test procedure, which requires adding this amount of annual energy use to the products tested performance if the product has an automatic icemaker. DOE adjusted the baseline energy usage levels for each class to account for the planned revision in the test procedure to reduce the icemaker energy use adder to 28 kWh/yr.28 28 See the October 12, 2021, test procedure final rule for refrigeration products for more information regarding the adoption of the 28 kWh/yr icemaker adder. 86 FR 56790. E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations DOE directly analyzed a sample of market representative models from within five product classes from multiple manufacturers. Directly analyzed classes include three different AV coolers (AVs of 3 ft3, 5 ft3, and 15 ft3) and three combination cooler classes (C–13A, C–9 and C–3A). In conducting these analyses, eight teardown units were used in construction of cost curves, and their characteristics were determined in large part by testing and reverse-engineering. Further information on the design characteristics of specific analyzed baseline models is summarized in section 5.4.1 of the direct final rule TSD. c. Higher Efficiency Levels As part of DOE’s analysis, the maximum available efficiency level is the highest efficiency unit currently available on the market. DOE also defines a ‘‘max-tech’’ efficiency level to represent the maximum possible efficiency for a given product. For this direct final rule, DOE analyzed up to five incremental efficiency levels beyond the baseline for each of the analyzed product classes. The efficiency levels begin at EL 1, which was 10 percent more efficient than the current MREF energy conservation standards. For the compact coolers analysis, DOE extended the efficiency levels in steps of 10 percent of the current energy conservation standard up to EL 4 at 40 percent; for full-size coolers, EL 4 is analyzed at 35 percent. For combination coolers (excluding C–9) efficiency levels above EL 1 are in steps of roughly 5 percent up to EL 4. Finally, EL 5 represents maximum technology (‘‘max-tech’’), which uses design option analysis to extend the analysis beyond EL 4 by using all applicable design options, including max efficiency variable-speed compressors and maximum practical use of vacuum-insulated panels (‘‘VIPs’’). For compact coolers, max tech stands at either 59 percent or 50 percent for the two directly analyzed AVs—3.1 ft3 and 5.1 ft3 respectively; full-size coolers max-tech stands at 38 percent. For combination coolers C–13A and C– 3A, max tech stands at 28 percent and 24 percent, respectively. DOE conducted analysis for product class C–9 starting with analysis for a class 9 upright freezer with comparable total refrigerated volume. In its analysis, DOE concluded that application of all of the design options being considered at max-tech would be required for the 38783 product to be compliant with the current energy conservation standards. Currently, the Compliance Certification Database (‘‘CCD’’) includes only one product that is certified as C–9—an LG product certified with energy use 17 percent below the standard. DOE did not purchase, test, and reverse-engineer this product, in-part because of the limited product offering and expected insignificant potential for energy savings for the class. Thus, DOE is relying primarily on its analysis of the RF product class 9 freezer, to suggest that opportunities for energy savings are likely limited and likely not costeffective, even if improved efficiency is technically feasible. DOE has not analyzed efficiency levels beyond baseline for this product class in this direct final rule but has taken into consideration all design options applied at max-tech in its analysis. DOE notes the current Energy Star specifications correspond to EL 1 for freestanding full-size coolers (10 percent), EL 2 for freestanding compact coolers (20 percent), and EL 3 for both classes of built-in coolers (30 percent).29 The efficiency levels analyzed beyond the baseline are shown in Table IV.5 as follows. Table IV.5 Incremental Efficiency Levels for Analyzed Products(% Energy Use Less than Baseline Coolers Combination Coolers Product Class FCC (3.1) FCC (5.1) FC (15.3) C-13A (5) C-3A (21) (AV, cu.ft.) EL 1 10% 10% 10%* 10% 10% 20%* 20%* 20% 16% 15% EL2 EL3 30% 30% 30% 20% 20% EL4 40% 40% 35% 25% 24% 59% 50% 38% 28% EL 5 * Efficiencies at or slightly better than the ENERGY STAR® efficiency 29 See EnergyStar, ‘‘Refrigerators & Freezers Key Product Criteria,’’ Available at www.energystar.gov/ products/appliances/refrigerators/key_product_ criteria (last accessed July 14, 2023). khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00023 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 capacity in response to more stringent MREF standards. Compressor manufacturers additionally noted that any previous bottlenecks in the VSC supply chain are no longer a factor at this time, and that they have been modifying sourcing strategies to ensure a reliable supply of VSCs going forward. DOE concluded from these interviews that compressor manufacturers will be able to readily meet any increased demand for VSCs as a result of the adopted standards within the 5-year E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.012</GPH> In response to the March 2023 NOPR, AHAM suggested that DOE evaluate the robustness of the supply chains for variable-speed compressors (‘‘VSCs’’) while considering the growing demand given more stringent standards for cooling appliances, including both air conditioning and refrigeration. (AHAM, No. 31 at p. 5) In considering this comment and comments provided in response to the RF rulemaking, DOE interviewed relevant compressor manufacturers to gather information regarding the level of VSC implementation that would be required at the efficiency levels analyzed in this direct final rule, the current and predicted supply of VSCs into the U.S. market, the predicted time to ramp up production of VSCs, and pricing of VSCs and components. None of the compressor manufacturers interviewed expressed any concerns regarding the ability to ramp-up VSC d. Variable-Speed Compressor Supply Chain 38784 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations timeframe between publication of this direct final rule and the compliance date. DOE further notes that the amended standards adopted in this final rule reflect the recommendations of the Joint Agreement, of which AHAM was a signatory. khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 2. Cost Analysis The cost analysis portion of the engineering analysis is conducted using one or a combination of cost approaches. The selection of cost approach depends on a suite of factors, including the availability and reliability of public information, characteristics of the regulated product, the availability and timeliness of purchasing the product on the market. The cost approaches are summarized as follows: b Physical teardowns: Under this approach, DOE physically dismantles a commercially available product, component-by-component, to develop a detailed bill of materials for the product. b Catalog teardowns: In lieu of physically deconstructing a product, DOE identifies each component using parts diagrams (available from manufacturer websites or appliance repair websites, for example) to develop the bill of materials for the product. b Price surveys: If neither a physical nor catalog teardown is feasible (for example, for tightly integrated products such as fluorescent lamps, which are infeasible to disassemble and for which parts diagrams are unavailable) or costprohibitive and otherwise impractical (e.g., large commercial boilers), DOE conducts price surveys using publicly available pricing data published on major online retailer websites and/or by soliciting prices from distributors and other commercial channels. In the present case, DOE conducted the analysis using primarily physical VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 teardowns. Where possible, physical teardowns were used to provide a baseline of technology options and pricing for a specific product class at a specific EL. Then with technology option information, DOE estimated the cost of various design options including compressors, VIPs, and insulation, by extrapolating the costs from price surveys. With specific costs for technology options, DOE was then able to ‘‘build-up’’ or ‘‘build-down’’ from the various teardown models to finish the cost-efficiency curves. DOE used this approach to calibrate the analysis to certified or measured energy use of specific available models where possible, while allowing a broader range of potential efficiency levels to be considered. The resulting bill of materials provides the basis for the manufacturer production cost (‘‘MPC’’) estimates. To account for manufacturers’ nonproduction costs and profit margin, DOE applies a multiplier (the manufacturer markup) to the MPC. The resulting manufacturer selling price (‘‘MSP’’) is the price at which the manufacturer distributes a unit into commerce. DOE developed an average manufacturer markup by examining corporate annual reports and Securities and Exchange Commission (‘‘SEC’’) 10–K reports 30 filed by publicly traded manufacturers in primarily engaged in appliance manufacturing and whose combined product range includes MREFs. DOE then compared the manufacturer markups derived from the financials to the manufacturer markups estimated in the October 2016 Direct Final Rule. 81 30 U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (EDGAR) system. Available at www.sec.gov/edgar/ search/ (last accessed January 30, 2024). PO 00000 Frm 00024 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 FR 75194, 75224–75225. See chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD for additional detail on the manufacturer markup. 3. Cost-Efficiency Results The results of the engineering analysis are reported as cost-efficiency data (or ‘‘curves’’) in the form of AEU (in kWh) versus MPC (in dollars), which form the basis for subsequent analyses. DOE developed estimates of MPCs for each unit in the teardown sample, and also performed additional modeling for each of the teardown samples, to extend the analysis to cover the range of efficiency levels appropriate for a representative product. To estimate the MPCs necessary to achieve higher efficiency levels, in particular those beyond the highest-efficiency products in the test sample, DOE considered design options that were most likely to be considered and implemented by manufacturers to achieve the higher efficiency levels. Based on input from manufacturers and an understanding of the markets, DOE then estimated the costs associated with those design options to determine the MPCs at each of the analyzed efficiency levels. The resulting weighted average incremental design option by efficiency level and cost curves for each directly analyzed product class are (i.e., the additional costs manufacturers would likely incur by producing miscellaneous refrigeration products at each efficiency level compared to the baseline) are provided in Tables IV.6 and IV.7 as follows. See chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD for additional detail on the engineering analysis and formulation of cost curves. BILLING CODE 6450–01–P E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 38785 Class (AV***) EL Percent FCC (3.1) FCC (5.1) FC (15.3) khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 C-13A (5) VerDate Sep<11>2014 ELl EL2 EL3 EL4 EL5 10% 20% 30% 40% 59% Higher-BER Compressor; Tube and Fin Evaporator; Brushless DC Condenser Fan VariableSpeed Compressor; HigherEER Compressor; Roll Bond Evaporator; Increased Insulation Thickness Partial VIP Coverage; Triple Pane Glass**; Tube and Fin Bond Evaporator 30% 40% 50% Higher-BER Compressor; Tube and Fin Evaporator; Increased Insulation Thickness VariableSpeed Compressor; Partial VIP Coverage; Triple Pane Glass** Design Options Added HigherEER Compressor; Argon Filled Glass Tube and Fin Condenser; Brushless DC Evaporator Fan EL Percent 10% 20% Design Options Added Argon Filled Glass; Higher-BER Compressor Higher-BER Compressor Higher-BER Compressor; Hot Wall+ Tube and Fin Condenser EL Percent 10% 20% 30% 35% 38% Triple Pane Glass** Partial VIP Coverage 25% 28% Design Options Added Higher-BER Compressor; Hot Wall+ Tube and Fin Condenser Higher-BER Compressor VariableSpeed Compressor; Variable Defrost; 3x Tube and Fin Evaporator; Increased Insulation Thickness EL Percent 10% 16% 20% 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00025 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.013</GPH> Table IV.6 Incremental Desi~n Options* by Efficiency Level and Product Class Product 38786 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations Design Options Added Higher-EER Compressor Higher-EER Compressor VariableSpeed Com ressor Triple Pane Glass** EL Percent 10% 15% 20% 24% Partial VIP Coverage Triple Pane Glass**; VariableC-3A Timed (offPartial VIP Speed (20.6) Design cycle) Coverage; Higher-EER Compressor; Defrost; Variable Options Compressor Variable Higher-EER (off-cycle) Added (off-cycle) Variable Defrost Defrost Speed Com ressor *Design options are cumulative between efficiency levels (except for component replacements) ** Triple-pane glass pack consists of soft-coated low-E glass and argon gas fill (with a reduced gap size to maintain door thickness) *** AV represented in ft3 Table IV. 7 Cost-Efficienc Curves for Miscellaneous Refri eration Products ELl EL2 EL3 EL4 ELS 0% $298.10 10% $301.43 20% $317.16 30% $334.32 40% $367.99 59% $425.94 MPC $0.00 $3.33 $19.06 $36.22 $69.88 $127.83 EL Percent 0% $337.79 10% $340.92 20% $343.33 30% $359.55 40% $386.02 50% $477.10 MPC $0.00 $3.13 $5.53 $21.76 $48.23 $139.31 EL Percent 0% $699.52 10% $714.82 20% $718.24 30% $762.98 35% $921.40 38% $957.10 MPC $0.00 $15.30 $18.72 $63.46 $221.87 $257.57 EL Percent 0% $571.07 10% $573.07 16% $574.83 20% $603.56 25% $651.33 28% $677.23 MPC $0.00 $2.00 $3.76 $32.48 $80.26 $106.16 EL Percent 0% $540.00 10% $543.17 15% $578.47 20% $698.50 24% $742.55 EL Percent FCC (3.1) FCC (5.1) FC (15.3) C-13A (5) khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 C-3A (20.6) C-9 (20)** MPC Incremental MPC Incremental MPC Incremental MPC Incremental MPC Incremental MPC $0.00 EL Percent 0% $800 MPC Incremental MPC ER07MY24.015</GPH> ELO $0.00 * Adjusted volumes provided in ft3 ** Only considered at baseline VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00026 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.014</GPH> Product Class AV* Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations BILLING CODE 6450–01–C D. Markups Analysis The markups analysis develops appropriate markups (e.g., retailer markups, distributor markups, contractor markups) in the distribution chain and sales taxes to convert the MSP estimates derived in the engineering analysis to consumer prices, which are then used in the LCC and PBP analysis. At each step in the distribution channel, companies mark up the price of the product to cover business costs and profit margin. For MREFs, DOE identified two distribution channels: (1) manufacturers to retailers to consumers, and (2) manufacturers to wholesalers to dealers/ retailers to consumers. The parties involved in the distribution channel are retailers, wholesalers, and dealers. DOE developed baseline and incremental markups for each actor in the distribution chain. Baseline markups are applied to the price of products with baseline efficiency, while incremental markups are applied to the difference in price between baseline and higher-efficiency models (the incremental cost increase). The incremental markup is typically less than the baseline markup and is designed to maintain similar per-unit operating profit before and after new or amended standards.31 DOE relied on economic data from the U.S. Census Bureau to estimate average baseline and incremental markups. Specifically, DOE used the 2017 Annual Retail Trade Survey for the ‘‘electronics and appliance stores’’ sector to develop retailer markups,32 and the 2017 Annual Wholesaler Trade Survey for the ‘‘household appliances, and electrical and electronics goods merchant wholesalers’’ sector to estimate wholesaler markups.33 For the khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 31 Because the projected price of standardscompliant products is typically higher than the price of baseline products, using the same markup for the incremental cost and the baseline cost would result in higher per-unit operating profit. While such an outcome is possible, DOE maintains that in markets that are reasonably competitive it is unlikely that standards would lead to a sustainable increase in profitability in the long run. 32 U.S. Census Bureau, Annual Retail Trade Survey. 2017. Available at www.census.gov/ programs-surveys/arts.html. 33 U.S. Census Bureau, Annual Wholesale Trade Survey. 2017. Available at www.census.gov/awts. VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 wholesaler to dealer/retailer channel, DOE assumed that the dealer markups are half of the retailer markups in the retailer channel. For this direct final rule, DOE considered comments it had received regarding the markups analysis conducted for the March 2023 NOPR. The approach used for this direct final rule is largely the same as the approach DOE had used for the March 2023 NOPR analysis. In response to the March 2023 NOPR, AHAM commented on DOE’s reliance on the concept of incremental markups, stating that it is based on discredited theory, and it is in contradiction to empirical evidence provided by AHAM during a 2014 proposed rulemaking for energy conservation standards for residential dishwashers. (AHAM, No. 31 at p. 9) DOE’s incremental markup approach assumes that an increase in profitability, which is implied by keeping a fixed markup when the product price goes up due to higher efficiency standards, is unlikely to be viable over time in a reasonably competitive market like household appliance retailers. The Herfindahl-Hirschman Index (‘‘HHI’’) reported by the 2017 Economic Census indicates that the household appliance stores sector (NAICS 443141) is a highly competitive marketplace.34 DOE recognizes that actors in the distribution chains are likely to seek to maintain the same markup on appliances in response to changes in manufacturer selling prices after an amendment to energy conservation standards. However, DOE believes that retail pricing is likely to adjust over time as those actors are forced to readjust their markups to reach a medium-term equilibrium in which per-unit profit is relatively unchanged before and after standards are implemented. 34 2017 Economic Census, Selected sectors: Concentration of largest firms for the U.S. Available at www.census.gov/data/tables/2017/econ/ economic-census/naics-sector-44-45.html. The Herfindahl-Hirschman Index value can be found by navigating to the ‘‘Concentration of largest firms for the U.S.’’ table and then filtering the industry code to NAICS 443141.The Herfindahl-Hirschman Index reported for the largest 50 firms in household appliance stores sector, is 123.8. Generally, a market with an HHI value of under 1,000 is considered to be competitive. PO 00000 Frm 00027 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 38787 DOE acknowledges that markup practices in response to amended standards are complex and vary with business conditions. However, DOE’s analysis necessarily only considers changes in appliance offerings that occur in response to amended standards and isolate the effect of amended standards from other factors. Obtaining data on markup practices in the situation described previously is very challenging. Hence, DOE continues to maintain that its assumption that standards do not facilitate a sustainable increase in profitability is reasonable. Chapter 6 of the direct final rule TSD provides details on DOE’s development of markups for MREFs. E. Energy Use Analysis The purpose of the energy use analysis is to determine the annual energy consumption of MREFs at different efficiencies in representative U.S. households, and to assess the energy savings potential of increased MREF efficiency. The energy use analysis estimates the range of energy use of MREFs in the field (i.e., as they are actually used by consumers). The energy use analysis provides the basis for other analyses DOE performed, particularly assessments of the energy savings and the savings in consumer operating costs that could result from adoption of amended or new standards. DOE determined a range of annual energy use of MREFs as a function of unit volume. As shown in Table IV.8, DOE developed distributions of adjusted volume of product classes with more than one representative unit base on the capacity distributions reported in the TraQline® wine chiller data spanning from 2020 Q1 to 2022 Q1.35 DOE also developed a sample of households that use MREFs based on the TraQline wine chiller data (see section IV.F of this document for details). For each volume and considered efficiency level, DOE derived the energy consumption as measured by the DOE MREF test procedure at appendix A. 35 TraQline is a market research company that specialized in tracking consumer purchasing behavior across a wide range of products using quarterly online surveys. E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 38788 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations Table IV.8 Distribution of Adjusted Interior volumes by Product Class Adjusted Volume (ft3) Percentage Cooler-PC 3.1 5.1 83.4 16.6 Cooler-BIC For this direct final rule, DOE considered comments it had received regarding the energy use analysis conducted for the March 2023 NOPR. The approach used for this direct final rule is largely the same as the approach DOE had used for the March 2023 NOPR analysis. In response to the March 2023 NOPR, AHAM commented that DOE relies heavily on the EIA’s Residential Energy Consumption Survey (‘‘RECS’’) data for estimating energy use and how consumption varies at the household level. Specifically, AHAM expressed concern that the use of RECS data to estimate energy consumption at the household level may introduce ‘‘outlier values,’’ resulting in uncertainty and inaccuracies (AHAM, No. 31 at p. 11) In this direct final rule, as well as in the March 2023 NOPR, DOE did not tie the energy consumption of MREFs to RECS survey data. 87 FR 35678. No household or demographic information from RECS was used in the energy use analysis for MREFs. Instead, as mentioned above, DOE used the TraQline wine chiller data to develop a sample of households representing MREF purchasers and derived the energy consumption of MREFs as measured by the DOE MREF test procedure. DOE further notes that AHAM is a party to the Joint Agreement and is supportive of the recommended standards adopted in this direct final rule. Chapter 7 of the direct final rule TSD provides details on DOE’s energy use analysis for MREFs. VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 F. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period Analysis DOE conducted LCC and PBP analyses to evaluate the economic impacts on individual consumers of potential energy conservation standards for MREFs. The effect of new or amended energy conservation standards on individual consumers usually involves a reduction in operating cost and an increase in purchase cost. DOE used the following two metrics to measure consumer impacts: b The LCC is the total consumer expense of an appliance or product over the life of that product, consisting of total installed cost (manufacturer selling price, distribution chain markups, sales tax, and installation costs) plus operating costs (expenses for energy use, maintenance, and repair). To compute the operating costs, DOE discounts future operating costs to the time of purchase and sums them over the lifetime of the product. b The PBP is the estimated amount of time (in years) it takes consumers to recover the increased purchase cost (including installation) of a moreefficient product through lower operating costs. DOE calculates the PBP by dividing the change in purchase cost at higher efficiency levels by the change in annual operating cost for the year that amended or new standards are assumed to take effect. For any given efficiency level, DOE measures the change in LCC relative to the LCC in the no-new-standards case, which reflects the estimated efficiency distribution of MREFs in the absence of new or amended energy conservation PO 00000 Frm 00028 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 standards. In contrast, the PBP for a given efficiency level is measured relative to the baseline product. For this direct final rule, DOE considered comments it had received regarding the LCC analysis conducted for the March 2023 NOPR. The LCC approach used for this direct final rule is largely the same as the approach DOE had used for the March 2023 NOPR analysis. During the May 2, 2023, public meeting, Edison Electric Institute (‘‘EEI’’) questioned the costeffectiveness of the proposed TSL (TSL 4), due to the high percentage of consumers experiencing a net LCC cost and the simple payback period results ranging from 6.8 to 8 years, and urged DOE to consider selecting another TSL that may be more cost-effective for consumers. (May 2, 2023, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 33 at pp. 5–6). In response, DOE notes that when deciding whether a proposed standard is economically justified, DOE determines whether the benefits of the standard exceed its burdens by considering the seven statutory factors discussed in section II.A of this document. DOE considered the seven statutory factors when evaluating the Recommended TSL in the Joint Agreement. As discussed in section V.C.1 of this document, overall, the LCC savings would be positive for all MREF product classes, and, while 43.7 percent of MREF consumers would experience a net cost, slightly more than half of MREF consumers would experience a net benefit (52.9 percent). DOE provides a detailed comparative discussion and rigorous justification on the adopted E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.016</GPH> 81.3 18.7 Cooler-F and Cooler-BI 15.3 100.0 C-3A 21 100.0 C-9 20 100.0 C-13A 5 100.0 khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 3.1 5.1 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations TSL (the Recommended TSL) in section V.C.1 of this document. For each considered efficiency level in each product class, DOE calculated the LCC and PBP for a nationally representative set of MREF purchasers. As stated previously, DOE developed purchaser samples based on TraQline wine chiller survey data. The survey panel is weighted against the U.S. Census based on their demographic characteristics to make the sample representative of the U.S. population. The wine chiller survey asked respondents about the product features of the wine chillers they recently purchased, as well as the purchasing channel of the products. To account for the more recent MREF consumers, DOE used the last 2 years of survey data (2020 Q1 to 2022 Q1) to construct the household sample used in this direct final rule. For each sample purchaser, DOE determined the energy consumption for the MREFs and the appropriate energy price. By developing a representative sample of purchasers, the analysis captured the variability in energy consumption and energy prices associated with the use of MREFs. Inputs to the calculation of total installed cost include the cost of the product—which includes MPCs, manufacturer markups, retailer and distributor markups, and sales taxes— and installation costs. Inputs to the calculation of operating expenses include annual energy consumption, energy prices and price projections, repair and maintenance costs, product lifetimes, and discount rates. DOE created distributions of values for product lifetime, discount rates, and sales taxes, with probabilities attached to each value, to account for their uncertainty and variability. The computer model DOE uses to calculate the LCC relies on a Monte Carlo simulation to incorporate uncertainty and variability into the analysis. The Monte Carlo simulations randomly sample input values from the probability distributions and MREF user samples. The model calculated the LCC for products at each efficiency level for 10,000 MREF purchasers per simulation run. The analytical results include a distribution of 10,000 data points showing the range of LCC savings for a given efficiency level relative to the nonew-standards case efficiency distribution. In performing an iteration of the Monte Carlo simulation for a given consumer, product efficiency is chosen based on its probability. If the chosen product efficiency is greater than or equal to the efficiency of the standard 38789 level under consideration, the LCC calculation reveals that a consumer is not impacted by the standard level. By accounting for consumers who already purchase more-efficient products, DOE avoids overstating the potential benefits from increasing product efficiency. DOE calculated the LCC for consumers of MREFs as if each were to purchase a new product in the first year of required compliance with amended standards. As discussed earlier in this document, the compliance date of amended standards is January 31, 2029, for TSL 4 (the Recommended TSL detailed in the Joint Agreement). For all other TSLs considered in this direct final rule, standards apply to MREFs manufactured 5 years after the date on which any amended standard is published. (42 U.S.C. 6295(l)(2)) Therefore, DOE used 2029 as the first year of compliance with any amended standards for MREFs for all TSLs. Table IV.9 summarizes the approach and data DOE used to derive inputs to the LCC and PBP calculations. The subsections that follow provide further discussion. Details of the spreadsheet model, and of all the inputs to the LCC and PBP analyses, are contained in chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD and its appendices. Table IV.9 Summar JO fl nputs an d Meth 0 ds fior the LCC an dPBPAna1ys1s I •* Inputs Product Cost Installation Costs Annual Energy Use Energy Prices Enern:v Price Trends Repair and Maintenance Costs Product Lifetime Discount Rates Assumed no change with efficiency level. Not considered in the analysis. Sample wei2:hted average: 12.6 years Approach involves identifying all possible debt or asset classes that might be used to purchase the considered appliances or might be affected indirectly. Primary data source was the Federal Reserve Board's Survey of Consumer Finances. 2029 * Not used for PBP calculation. References for the data sources mentioned in this table are provided in the sections following the table or in chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD. In response to the March 2023 NOPR, AHAM commented that should be conducting a purchase decision analysis in its LCC model to reflect the actual conditions and expectations of the VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 purchaser rather than relying on an outcome modeling approach. (AHAM, No. 31 at pp. 8–9) In the current setup of LCC analysis, DOE is not explicitly modeling the purchase decision made PO 00000 Frm 00029 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 by purchasers when the standard becomes effective. DOE’s analysis is intended to model the range of individual outcomes likely to result from a hypothetical amended energy E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.017</GPH> khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 Compliance Date Source/Method Derived by multiplying MPCs by manufacturer and retailer markups and sales tax, as appropriate. Used historical data to derive a price scaling index to project product costs. Assumed no change with efficiency level. Not considered in the analysis. Derived from engineering inputs (see chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD). Variabilitv: Based on the product class and rep unit volume, where applicable. Electricity: Based on 2022 average and marginal electricity price data from the Edison Electric Institute. Variability: Electricity prices varv by region. Based on AE02023 price projections. 38790 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations conservation standard at various levels of efficiency. DOE does not discount the consumer decision theory established in the broad behavioral economics field but rather notes that its methodological decision was made after considering the existence of various systematic market failures and their implication in rational versus actual purchase behavior. Furthermore, the outcome of the LCC is not considered in isolation, but in the context of the broader set of analyses, including the NIA. Moreover, the type of data required to facilitate a robust consumer choice modeling of a specific household appliance at the individual household level is currently lacking and AHAM did not provide much data. DOE further notes that AHAM is a party to the Joint Agreement and is supportive of the recommended standard adopted in this direct final rule. khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 1. Product Cost To calculate consumer product costs, DOE multiplied the MPCs developed in the engineering analysis by the markups described previously (along with sales taxes). DOE used different markups for baseline products and higher-efficiency products, because DOE applies an incremental markup to the increase in MSP associated with higher-efficiency products. Economic literature and historical data suggest that the real costs of many products may trend downward over time according to ‘‘learning’’ or ‘‘experience’’ curves. Experience curve analysis implicitly includes factors such as efficiencies in labor, capital investment, automation, materials prices, distribution, and economies of scale at an industry-wide level.36 In the experience curve method, the real cost of production is related to the cumulative production or ‘‘experience’’ with a manufactured product. As MREFs use similar technologies to RF, DOE applied the same experience curve developed for RF to MREFs. DOE used inflation-adjusted historical Producer Price Index (‘‘PPI’’) data for ‘‘household refrigerator and home freezer manufacturing’’ from the Bureau of Labor Statistics’ (‘‘BLS’’) spanning the time period between 1981 and 2022,37 along with the cumulative production of RF to derive the experience curve. The estimated learning rate (defined as the 36 Taylor, M. and Fujita, K.S. Accounting for Technological Change in Regulatory Impact Analyses: The Learning Curve Technique. LBNL– 6195E. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, Berkeley, CA. April 2013. Available at escholarship.org/uc/item/3c8709p4#page-1. 37 Household refrigerator and home freezer manufacturing PPI series ID: PCU3352203352202. Available at www.bls.gov/ppi/. VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 fractional reduction in price expected from each doubling of cumulative production) is 39.4 ± 1.9 percent. DOE included variable-speed compressors as a technology option for higher efficiency levels. To develop future prices specific for that technology, DOE applied a different price trend to the controls portion of the variable-speed compressor, which represents part of the price increment when moving from an efficiency level achieved with the highest efficiency single-speed compressor to an efficiency level with variable-speed compressor. DOE used PPI data on ‘‘semiconductors and related device manufacturing’’ between 1967 and 2022 to estimate the historic price trend of electronic components in the control.38 The regression, performed as an exponential trend line fit, results in an R-square of 0.99, with an annual price decline rate of 6.3 percent. See chapter 8 of the TSD for further details on this topic. In response to the March 2023 NOPR, AHAM commented that there is no theoretical underpinning for the implementation of an experience or learning curve and the functional form it should take. In addition, AHAM stated that the data that DOE used merely represents an empirical relationship, and a clear connection between the actual products in question and the data used needs to be made. AHAM noted that there is little reason to support the concept that price learning through manufacturing efficiencies should extend beyond the labor and materials in the product itself, and that such a relationship should not hold for other cost components. (AHAM, No. 31 at p. 10) DOE notes that there is considerable empirical evidence of consistent price declines for appliances in the past few decades. Several studies examined retail prices of a wide range of household appliances during different periods of time and showed that prices had been steadily falling while efficiency had been increasing, for example Dale, et al. (2009) 39 and Taylor, et al. (2015).40 As 38 Semiconductors and related device manufacturing PPI series ID: PCU334413334413. Available at www.bls.gov/ppi/. 39 Dale, L., C. Antinori, M. McNeil, James E. McMahon, and K.S. Fujita. Retrospective evaluation of appliance price trends. Energy Policy. 2009. 37 pp. 597–605. 40 Taylor, M., C.A. Spurlock, and H.-C. Yang. Confronting Regulatory Cost and Quality Expectations. An Exploration of Technical Change in Minimum Efficiency Performance Standards. 2015. Lawrence Berkeley National Lab. (LBNL), Berkeley, CA (United States). Report No. LBNL– 1000576. (last accessed June 30, 2023.) Available at www.osti.gov/biblio/1235570/ (last accessed June 30, 2023). PO 00000 Frm 00030 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 mentioned in Taylor and Fujita (2013),41 Federal agencies have adopted different approaches to account for ‘‘the changing future compliance costs that might result from technological innovation or anticipated behavioral changes.’’ Given the limited data availability on historical manufacturing costs broken by different components, DOE utilized the PPI published by the BLS as a proxy for manufacturing costs to represent the analyzed product as a whole.42 While products may experience varying degrees of price learning during different product stages, given that MREFs share similar cooling technologies with RF, DOE applied the same learning rate developed for RF to MREFs. DOE modeled the average learning rate based on the full historical PPI series for ‘‘household refrigerator and home freezer manufacturing’’ to capture the overall price evolution in relation to the cumulative shipments. DOE also conducted sensitivity analyses that are based on a particular segment of the PPI data to investigate the impact of alternative product price projections (low price learning and high price learning) in the NIA of this direct final rule. DOE further notes that AHAM is a party to the Joint Agreement and is supportive of the recommended standard adopted in this direct final rule. 2. Installation Cost Installation cost includes labor, overhead, and any miscellaneous materials and parts needed to install the product. DOE is not aware of any data that suggest the cost of installation changes as a function of efficiency for MREFs. DOE therefore assumed that installation costs are the same regardless of EL and do not impact the LCC or PBP. As a result, DOE did not include installation costs in the LCC and PBP analysis. 3. Annual Energy Consumption For each sampled consumer, DOE determined the energy consumption for MREFs at different efficiency levels using the approach described previously in section IV.E of this document. 41 Taylor, M. and K.S. Fujita. Accounting for Technological Change in Regulatory Impact Analyses: The Learning Curve Technique. 2013. Lawrence Berkeley National Lab (LBNL), Berkeley, CA (United States). Report No. LBNL–6195E. Available at https://escholarship.org/uc/item/ 3c8709p4 (last accessed March 24, 2024). 42 PPI is a proxy for manufacturing costs as certain effects (such as market structure and competitive effects) could influence PPI in a way that would not be reflected in manufacturing costs. E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 4. Energy Prices Because marginal electricity price more accurately captures the incremental savings associated with a change in energy use from higher efficiency, it provides a better representation of incremental change in consumer costs than average electricity prices. Therefore, DOE applied average electricity prices for the energy use of the product purchased in the no-newstandards case, and marginal electricity prices for the incremental change in energy use associated with the other efficiency levels considered. DOE derived electricity prices in 2022 using data from EEI Typical Bills and Average Rates reports. Based upon comprehensive, industry-wide surveys, this semi-annual report presents typical monthly electric bills and average kilowatt-hour costs to the customer as charged by investor-owned utilities. For the residential sector, DOE calculated electricity prices using the methodology described in Coughlin and Beraki (2018).43 DOE’s methodology allows electricity prices to vary by sector, region, and season. In the analysis, variability in electricity prices is chosen to be consistent with the way the consumer economic and energy use characteristics are defined in the LCC analysis. See chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD for details. To estimate energy prices in future years, DOE multiplied the 2022 energy prices by the projection of annual average price changes from the Reference case in AEO2023, which has an end year of 2050.44 To estimate price trends after 2050, the 2046–2050 average was used for all years. khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 5. Maintenance and Repair Costs Repair costs are associated with repairing or replacing product components that have failed in an appliance; maintenance costs are associated with maintaining the operation of the product. Typically, small incremental increases in product efficiency entail no, or only minor, changes in repair and maintenance costs compared to baseline efficiency products. DOE is not aware of any data that suggest the cost of repair or maintenance for MREFs changes as a function of efficiency. DOE therefore 43 Coughlin, K. and B. Beraki.2018. Residential Electricity Prices: A Review of Data Sources and Estimation Methods. Lawrence Berkeley National Lab. Berkeley, CA. Report No. LBNL–2001169. Available at https://ees.lbl.gov/publications/ residential-electricity-prices-review. 44 EIA. Annual Energy Outlook 2023. Available at www.eia.gov/outlooks/aeo/ (last accessed November 29, 2023). VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 assumed that these costs are the same regardless of EL and do not impact the LCC or PBP. As a result, DOE did not include maintenance and repair costs in the LCC and PBP analysis. 6. Product Lifetime For MREFs, DOE used lifetime estimates from products that operate using the same refrigeration technology: covered refrigerators and refrigeratorfreezers, based on the Refrigerators, Refrigerator-Freezers, and Freezers direct final rule analysis. 89 FR 3026 (January 17, 2024). DOE estimated a maximum lifetime of 40 years for all product classes and an average lifetime of 10.6 years for compact coolers and 14.6 years for full-size coolers. The weighted average lifetime over the sample population, considering the market distribution, was 12.6 years. DOE also assumed that the probability function for the annual survival of MREFs would take the form of a Weibull distribution. See chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD for a more detailed discussion. 7. Discount Rates In the calculation of LCC, DOE applies discount rates appropriate to households to estimate the present value of future operating cost savings. DOE estimated a distribution of discount rates for MREFs based on consumer financing costs and the opportunity cost of consumer funds. DOE applies weighted average discount rates calculated from consumer debt and asset data, rather than marginal or implicit discount rates.45 The LCC analysis estimates net present value over the lifetime of the product, so the appropriate discount rate will reflect the general opportunity cost of household funds, taking this time scale into account. Given the long-time horizon modeled in the LCC, the application of a marginal interest rate associated with an initial source of funds is inaccurate. Regardless of the method of purchase, consumers are expected to continue to rebalance their debt and asset holdings over the LCC analysis period, based on the restrictions consumers face in their 45 The implicit discount rate is inferred from a consumer purchase decision between two otherwise identical goods with different first cost and operating cost. It is the interest rate that equates the increment of first cost to the difference in net present value of lifetime operating cost, incorporating the influence of several factors: transaction costs; risk premiums and response to uncertainty; time preferences; interest rates at which a consumer is able to borrow or lend. The implicit discount rate is not appropriate for the LCC analysis because it reflects a range of factors that influence consumer purchase decisions, rather than the opportunity cost of the funds that are used in purchases. PO 00000 Frm 00031 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 38791 debt payment requirements and the relative size of the interest rates available on debts and assets. DOE estimates the aggregate impact of this rebalancing using the historical distribution of debts and assets. To establish residential discount rates for the LCC analysis, DOE identified all relevant household debt or asset classes in order to approximate a consumer’s opportunity cost of funds related to appliance energy cost savings. It estimated the average percentage shares of the various types of debt and equity by household income group using data from the Federal Reserve Board’s triennial Survey of Consumer Finances 46 (‘‘SCF’’) starting in 1995 and ending in 2019. Using the SCF and other sources, DOE developed a distribution of rates for each type of debt and asset by income group to represent the rates that may apply in the year in which amended standards would take effect. DOE assigned each sample household a specific discount rate drawn from one of the distributions. The average rate across all types of household debt and equity and income groups, weighted by the shares of each type, is 4.2 percent. See chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD for further details on the development of consumer discount rates. 8. Energy Efficiency Distribution in the No-New-Standards Case To accurately estimate the share of consumers that would be affected by a potential energy conservation standard at a particular efficiency level, DOE’s LCC analysis considered the projected distribution (market shares) of product efficiencies under the no-new-standards case (i.e., the case without amended or new energy conservation standards). For this direct final rule, DOE is using the efficiency distribution by product class as provided by AHAM in response to a notice of public meeting and availability of the preliminary technical support document for MREFS. 87 FR 3229 (Jan. 21, 2022) (See AHAM, No. 18, pp. 2–5) DOE understands that this approach inherently assumes that the rest of the MREF market has a similar distribution of efficiencies. However, due to lack of efficiency data from nonAHAM members, DOE has no reason to question that assumption. DOE also assumed that the current distribution of product efficiencies would remain constant in 2029, and during the 46 U.S. Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Survey of Consumer Finances. 1995, 1998, 2001, 2004, 2007, 2010, 2013, 2016, and 2019. Available at https://www.federalreserve.gov/ econresdata/scf/scfindex.htm (last accessed November 29, 2023). E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 38792 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations analysis period, in the no-newstandards case. The estimated market shares for the no-new-standards case for MREFs are shown in Table IV.10. See chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD for further information on the derivation of the efficiency distributions. Table IV.10 Efficiency Distributions for the No-New-Standards Case in the Compliance Year Product Class Cooler-Fe Cooler-BIC Cooler-F Cooler-BI C-13A C-3A Total Adjusted Volume (cu. ft.) 3.1 5.1 3.1 5.1 15.3 15.3 5 21 2029 Market Share (%) ELO EL 1 EL2 EL3 EL4 ELS Total* 79 18 3 0 0 0 100 18 6 1 1 0 74 100 42 72 99 100 58 8 1 0 0 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 100 100 100 100 * The total may not sum to 100% due to rounding. 9. Payback Period Analysis The payback period is the amount of time (expressed in years) it takes the consumer to recover the additional installed cost of more-efficient products, compared to baseline products, through energy cost savings. Payback periods that exceed the life of the product mean that the increased total installed cost is not recovered in reduced operating expenses. The inputs to the PBP calculation for each efficiency level are the change in total installed cost of the product and the change in the first-year annual operating expenditures relative to the baseline. DOE refers to this as a ‘‘simple PBP’’ because it does not consider changes over time in operating cost savings. The PBP calculation uses the same inputs as the LCC analysis when deriving first-year operating costs. As noted previously, EPCA establishes a rebuttable presumption that a standard is economically justified if the Secretary finds that the additional cost to the consumer of purchasing a product complying with an energy conservation standard level will be less than three times the value of the first year’s energy savings resulting from the standard, as calculated under the applicable test procedure. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(iii)) For each considered VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 efficiency level, DOE determined the value of the first year’s energy savings by calculating the energy savings in accordance with the applicable DOE test procedure, and multiplying those savings by the average energy price projection for the year in which compliance with the amended standards would be required. G. Shipments Analysis DOE uses projections of annual product shipments to calculate the national impacts of potential amended or new energy conservation standards on energy use, NPV, and future manufacturer cash flows.47 The shipments model takes an accounting approach, tracking market shares of each product class and the vintage of units in the stock. Stock accounting uses product shipments as inputs to estimate the age distribution of in-service product stocks for all years. The age distribution of in-service product stocks is a key input to calculations of both the NES and NPV, because operating costs for any year depend on the age distribution of the stock. DOE defined two broad MREF product categories (coolers and combination cooler refrigeration products) and developed models to estimate shipments for each category. DOE used various data and assumptions to develop the shipments for each product class considered in this rulemaking. 47 DOE uses data on manufacturer shipments as a proxy for national sales, as aggregate data on sales are lacking. In general, one would expect a close correspondence between shipments and sales. PO 00000 Frm 00032 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 Given the limited available data sources on historical shipments of coolers, DOE assumed a constant penetration rate of 13.3 percent in the U.S. households throughout the analysis period based on online surveys 48 to estimate the annual shipments starting from 2016.49 50 DOE multiplied the estimated penetration by the total number of households from the AEO2023, and then determined the number of new shipments by dividing the total stock by the mean product lifetime. DOE projected the annual shipments by incorporating the lifetime distributions by product class and assuming that the growth of new sales is consistent with the housing 48 DOE also reviewed the recent release of the EIA 2020 RECS (‘‘RECS 2020’’), which identified wine chillers in representative U.S. households. DOE found that the penetration rate of wine chillers in RECS 2020 is significantly lower compared to that estimated by DOE for MREFs based on previous market surveys. Due to the uncertainty on the breakdown of MREFs between wine chillers and other miscellaneous refrigeration applications in the U.S. market, DOE continued to use the 13.3 percent penetration rate for MREFs in this direct final rule. However, DOE also modeled an alternative shipments scenario based on the lower penetration rate of MREFs in American homes derived from the RECS 2020 data. For more details on this alternative scenario and the resulting NES and NPV results, see chapter 9 and appendix 10C of the direct final rule TSD, respectively. 49 Greenblatt, J.B., S.J. Young, H.-C. Yang, T. Long, B. Beraki, S.K. Price, S. Pratt, H. Willem, L.B. Desroches, and S.M. Donovan. U.S. Residential Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products: Results from Amazon Mechanical Turk Surveys. 2014. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory: Berkeley, CA. Report No. LBNL–6537E. 50 Donovan, S.M., S.J. Young, and J.B. Greenblatt. Ice-Making in the U.S.: Results from an Amazon Mechanical Turk Survey. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory. Report No. LBNL–183899. E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.018</GPH> khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 The LCC Monte Carlo simulations draw from the efficiency distributions and randomly assign an efficiency to the MREF purchased by each sample household in the no-new-standards case. The resulting percent shares within the sample match the market shares in the efficiency distributions. Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations projections from AEO2023. To estimate shipments prior to 2016, DOE assumed a flat historical shipment trend at the 2016 level. With even more limited available data sources on historical shipments of combination cooler refrigeration products, DOE estimated total shipments of combination cooler refrigeration products in 2014 to be 36,000 units, based on feedback from manufacturers from the October 2016 Direct Final Rule. DOE assumed sales would increase in line with the increase in the number of households in AEO2023. Finally, DOE incorporated the 2021 shipment data provided by AHAM (see AHAM, No. 18 at pp. 3, 5) 51 to re-calibrate total shipments for each product class considered in this rulemaking. DOE used the efficiency distributions by product class to match the data submitted by AHAM. DOE also assumed that the market share of each product class (in relation to the total MREF shipments) matched the market shares provided by AHAM. To estimate total MREF shipments, DOE utilized the AHAM shipments data and AHAMmember information and reviewed the TraQline data from 2020 Q1 to 2022 Q1 to estimate non-AHAM-member shipments.52 Based on this approach, DOE’s estimate of the MREF shipments for the whole market was consistent with the total number of shipments estimated using DOE’s approach discussed earlier and used in the March 2023 NOPR. Hence, DOE continued using the same approach to develop the total MREF shipments in this direct final rule but incorporated the product class breakdown provided by AHAM to re-distribute the total shipments by product class. H. National Impact Analysis The NIA assesses the NES and the NPV from a national perspective of total consumer costs and savings that would be expected to result from new or amended standards at specific efficiency levels.53 (‘‘Consumer’’ in this context refers to consumers of the product being regulated.) DOE calculates the NES and NPV for the potential standard levels considered based on projections of annual product shipments, along with the annual energy consumption and total installed cost data from the energy use and LCC analyses. For the present analysis, DOE projected the energy savings, operating cost savings, product costs, and NPV of consumer benefits over the lifetime of MREFs sold from 2029 through 2058. 38793 DOE evaluates the impacts of new or amended standards by comparing a case without such standards with standardscase projections. The no-new-standards case characterizes energy use and consumer costs for each product class in the absence of new or amended energy conservation standards. DOE compares the no-new-standards case with projections characterizing the market for each product class if DOE adopted new or amended standards at specific energy efficiency levels (i.e., the TSLs or standards cases) for that class. For the standards cases, DOE considers how a given standard would likely affect the market shares of products with efficiencies greater than the standard. DOE uses a spreadsheet model to calculate the energy savings and the national consumer costs and savings from each TSL. Interested parties can review DOE’s analyses by changing various input quantities within the spreadsheet. The NIA spreadsheet model uses typical values (as opposed to probability distributions) as inputs. Table IV.11 summarizes the inputs and methods DOE used for the NIA analysis for this direct final rule. Discussion of these inputs and methods follows the table. See chapter 10 of the direct final rule TSD for further details. Table IV.11 Summary of Inputs and Methods for the National Impact Analysis Inputs Shipments Compliance Date of Standard Efficiency Trends Annual Energy Consumption per Unit Total Installed Cost per Unit Annual Energy Cost per Unit Repair and Maintenance Cost per Unit Energy Site-to-Primary and FFC Conversion Discount Rate Present Year khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 1. Product Efficiency Trends A key component of the NIA is the trend in energy efficiency projected for the no-new-standards case and each of the standards cases. Section IV.F.8 of 51 This shipments information was provided by AHAM in a confidential document. The reference points to the public version of this document, VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 A time-series conversion factor based on AEO2023. Three and seven percent. 2024 this document describes how DOE developed an energy efficiency distribution for the no-new-standards case (which yields a shipment-weighted average efficiency) for each of the considered product classes for the year of anticipated compliance with an amended standard. For the standards cases, DOE used a ‘‘roll-up’’ scenario to establish the where confidential business information is redacted. 52 DOE also collected and reviewed manufacturer interview data but was unable to collect a representative sample that would allow it to estimate non-AHAM-member shipments data. 53 The NIA accounts for impacts in the United States and U.S. territories. PO 00000 Frm 00033 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.019</GPH> Energy Price Trends Method Annual shipments from shipments model. 2029 No trend assumed. Calculated for each efficiency level based on inputs from energy use analysis. Calculated for each efficiency level based on inputs from energy use analysis. Calculated for each efficiency level using the energy use per unit, and electricity prices and trends. Annual values do not change with efficiency level. AEO2023 projections (to 2050) and fixed at 2050 prices thereafter. 38794 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 shipment-weighted efficiency for the year that standards are assumed to become effective (2029). In this scenario, the market shares of products in the no-new-standards case that do not meet the standard under consideration would ‘‘roll up’’ to meet the new standard level, and the market share of products above the standard would remain unchanged. In the absence of data on trends in efficiency, DOE assumed no efficiency trend over the analysis period for both the no-new-standards and standards cases. For a given case, market shares by efficiency level were held fixed to their 2029 distribution. 2. National Energy Savings The NES analysis involves a comparison of national energy consumption of the considered products between each potential standards case (‘‘TSL’’) and the case with no new or amended energy conservation standards. DOE calculated the national energy consumption by multiplying the number of units (stock) of each product (by vintage or age) by the unit energy consumption (also by vintage). DOE calculated annual NES based on the difference in national energy consumption for the no-new-standards case and for each higher efficiency standard case. DOE estimated energy consumption and savings based on site energy and converted the electricity consumption and savings to primary energy (i.e., the energy consumed by power plants to generate site electricity) using annual conversion factors derived from AEO2023. Cumulative energy savings are the sum of the NES for each year over the timeframe of the analysis. Use of higher-efficiency products is sometimes associated with a direct rebound effect, which refers to an increase in utilization of the product due to the increase in efficiency. DOE did not find any data on the rebound effect specific to MREFs that would indicate that consumers would alter their utilization of their product due to an increase in efficiency. MREFs are typically plugged in and operate continuously; therefore, DOE assumed a rebound rate of 0. DOE did not receive any comments regarding this assumption in response to the March 2023 NOPR. In 2011, in response to the recommendations of a committee on ‘‘Point-of-Use and Full-Fuel-Cycle Measurement Approaches to Energy Efficiency Standards’’ appointed by the National Academy of Sciences, DOE announced its intention to use FFC measures of energy use and greenhouse gas and other emissions in the national VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 impact analyses and emissions analyses included in future energy conservation standards rulemakings. 76 FR 51281 (Aug. 18, 2011). After evaluating the approaches discussed in the August 18, 2011 notice, DOE published a statement of amended policy in which DOE explained its determination that EIA’s National Energy Modeling System (‘‘NEMS’’) is the most appropriate tool for its FFC analysis and its intention to use NEMS for that purpose. 77 FR 49701 (Aug. 17, 2012). NEMS is a public domain, multi-sector, partial equilibrium model of the U.S. energy sector 54 that EIA uses to prepare its Annual Energy Outlook. The FFC factors incorporate losses in production and delivery in the case of natural gas (including fugitive emissions) and additional energy used to produce and deliver the various fuels used by power plants. The approach used for deriving FFC measures of energy use and emissions is described in appendix 10B of the direct final rule TSD. 3. Net Present Value Analysis The inputs for determining the NPV of the total costs and benefits experienced by consumers are (1) total annual installed cost, (2) total annual operating costs (energy costs and repair and maintenance costs), and (3) a discount factor to calculate the present value of costs and savings. DOE calculates net savings each year as the difference between the no-newstandards case and each standards case in terms of total savings in operating costs versus total increases in installed costs. DOE calculates operating cost savings over the lifetime of each product shipped during the projection period. As discussed in section IV.F.1 of this document, DOE developed MREF price trends based on an experience curve calculated using historical PPI data. DOE applied the same trends to project prices for each product class at each considered efficiency level including baseline. By 2058, which is the end date of the projection period, the average price of single-speed compressor MREFs is projected to drop 33.2 percent and the average price of MREFs with a variablespeed compressor is projected to drop about 33.8 percent relative to 2029. To evaluate the effect of uncertainty regarding the price trend estimates, DOE investigated the impact of different product price projections on the consumer NPV for the considered TSLs 54 For more information on NEMS, refer to The National Energy Modeling System: An Overview 2009, DOE/EIA–0581(2009), October 2009. Available at www.eia.gov/analysis/pdfpages/ 0581(2009)index.php (last accessed November 29, 2023). PO 00000 Frm 00034 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 for MREFs. In addition to the default price trend, DOE considered high and low-price-decline sensitivity cases. For the single-speed compressor MREFs and the non-variable- speed controls portion of MREFs, DOE estimated the highprice- decline and the low- pricedecline scenarios based on household refrigerator and home freezer PPI data limited to the period between the period 1981–2008 and 2009–2022, respectively. For the variable-speed controls portion of MREFs, DOE estimated the high price decline and the low- price- decline scenarios based on an exponential trend line fit of the semiconductor PPI between the period 1994–2022 and 1967–1993, respectively. The derivation of these price trends is described in Chapter 8 and the results of these sensitivity cases are given in appendix 10C of the direct final rule TSD. The energy cost savings are calculated using the estimated energy savings in each year and the projected price of the appropriate form of energy. To estimate energy prices in future years, DOE multiplied the average regional energy prices by the projection of annual national-average residential energy price changes in the Reference case from AEO2023, which has an end year of 2050. To estimate price trends after 2050, the 2046–2050 average was used for all years. As part of the NIA, DOE also analyzed scenarios that used inputs from variants of the AEO2023 Reference case that have lower and higher economic growth. Those cases have lower and higher energy price trends compared to the Reference case. The resulting consumer NPV for the loweconomic growth scenario, combined with the low-price-decline scenario is up to 24% lower compared to the Reference case scenario, while the consumer NPV for the high-economic growth scenario combined with the high-price-decline scenario is up to 12% higher compared to the Reference case. See appendix 10C of the direct final rule TSD for more details. In calculating the NPV, DOE multiplies the net savings in future years by a discount factor to determine their present value. For this direct final rule, DOE estimated the NPV of consumer benefits using both a 3percent and a 7-percent real discount rate. DOE uses these discount rates in accordance with guidance provided by the Office of Management and Budget (‘‘OMB’’) to Federal agencies on the development of regulatory analysis.55 55 United States Office of Management and Budget. Circular A–4: Regulatory Analysis. September 17, 2003. Section E. Available at https://www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/ E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations The discount rates for the determination of NPV are in contrast to the discount rates used in the LCC analysis, which are designed to reflect a consumer’s perspective. The 7-percent real value is an estimate of the average before-tax rate of return to private capital in the U.S. economy. The 3-percent real value represents the ‘‘social rate of time preference,’’ which is the rate at which society discounts future consumption flows to their present value. I. Consumer Subgroup Analysis In analyzing the potential impact of new or amended energy conservation standards on consumers, DOE evaluates the impact on identifiable subgroups of consumers that may be disproportionately affected by a new or amended national standard. The purpose of a subgroup analysis is to determine the extent of any such disproportional impacts. DOE evaluates impacts on particular subgroups of consumers by analyzing the LCC impacts and PBP for those particular consumers from alternative standard levels. For this direct final rule, DOE analyzed the impacts of the considered standard levels on senior-only households. Low-income consumers were not considered in the subgroup analysis, as MREFs are not products generally used by this subgroup. Based on the TraQline wine chiller data, less than 4 percent of MREF owners are below the Federal household income threshold for poverty. The analysis used a subset of the TraQline consumer sample composed of households that meet the criteria for this subgroup. DOE used the LCC and PBP computer model to estimate the impacts of the considered efficiency levels on senioronly households. Chapter 11 in the direct final rule TSD describes the consumer subgroup analysis. khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 J. Manufacturer Impact Analysis 1. Overview DOE performed an MIA to estimate the financial impacts of amended energy conservation standards on manufacturers of MREFs and to estimate the potential impacts of such standards on employment and manufacturing capacity. The MIA has both quantitative and qualitative aspects and includes analyses of projected industry cash flows, the INPV, investments in research and development (‘‘R&D’’) and manufacturing capital, and domestic manufacturing employment. Additionally, the MIA seeks to determine how amended energy legacy_drupal_files/omb/circulars/A4/a-4.pdf (last accessed November 10, 2023). VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 conservation standards might affect manufacturing employment, capacity, and competition, as well as how standards contribute to overall regulatory burden. Finally, the MIA serves to identify any disproportionate impacts on manufacturer subgroups, including small business manufacturers. The quantitative part of the MIA primarily relies on the GRIM, an industry cash flow model with inputs specific to this rulemaking. The key GRIM inputs include data on the industry cost structure, unit production costs, product shipments, manufacturer markups, and investments in R&D and manufacturing capital required to produce compliant products. The key GRIM outputs are the INPV, which is the sum of industry annual cash flows over the analysis period, discounted using the industry-weighted average cost of capital, and the impact on domestic manufacturing employment. The model uses standard accounting principles to estimate the impacts of more-stringent energy conservation standards on a given industry by comparing changes in INPV and domestic manufacturing employment between a no-new-standards case and the various standards cases (i.e., ‘‘TSLs’’). To capture the uncertainty relating to manufacturer pricing strategies following amended standards, the GRIM estimates a range of possible impacts under different manufacturer markup scenarios. The qualitative part of the MIA addresses manufacturer characteristics and market trends. Specifically, the MIA considers such factors as a potential standard’s impact on manufacturing capacity, competition within the industry, the cumulative impact of other DOE and non-DOE regulations, and impacts on manufacturer subgroups. The complete MIA is outlined in chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD. DOE conducted the MIA for this rulemaking in three phases. In Phase 1 of the MIA, DOE prepared a profile of the MREF manufacturing industry based on the market and technology assessment and publicly-available information. This included a top-down analysis of MREF manufacturers that DOE used to derive preliminary financial inputs for the GRIM (e.g., revenues; materials, labor, overhead, and depreciation expenses; selling, general, and administrative expenses (‘‘SG&A’’); and R&D expenses). DOE also used public sources of information to further calibrate its initial characterization of the MREF manufacturing industry, including corporate annual reports filed by publicly traded manufacturers in PO 00000 Frm 00035 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 38795 primarily home appliance manufacturing and MREFs, the U.S. Census Bureau’s Annual Survey of Manufactures (‘‘ASM’’),56 and reports from D&B Hoovers.57 In Phase 2 of the MIA, DOE prepared a framework industry cash-flow analysis to quantify the potential impacts of amended energy conservation standards. The GRIM uses several factors to determine a series of annual cash flows starting with the announcement of the standard and extending over a 30-year period following the compliance date of the standard. These factors include annual expected revenues, costs of sales, SG&A and R&D expenses, taxes, and capital expenditures. In general, energy conservation standards can affect manufacturer cash flow in three distinct ways: (1) creating a need for increased investment, (2) raising production costs per unit, and (3) altering revenue due to higher per-unit prices and changes in sales volumes. In addition, during Phase 2, DOE developed interview guides to distribute to manufacturers of MREFs in order to develop other key GRIM inputs, including product and capital conversion costs, and to gather additional information on the anticipated effects of energy conservation standards on revenues, direct employment, capital assets, industry competitiveness, and subgroup impacts. In Phase 3 of the MIA, DOE conducted structured, detailed interviews with representative manufacturers. During these interviews, DOE discussed engineering, manufacturing, procurement, and financial topics to validate assumptions used in the GRIM and to identify key issues or concerns. As part of Phase 3, DOE also evaluated subgroups of manufacturers that may be disproportionately impacted by amended standards or that may not be accurately represented by the average cost assumptions used to develop the industry cash flow analysis. Such manufacturer subgroups may include small business manufacturers, lowvolume manufacturers, niche players, and/or manufacturers exhibiting a cost structure that largely differs from the industry average. DOE identified one subgroup for a separate impact analysis: 56 U.S. Census Bureau, Annual Survey of Manufactures. ‘‘Summary Statistics for Industry Groups and Industries in the U.S. (2021).’’ Available at www.census.gov/programs-surveys/ asm/data.html (last accessed July 5, 2023). 57 The D&B Hoovers login is available at app.dnbhoovers.com (last accessed November 29, 2023). E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 38796 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations small business manufacturers. The small business subgroup is discussed in chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD. khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 2. Government Regulatory Impact Model and Key Inputs DOE uses the GRIM to quantify the changes in cash flow due to new or amended standards that result in a higher or lower industry value. The GRIM uses a standard, annual discounted cash-flow analysis that incorporates manufacturer costs, markups, shipments, and industry financial information as inputs. The GRIM models changes in costs, distribution of shipments, investments, and manufacturer margins that could result from an amended energy conservation standard. The GRIM spreadsheet uses the inputs to arrive at a series of annual cash flows, beginning in 2024 (the base year of the analysis) and continuing to 2058. DOE calculated INPVs by summing the stream of annual discounted cash flows during this period. For manufacturers of MREFs, DOE used a real discount rate of 7.7 percent, which was derived from industry financials and then modified according to feedback received during manufacturer interviews. The GRIM calculates cash flows using standard accounting principles and compares changes in INPV between the no-new-standards case and each standards case. The difference in INPV between the no-new-standards case and a standards case represents the financial impact of the new or amended energy conservation standard on manufacturers. As discussed previously, DOE developed critical GRIM inputs using a number of sources, including publicly available data, results of the engineering analysis, results of the shipments analysis, and information gathered from industry stakeholders during the course of manufacturer interviews. The GRIM results are presented in section V.B.2 of this document. Additional details about the GRIM, the discount rate, and other financial parameters can be found in chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD. a. Manufacturer Production Costs Manufacturing more efficient products is typically more expensive than manufacturing baseline products due to the use of more complex components, which are typically more costly than baseline components. The changes in the MPCs of covered products can affect the revenues, gross margins, and cash flow of the industry. For its analysis in this direct final rule, DOE used a combined efficiency level and design option approach. First, an VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 efficiency-level approach was used to establish an analysis tied to existing products on the market. A design option approach was then used to extend the analysis through ‘‘built-down’’ efficiency levels and ‘‘built-up’’ efficiency levels where there were gaps in the range of efficiencies of products that were reverse engineered. For a complete description of the MPCs, see section IV.C of this document and chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD. b. Shipments Projections The GRIM estimates manufacturer revenues based on total unit shipment projections and the distribution of those shipments by efficiency level. Changes in sales volumes and efficiency mix over time can significantly affect manufacturer finances. For this analysis, the GRIM uses the NIA’s annual shipment projections derived from the shipments analysis from 2024 (the base year) to 2058 (the end year of the analysis period). See section IV.G of this document and chapter 9 of the direct final rule TSD for additional details. c. Product and Capital Conversion Costs New or amended energy conservation standards could cause manufacturers to incur conversion costs to bring their production facilities and product designs into compliance. DOE evaluated the level of conversion-related expenditures that would be needed to comply with each considered efficiency level in each product class. For the MIA, DOE classified these conversion costs into two major groups: (1) product conversion costs; and (2) capital conversion costs. Product conversion costs are investments in research, development, testing, marketing, and other non-capitalized costs necessary to make product designs comply with new or amended energy conservation standards. Capital conversion costs are investments in property, plant, and equipment necessary to adapt or change existing production facilities such that new compliant product designs can be fabricated and assembled. Product Conversion Costs DOE based its estimates of the product conversion costs necessary to meet the varying efficiency levels on information from manufacturer interviews, the design paths analyzed in the engineering analysis, the prior MREF rulemaking analysis (see 81 FR 75194), and market share and model count information. Generally, manufacturers indicated a preference to meet amended standards with design options that were direct and relatively PO 00000 Frm 00036 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 straightforward component swaps. However, at higher efficiency levels, manufacturers anticipated the need for platform redesigns. Efficiency levels that significantly altered cabinet construction would require very large investments to update designs. Manufacturers noted that increasing foam thickness would require complete redesign of the cabinet, liner, and shelving due to loss of interior volume. Additionally, extensive use of VIPs would require redesign of the cabinet to maximize the benefits of VIPs. Capital Conversion Costs DOE relied on information from manufacturer interviews and the engineering analysis to evaluate the level of capital conversion costs would likely incur at the considered standard levels. During interviews, manufacturers provided estimates and descriptions of the required tooling changes that would be necessary to upgrade product lines to meet the various efficiency levels. Based on these inputs, DOE modeled incremental capital conversion costs for efficiency levels that could be reached with individual components swaps. However, based on feedback, DOE modeled higher capital conversion costs when manufacturers would have to redesign their existing product platforms. DOE used information from manufacturer interviews to determine the cost of the manufacturing equipment and tooling necessary to implement complete redesigns. Increases in foam thickness require either reductions to interior volume or increases to exterior volume. Many MREFs are sized to fit standard widths, meaning any increase in foam thickness would likely result in the loss of interior volume. Additionally, many MREFs are sized to maximize storage of specific products (e.g., canned beverages or wine bottles) and small changes in wall thickness could dramatically decrease the unit storage capacity for those products. The reduction of interior volume has significant consequences for manufacturing. Redesigning the cabinet to increase the effectiveness of insulation likely requires manufacturers to update designs and tooling associated with the interior of the product. This could require investing in new tooling to accommodate changes to the liner, shelving, drawers, and doors. To minimize reductions to interior volume, manufacturers may choose to adopt VIP technology. Extensive incorporation of VIPs into designs requires significant upfront capital due to differences in the handling, storing, and manufacturing of VIPs as compared to typical polyurethane foams. VIPs are E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 relatively fragile and must be protected from punctures and rough handling. If VIPs have leaks of any size, the panel will eventually lose much of its thermal insulative properties and structural strength. If already installed within a cabinet wall, a punctured VIP may significantly reduce the structural strength of the MREF cabinet. As a result, VIPs require careful handling and installation. Manufacturers noted the need to allocate special warehouse space to ensure the VIPs are not jostled or roughly handled in the manufacturing environment. VIPs require significantly more warehouse space than polyurethane foams. The application of VIPs can be difficult and may require investment in hard-tooling or robotic systems to ensure the panels are positioned properly within the cabinet or door. Manufacturers noted that producing cabinets with VIPs are much more labor and time intensive than producing cabinets with typical polyurethane foams and the increase in labor can affect total production capacity. To develop industry conversion cost estimates, DOE estimated the number of product platforms in DOE’s CCD 58 and California Energy Commission’s Modernized Appliance Efficiency Database System (‘‘MAEDbS’’) 59 and scaled up the product and capital conversion costs associated with the number of product platforms that would require updating at each efficiency level. DOE adjusted the conversion cost estimates developed in support of the March 2023 NOPR to 2022$ for this analysis. DOE acknowledges that manufacturers may follow different design paths to reach the various efficiency levels analyzed. An individual manufacturer’s investments depend on a range of factors, including the company’s current product offerings and product platforms, existing production facilities and infrastructure, and make vs. buy decisions for components. DOE’s conversion cost methodology incorporated feedback from all manufacturers that took part in interviews and extrapolated industry values. While industry average values may not represent any single 58 U.S. Department of Energy’s Compliance Certification Database is available at www.regulations.doe.gov/certification-data/ #q=Product_Group_s%3A* (last accessed August 17, 2023). 59 California Energy Commission’s Modernized Appliance Efficiency Database System is available at cacertappliances.energy.ca.gov/Pages/ ApplianceSearch.aspx (last accessed August 17, 2023). DOE used this database to gather product information not provided in DOE’s CCD (e.g., manufacturer names). VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 manufacturer, DOE’s model provides reasonable estimates of industry-level investments. In general, DOE assumes all conversion-related investments occur between the year of publication of the direct final rule and the year by which manufacturers must comply with the new standard. The conversion cost figures used in the GRIM can be found in section V.B.2 of this document. For additional information on the estimated product and capital conversion costs, see chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD. d. Manufacturer Markup Scenarios MSPs include direct manufacturing production costs (i.e., labor, materials, and overhead estimated in DOE’s MPCs) and all non-production costs (i.e., SG&A, R&D, and interest), along with profit. To calculate the MSPs in the GRIM, DOE applied manufacturer markups to the MPCs estimated in the engineering analysis for each product class and efficiency level. Modifying these manufacturer markups in the standards case yields different sets of impacts on manufacturers. For the MIA, DOE modeled two standards case scenarios to represent uncertainty regarding the potential impacts on prices and profitability for manufacturers following the implementation of amended energy conservation standards: (1) a preservation-of-gross-margin-percentage scenario; and (2) a preservation-ofoperating-profit scenario. These scenarios lead to different manufacturer markup values that, when applied to the MPCs, result in varying revenue and cash flow impacts. Under the preservation-of-grossmargin-percentage scenario, DOE applied a single uniform ‘‘gross margin percentage’’ markup across all efficiency levels, which assumes that manufacturers would be able to maintain the same amount of profit as a percentage of revenues at all efficiency levels within a product class. As manufacturer production costs increase with efficiency, this scenario implies that the per-unit dollar profit will increase. DOE assumed a gross margin percentage of 20 percent for FCC and 28 percent for all other product classes.60 Manufacturers tend to believe it is optimistic to assume that they would be able to maintain the same gross margin percentage as their production costs increase, particularly for minimally efficient products. Therefore, this 60 The gross margin percentages of 20 percent and 28 percent are based on manufacturer markups of 1.25 and 1.38 percent, respectively. PO 00000 Frm 00037 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 38797 scenario represents a high bound of industry profitability under an amended energy conservation standard. In the preservation-of-operating-profit scenario, as the cost of production goes up under a standards case, manufacturers are generally required to reduce their manufacturer markups to a level that maintains base-case operating profit. DOE implemented this scenario in the GRIM by lowering the manufacturer markups at each TSL to yield approximately the same earnings before interest and taxes in the standards case as in the no-newstandards case in the year after the expected compliance date of the amended standards. The implicit assumption behind this scenario is that the industry can only maintain its operating profit in absolute dollars after the standard takes effect. A comparison of industry financial impacts under the two manufacturer markup scenarios is presented in section V.B.2.a of this document. 3. Discussion of MIA Comments For this direct final rule, DOE considered comments it had received regarding its MIA presented in the March 2023 NOPR. The approach used for this direct final rule is largely the same approach DOE had used for the March 2023 NOPR analysis. In response to the March 2023 NOPR, AHAM stated that it cannot comment on the accuracy of DOE’s approach for including how manufacturers might or might not recover potential investments (i.e., the accuracy of DOE’s manufacturer markup scenarios) but that AHAM supports DOE’s intent in the microwave ovens supplemental notice of proposed rulemaking (‘‘SNOPR’’) (‘‘August 2022 SNOPR’’) energy conservation standards rulemaking to include those costs and investments in the actual costs of products and retail prices. (AHAM, No. 31 at p. 12) AHAM urged DOE to apply the same conceptual approach used in the August 2022 SNOPR in the MREF rulemaking and all future rulemakings (i.e., to analyze a conversion-cost-recovery manufacturer markup scenario). (Id.) As discussed in section IV.J.2.d of this document, DOE modeled two standardscase manufacturer markup scenarios to represent the uncertainty regarding the potential impacts on prices and profitability for manufacturers following the implementation of amended energy conservation standards. For the March 2023 NOPR, DOE applied the preservation-of-gross-margin-percentage scenario to reflect an upper bound of industry profitability and a preservation-of-operating-profit scenario E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 38798 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations to reflect a lower bound of industry profitability under amended standards. DOE used these scenarios to reflect the range of realistic profitability impacts under more stringent standards. Manufacturing more efficient MREFs is generally more expensive than manufacturing baseline MREFs, as reflected by the MPCs estimated in the engineering analysis. Under the preservation-of-gross-margin scenario for MREFs, incremental increases in MPCs at higher efficiency levels result in an increase in per-unit dollar profit per unit sold. In interviews, manufacturers stated the industry relies on competitive pricing, so they would likely not increase their manufacturer markups that would allow them to recover their full investments. The preservation-of-gross-margin-scenario reflects an upper bound of industry profitability in which manufacturers would be able to maintain the same amount of profit as a percentage of revenues at all efficiency levels within a product class. Applying the approach used in the August 2022 SNOPR (i.e., a conversion-cost-recovery scenario) would result in the MREF industry increasing manufacturer markups under amended standards. Based on information gathered during confidential interviews in support of the March 2023 NOPR, DOE does not expect that the MREF industry would increase manufacturer markups under an amended standard. Furthermore, in response to the March 2023 NOPR, DOE did not receive any public or confidential data indicating that industry would increase manufacturer markups in response to more stringent standards. Therefore, DOE used the same manufacturer markup scenarios from the March 2023 NOPR for this direct final rule analysis. In response to the March 2023 NOPR, AHAM commented the cumulative regulatory burden is significant for home appliance manufacturers when needing to redesign products and product lines for the proposed levels for MREFs, for consumer clothes dryers, residential clothes washers, consumer conventional cooking products, dishwashers, RF, and the finalized levels for room air conditioners and microwave ovens. (Id. at p. 13). AHAM asserted that engineers will therefore need to spend all their time redesigning products to meet more stringent energy efficiency standards, pulling resources from other development efforts and business priorities. AHAM suggested that DOE could reduce cumulative regulatory burden by spacing out the timing of final rules, allowing more lead VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 time by delaying the publication of final rules in the Federal Register after they have been issued, and reducing the stringency of standards such that fewer products would require redesign. (Id. at p. 14) DOE analyzes cumulative regulatory burden in accordance with section 13(g) of the Process Rule. DOE details the rulemakings and expected conversion expenses of Federal energy conservation standards that could impact MREF original equipment manufacturers (‘‘OEMs’’) that take effect approximately 3 years before and after the 2029 compliance date in section V.B.2.e of this document. As shown in Table V.23 in section V.B.2.e of this document, DOE considers the potential cumulative regulatory burden from other DOE energy conservation standard rulemakings for consumer clothes dryers, residential clothes washers, consumer conventional cooking products, dishwashers, RF, room air conditioners, and microwave ovens in this direct final rule analysis. Regarding AHAM’s suggestion about spacing out the timing of final rules for home appliance rulemakings, DOE has statutory requirements under EPCA on the timing of rulemakings. For consumer clothes dryers, residential clothes washers, consumer conventional cooking products, dishwashers, RF, room air conditioners, and microwave ovens, amended standards apply to covered products manufactured 3 years after the date on which any new or amended standards are published. (42 U.S.C. 6295(m)(4)(A)(i)) For MREFs, amended standards apply 5 years after the date on which any new or amended standard is published. (42 U.S.C. 6295(l)(2)) And the multi-product Joint Agreement, where stakeholders can recommend different compliance dates under DOE’s direct final rule authority, stated ‘‘jointly recommended compliance dates will achieve the overall energy and economic benefits of this agreement while allowing necessary lead-times for manufacturers to redesign products and retool manufacturing plants to meet the recommended standards across product categories.’’ (Joint Agreement, No. 34 at p. 2) The staggered compliance dates between the statutorily-required dates and the dates recommended in the Joint Agreement help mitigate manufacturers’ concerns resource allocation and concurrent amended standards. See section II.B.4 of this document for compliance dates of rulemakings recommended in the Joint Agreement. In response to the March 2023 NOPR, the Appliance Standards Awareness PO 00000 Frm 00038 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 Project (‘‘ASAP’’) et al.61 commented that DOE may have overestimated the decrease in INPV, and described some perceived inconsistencies. ASAP et al. pointed out that although DOE estimated a 10 percent reduction in shipments based on a 10 percent increase in production cost, ignoring the efficiency elasticity, the shipments decline should be no more than 4.5 percent at the compliance year. (ASAP et al., No. 32 at pp. 1–2) In response to this comment, DOE re-evaluated its base assumptions and corrected its shipments estimates. The reduction in shipments in the projected compliance year for the Recommended TSL (i.e., TSL 4) is now estimated to be 3.4 percent. For more details, see chapter 9 of the direct final rule TSD. K. Emissions Analysis The emissions analysis consists of two components. The first component estimates the effect of potential energy conservation standards on power sector and site (where applicable) combustion emissions of CO2, NOX, SO2, and Hg. The second component estimates the impacts of potential standards on emissions of two additional greenhouse gases, CH4 and N2O, as well as the reductions in emissions of other gases due to ‘‘upstream’’ activities in the fuel production chain. These upstream activities comprise extraction, processing, and transporting fuels to the site of combustion. The analysis of electric power sector emissions of CO2, NOX, SO2, and Hg uses emissions intended to represent the marginal impacts of the change in electricity consumption associated with amended or new standards. The methodology is based on results published for the AEO, including a set of side cases that implement a variety of efficiency-related policies. The methodology is described in appendix 13A in the direct final rule TSD. The analysis presented in this document uses projections from AEO2023. Power sector emissions of CH4 and N2O from fuel combustion are estimated using Emission Factors for Greenhouse Gas Inventories published by the EPA.62 FFC upstream emissions, which include emissions from fuel combustion during extraction, processing, and transportation of fuels, and ‘‘fugitive’’ 61 ‘‘ASAP et al.’’ refers to a joint comment from Appliance Standards Awareness Project, American Council for an Energy-Efficient Economy, National Consumer Law Center, New York State Energy Research and Development Authority, and Northwest Energy Efficiency Alliance. 62 Available at www.epa.gov/sites/production/ files/2021-04/documents/emission-factors_ apr2021.pdf (last accessed November 12, 2023). E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations emissions (direct leakage to the atmosphere) of CH4 and CO2, are estimated based on the methodology described in chapter 15 of the direct final rule TSD. The emissions intensity factors are expressed in terms of physical units per MWh or MMBtu of site energy savings. For power sector emissions, specific emissions intensity factors are calculated by sector and end use. Total emissions reductions are estimated using the energy savings calculated in the national impact analysis. khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 1. Air Quality Regulations Incorporated in DOE’s Analysis DOE’s no-new-standards case for the electric power sector reflects the AEO, which incorporates the projected impacts of existing air quality regulations on emissions. AEO2023 reflects, to the extent possible, laws and regulations adopted through midNovember 2022, including the emissions control programs discussed in the following paragraphs, and the Inflation Reduction Act.63 SO2 emissions from affected electric generating units (‘‘EGUs’’) are subject to nationwide and regional emissions capand-trade programs. Title IV of the Clean Air Act sets an annual emissions cap on SO2 for affected EGUs in the 48 contiguous States and the District of Columbia (‘‘DC’’). (42 U.S.C. 7651 et seq.) SO2 emissions from numerous States in the eastern half of the United States are also limited under the CrossState Air Pollution Rule (‘‘CSAPR’’). 76 FR 48208 (Aug. 8, 2011). CSAPR requires these States to reduce certain emissions, including annual SO2 emissions, and went into effect as of January 1, 2015.64 The AEO incorporates implementation of CSAPR, including the update to the CSAPR ozone season program emission budgets 63 For further information, see the Assumptions to AEO2023 report that sets forth the major assumptions used to generate the projections in the Annual Energy Outlook. Available at www.eia.gov/ outlooks/aeo/assumptions/ (last accessed Nov. 22, 2023). 64 CSAPR requires states to address annual emissions of SO2 and NOX, precursors to the formation of fine particulate matter (‘‘PM2.5’’) pollution, in order to address the interstate transport of pollution with respect to the 1997 and 2006 PM2.5 National Ambient Air Quality Standards (‘‘NAAQS’’). CSAPR also requires certain states to address the ozone season (May-September) emissions of NOX, a precursor to the formation of ozone pollution, in order to address the interstate transport of ozone pollution with respect to the 1997 ozone NAAQS. 76 FR 48208 (Aug. 8, 2011). EPA subsequently issued a supplemental rule that included an additional five states in the CSAPR ozone season program; 76 FR 80760 (Dec. 27, 2011) (Supplemental Rule), and EPA issued the CSAPR Update for the 2008 ozone NAAQS. 81 FR 74504 (Oct. 26, 2016). VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 and target dates issued in 2016. 81 FR 74504 (Oct. 26, 2016). Compliance with CSAPR is flexible among EGUs and is enforced through the use of tradable emissions allowances. Under existing EPA regulations, for states subject to SO2 emissions limits under CSAPR, any excess SO2 emissions allowances resulting from the lower electricity demand caused by the adoption of an efficiency standard could be used to permit offsetting increases in SO2 emissions by another regulated EGU. However, beginning in 2016, SO2 emissions began to fall as a result of the Mercury and Air Toxics Standards (‘‘MATS’’) for power plants.65 77 FR 9304 (Feb. 16, 2012). The final rule establishes power plant emission standards for mercury, acid gases, and non-mercury metallic toxic pollutants. Because of the emissions reductions under the MATS, it is unlikely that excess SO2 emissions allowances resulting from the lower electricity demand would be needed or used to permit offsetting increases in SO2 emissions by another regulated EGU. Therefore, energy conservation standards that decrease electricity generation will generally reduce SO2 emissions. DOE estimated SO2 emissions reduction using emissions factors based on AEO2023. CSAPR also established limits on NOX emissions for numerous States in the eastern half of the United States. Energy conservation standards would have little effect on NOX emissions in those States covered by CSAPR emissions limits if excess NOX emissions allowances resulting from the lower electricity demand could be used to permit offsetting increases in NOX emissions from other EGUs. In such case, NOX emissions would remain near the limit even if electricity generation goes down. Depending on the configuration of the power sector in the different regions and the need for allowances, however, NOX emissions might not remain at the limit in the case of lower electricity demand. That would mean that standards might reduce NOX emissions in covered States. Despite this possibility, DOE has chosen to be conservative in its analysis and has maintained the assumption that standards will not reduce NOX emissions in States covered by CSAPR. Standards would be expected to reduce NOX emissions in the States not covered by CSAPR. DOE used AEO2023 data to 65 In order to continue operating, coal power plants must have either flue gas desulfurization or dry sorbent injection systems installed. Both technologies, which are used to reduce acid gas emissions, also reduce SO2 emissions. PO 00000 Frm 00039 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 38799 derive NOX emissions factors for the group of States not covered by CSAPR. The MATS limit mercury emissions from power plants, but they do not include emissions caps and, as such, DOE’s energy conservation standards would be expected to slightly reduce Hg emissions. DOE estimated mercury emissions reduction using emissions factors based on AEO2023, which incorporates the MATS. L. Monetizing Emissions Impacts As part of the development of this direct final rule, for the purpose of complying with the requirements of Executive Order 12866, DOE considered the estimated monetary benefits from the reduced emissions of CO2, CH4, N2O, NOX, and SO2 that are expected to result from each of the TSLs considered. In order to make this calculation analogous to the calculation of the NPV of consumer benefit, DOE considered the reduced emissions expected to result over the lifetime of products shipped in the projection period for each TSL. This section summarizes the basis for the values used for monetizing the emissions benefits and presents the values considered in this direct final rule. To monetize the benefits of reducing GHG emissions, this analysis uses the interim estimates presented in the Technical Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates Under Executive Order 13990 published in February 2021 by the IWG (‘‘February 2021 SC–GHG TSD’’). 1. Monetization of Greenhouse Gas Emissions DOE estimates the monetized benefits of the reductions in emissions of CO2, CH4, and N2O by using a measure of the SC of each pollutant (e.g., SC–CO2). These estimates represent the monetary value of the net harm to society associated with a marginal increase in emissions of these pollutants in a given year, or the benefit of avoiding that increase. These estimates are intended to include (but are not limited to) climate-change-related changes in net agricultural productivity, human health, property damages from increased flood risk, disruption of energy systems, risk of conflict, environmental migration, and the value of ecosystem services. DOE exercises its own judgment in presenting monetized climate benefits as recommended by applicable Executive orders, and DOE would reach the same conclusion presented in this proposed rulemaking in the absence of the estimated benefits from reductions in GHG emissions. That is, the social E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 38800 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations costs of greenhouse gases, whether measured using the February 2021 interim estimates presented by the Interagency Working Group on the Social Cost of Greenhouse Gases or by another means, did not affect the rule ultimately proposed by DOE. DOE estimated the global social benefits of CO2, CH4, and N2O reductions using SC–GHG values that were based on the interim values presented in the Technical Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates under Executive Order 13990, published in February 2021 by the IWG (‘‘February 2021 SC–GHG TSD’’). The SC–GHG is the monetary value of the net harm to society associated with a marginal increase in emissions in a given year, or the benefit of avoiding that increase. In principle, the SC–GHG includes the value of all climate change impacts, including (but not limited to) changes in net agricultural productivity, human health effects, property damage from increased flood risk and natural disasters, disruption of energy systems, risk of conflict, environmental migration, and the value of ecosystem services. The SC–GHG therefore, reflects the societal value of reducing emissions of the gas in question by one metric ton. The SC–GHG is the theoretically appropriate value to use in conducting benefit-cost analyses of policies that affect CO2, N2O and CH4 emissions. As a member of the IWG involved in the development of the February 2021 SC– GHG TSD, DOE agreed that the interim SC–GHG estimates represent the most appropriate estimate of the SC–GHG until revised estimates were developed reflecting the latest, peer-reviewed science. See 87 FR 78382, 78406–78408 for discussion of the development and details of the IWG SC–GHG estimates. There are a number of limitations and uncertainties associated with the SC– GHG estimates. First, the current scientific and economic understanding of discounting approaches suggests discount rates appropriate for intergenerational analysis in the context of climate change are likely to be less than 3 percent, near 2 percent or lower.66 Second, the IAMs used to produce these interim estimates do not include all of the important physical, ecological, and economic impacts of climate change recognized in the climate change literature and the science underlying their ‘‘damage functions’’—i.e., the core parts of the IAMs that map global mean temperature changes and other physical impacts of climate change into economic (both market and nonmarket) damages—lags behind the most recent research. For example, limitations include the incomplete treatment of catastrophic and non-catastrophic impacts in the integrated assessment models, their incomplete treatment of adaptation and technological change, the incomplete way in which inter-regional and intersectoral linkages are modeled, uncertainty in the extrapolation of damages to high temperatures, and inadequate representation of the relationship between the discount rate and uncertainty in economic growth over long time horizons. Likewise, the socioeconomic and emissions scenarios used as inputs to the models do not reflect new information from the last decade of scenario generation or the full range of projections. The modeling limitations do not all work in the same direction in terms of their influence on the SC–CO2 estimates. However, as discussed in the February 2021 SC–GHG TSD, the IWG has recommended that, taken together, the limitations suggest that the interim SC–GHG estimates used in this final rule likely underestimate the damages from GHG emissions. DOE concurs with this assessment. In the February 2021 SC–GHG TSD, the IWG stated that the models used to produce the interim estimates do not include all of the important physical, ecological, and economic impacts of climate change recognized in the climate change literature. For these same impacts, the science underlying their ‘‘damage functions’’ lags behind the most recent research. In the judgment of the IWG, these and other limitations suggest that the range of four interim SC–GHG estimates presented in the TSD likely underestimate societal damages from GHG emissions. The IWG is in the process of assessing how best to incorporate the latest peer-reviewed science and the recommendations of the National Academies to develop an updated set of SC–GHG estimates, and DOE remains engaged in that process. DOE is aware that in December 2023, EPA issued a new set of SC–GHG estimates in connection with a final rulemaking under the Clean Air Act.67 As DOE had used the IWG interim values in proposing this rule and is currently reviewing the updated 2023 SC–GHG values, for this final rule, DOE used these updated 2023 SC–GHG values to conduct a sensitivity analysis of the value of GHG emissions reductions. DOE notes that because EPA’s estimates are considerably higher than the IWG’s interim SC–GHG values applied for this direct final rule, an analysis that uses the EPA’s estimates results in significantly greater climaterelated benefits. However, such results would not affect DOE’s decision in this direct final rule. As stated elsewhere in this document, DOE would reach the same conclusion regarding the economic justification of the standards presented in this direct final rule without considering the IWG’s interim SC–GHG values, which DOE agrees are conservative estimates. For the same reason, if DOE were to use EPA’s higher SC–GHG estimates, they would not change DOE’s conclusion that the standards are economically justified. DOE’s derivations of the SC–CO2, SC– N2O, and SC–CH4 values used for this NOPR are discussed in the following sections, and the results of DOE’s analyses estimating the benefits of the reductions in emissions of these GHGs are presented in section V.B.6 of this document. 66 Interagency Working Group on Social Cost of Greenhouse Gases. 2021. Technical Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates under Executive Order 13990. February. United States Government. Available at: www.whitehouse.gov/briefing-room/ blog/2021/02/26/a-return-to-science-evidencebased-estimates-of-the-benefits-of-reducing-climatepollution/. 67 See www.epa.gov/environmental-economics/ scghg. 68 See EPA, Revised 2023 and Later Model Year Light-Duty Vehicle GHG Emissions Standards: Regulatory Impact Analysis, Washington, DC, December 2021. Available at nepis.epa.gov/Exe/ ZyPDF.cgi?Dockey=P1013ORN.pdf (last accessed November 21, 2023). VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00040 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 a. Social Cost of Carbon The SC–CO2 values used for this final rule were based on the values developed for the February 2021 SC–GHG TSD, which are shown in Table IV.12 in 5year increments from 2020 to 2050. The set of annual values that DOE used, which was adapted from estimates published by EPA,68 is presented in appendix 14A of the direct final rule TSD. These estimates are based on methods, assumptions, and parameters identical to the estimates published by the IWG (which were based on EPA modeling), and include values for 2051 to 2070. DOE expects additional climate benefits to accrue for products still operating after 2070, but a lack of available SC–CO2 estimates for emissions years beyond 2070 prevents DOE from monetizing these potential benefits in this analysis. E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 38801 Table IV.12. Annual SC-CO2 Values from 2021 Interagency Update, 2020-2050 • Ton CO2:) '2020$ per M et rIC Discount Rate and Statistic 3% 2.5% 5% Year Average Average Average 14 17 19 22 25 28 32 51 56 62 67 73 79 85 76 83 89 96 103 110 116 2020 2025 2030 2035 2040 2045 2050 DOE multiplied the CO2 emissions reduction estimated for each year by the SC–CO2 value for that year in each of the four cases. DOE adjusted the values to 2022$ using the implicit price deflator for gross domestic product (‘‘GDP’’) from the Bureau of Economic Analysis. To calculate a present value of the stream of monetary values, DOE discounted the values in each of the four cases using the specific discount 3% 95th percentile 152 169 187 206 225 242 260 rate that had been used to obtain the SC–CO2 values in each case. b. Social Cost of Methane and Nitrous Oxide The SC–CH4 and SC–N2O values used for this direct final rule were based on the values developed for the February 2021 SC–GHG TSD. Table IV.13 shows the updated sets of SC–CH4 and SC–N2O estimates from the latest interagency update in 5-year increments from 2020 to 2050. The full set of annual values used is presented in appendix 14–A of the direct final rule TSD. To capture the uncertainties involved in regulatory impact analysis, DOE has determined it is appropriate to include all four sets of SC–CH4 and SC–N2O values, as recommended by the IWG. DOE derived values after 2050 using the approach previously described for the SC–CO2. Table IV.13. Annual SC-CH4 and SC-N2O Values from 2021 Interagency Update, 2020-2050 (2020$ per Metric Ton) 5% 3% 2.5% Average Average Average 670 800 940 1100 1300 1500 1700 1500 1700 2000 2200 2500 2800 3100 2000 2200 2500 2800 3100 3500 3800 DOE multiplied the CH4 and N2O emissions reduction estimated for each year by the SC–CH4 and SC–N2O estimates for that year in each of the cases. DOE adjusted the values to 2022$ using the implicit price deflator for GDP from the Bureau of Economic Analysis. To calculate a present value of the stream of monetary values, DOE discounted the values in each of the cases using the specific discount rate that had been used to obtain the SC–CH4 and SC–N2O estimates in each case. c. Sensitivity Analysis Using Updated 2023 SC–GHG Estimates In December 2023 EPA issued a new set of SC–GHG estimates (2023 SC– GHG) in connection with a final VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 3% 95th percentile 3900 4500 5200 6000 6700 7500 8200 5% 3% 2.5% Average Average Average 5800 6800 7800 9000 10000 12000 13000 18000 21000 23000 25000 28000 30000 33000 27000 30000 33000 36000 39000 42000 45000 rulemaking under the Clean Air Act.69 These estimates incorporate recent research and address recommendations of the National Academies (2017) and comments from a 2023 external peer review of the accompanying technical report. For this rulemaking, DOE used these updated 2023 SC–GHG values to conduct a sensitivity analysis of the value of GHG emissions reductions associated with alternative standards for circulator pumps. This sensitivity analysis provides an expanded range of potential climate benefits associated with amended standards. The final year of EPA’s new 2023 SC–GHG estimates is 69 See www.epa.gov/environmental-economics/ scghg. PO 00000 Frm 00041 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 3% 95th percentile 48000 54000 60000 67000 74000 81000 88000 2080; therefore, DOE did not monetize the climate benefits of GHG emissions reductions occurring after 2080. The overall climate benefits are greater when using the higher, updated SC–GHG 2023 estimates, compared to the climate benefits using the older IWG SC–GHG estimates. The results of the sensitivity analysis are presented in appendix 14C of the direct final rule TSD. 2. Monetization of Other Emissions Impacts For this direct final rule, DOE estimated the monetized value of NOX and SO2 emissions reductions from electricity generation using benefit per ton estimates for that sector from the E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.021</GPH> khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 2020 2025 2030 2035 2040 2045 2050 SC-N20 Discount Rate and Statistic ER07MY24.020</GPH> Year SC-CH4 Discount Rate and Statistic 38802 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations EPA’s Benefits Mapping and Analysis Program.70 DOE used EPA’s values for PM2.5-related benefits associated with NOX and SO2 and for ozone-related benefits associated with NOX for 2025 and 2030, and 2040, calculated with discount rates of 3 percent and 7 percent. DOE used linear interpolation to define values for the years not given in the 2025 to 2040 range; for years beyond 2040 the values are held constant. DOE combined the EPA regional benefit-per-ton estimates with regional information on electricity consumption and emissions from AEO2023 to define weighted-average national values for NOX and SO2 (see appendix 14B of the direct final rule TSD). DOE multiplied the site emissions reduction (in tons) in each year by the associated $/ton values and then discounted each series using discount rates of 3 percent and 7 percent as appropriate. khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 M. Utility Impact Analysis The utility impact analysis estimates the changes in installed electrical capacity and generation projected to result for each considered TSL. The analysis is based on published output from the NEMS associated with AEO2023. NEMS produces the AEO Reference case, as well as a number of side cases that estimate the economywide impacts of changes to energy supply and demand. For the current analysis, impacts are quantified by comparing the levels of electricity sector generation, installed capacity, fuel consumption and emissions in the AEO2023 Reference case and various side cases. Details of the methodology are provided in the appendices to chapters 13 and 15 of the direct final rule TSD. The output of this analysis is a set of time-dependent coefficients that capture the change in electricity generation, primary fuel consumption, installed capacity and power sector emissions due to a unit reduction in demand for a given end use. These coefficients are multiplied by the stream of electricity savings calculated in the NIA to provide estimates of selected utility impacts of potential new or amended energy conservation standards. 70 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Estimating the Benefit per Ton of Reducing Directly-Emitted PM2.5, PM2.5 Precursors and Ozone Precursors from 21 Sectors. Available at www.epa.gov/benmap/estimating-benefit-tonreducing-directly-emitted-pm25-pm25-precursorsand-ozone-precursors (last accessed December 4, 2023). VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 N. Employment Impact Analysis DOE considers employment impacts in the domestic economy as one factor in selecting a standard. Employment impacts from new or amended energy conservation standards include both direct and indirect impacts. Direct employment impacts are any changes in the number of employees of manufacturers of the products subject to standards. The MIA addresses those impacts. Indirect employment impacts are changes in national employment that occur due to the shift in expenditures and capital investment caused by the purchase and operation of more-efficient appliances. Indirect employment impacts from standards consist of the net jobs created or eliminated in the national economy, other than in the manufacturing sector being regulated, caused by (1) reduced spending by consumers on energy, (2) reduced spending on new energy supply by the utility industry, (3) increased consumer spending on the products to which the new standards apply and other goods and services, and (4) the effects of those three factors throughout the economy. One method for assessing the possible effects on the demand for labor of such shifts in economic activity is to compare sector employment statistics developed by the Labor Department’s BLS. BLS regularly publishes its estimates of the number of jobs per million dollars of economic activity in different sectors of the economy, as well as the jobs created elsewhere in the economy by this same economic activity. Data from BLS indicate that expenditures in the utility sector generally create fewer jobs (both directly and indirectly) than expenditures in other sectors of the economy.71 There are many reasons for these differences, including wage differences and the fact that the utility sector is more capital-intensive and less labor-intensive than other sectors. Energy conservation standards have the effect of reducing consumer utility bills. Because reduced consumer expenditures for energy likely lead to increased expenditures in other sectors of the economy, the general effect of efficiency standards is to shift economic activity from a less labor-intensive sector (i.e., the utility sector) to more labor-intensive sectors (e.g., the retail and service sectors). Thus, the BLS data suggest that net national employment 71 See U.S. Department of Commerce–Bureau of Economic Analysis. Regional Multipliers: A User Handbook for the Regional Input-Output Modeling System (‘‘RIMS II’’). 1997. U.S. Government Printing Office: Washington, DC. Available at https:// apps.bea.gov/scb/pdf/regional/perinc/meth/ rims2.pdf (last accessed November 29, 2023). PO 00000 Frm 00042 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 may increase due to shifts in economic activity resulting from energy conservation standards. DOE estimated indirect national employment impacts for the standard levels considered in this direct final rule using an input/output model of the U.S. economy called Impact of Sector Energy Technologies version 4 (‘‘ImSET’’).72 ImSET is a special-purpose version of the ‘‘U.S. Benchmark National InputOutput’’ (‘‘I–O’’) model, which was designed to estimate the national employment and income effects of energy-saving technologies. The ImSET software includes a computer- based I– O model having structural coefficients that characterize economic flows among 187 sectors most relevant to industrial, commercial, and residential building energy use. DOE notes that ImSET is not a general equilibrium forecasting model, and that the uncertainties involved in projecting employment impacts, especially changes in the later years of the analysis. Because ImSET does not incorporate price changes, the employment effects predicted by ImSET may over-estimate actual job impacts over the long run for this direct final rule. Therefore, DOE used ImSET only to generate results for near-term timeframes (2029–2033), where these uncertainties are reduced. For more details on the employment impact analysis, see chapter 16 of the direct final rule TSD. O. Other Comments As discussed previously, DOE considered relevant comments, data, and information obtained through the 2023 NOPR public comment process in determining whether the recommended standards from the Joint Agreement are in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). And while some of those comments were directed at specific aspects of DOE’s analysis of the Joint Agreement under 42 U.S.C. 6295(o), others were more generally applicable to DOE’s energy conservation standards rulemaking program as a whole. The ensuing discussion focuses on these general comments concerning energy conservation standards issued under EPCA. The National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine (‘‘NAS’’) periodically appoint a committee to peer review the assumptions, models, and methodologies that DOE uses in setting energy conservation standards 72 Livingston, O.V., S.R. Bender, M.J. Scott, and R.W. Schultz. ImSET 4.0: Impact of Sector Energy Technologies Model Description and User’s Guide. 2015. Pacific Northwest National Laboratory: Richland, WA. PNNL–24563. E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations for covered products and equipment. The most recent such peer review was conducted in a series of meetings in 2020, and NAS issued the report 73 in 2021 detailing its findings and recommendations on how DOE can improve its analyses and align them with best practices for cost-benefit analysis. In response to the March 2023 NOPR, AHAM stated that despite previous requests from AHAM and others, DOE has failed to review and incorporate the recommendations of the NAS report, instead indicating that it will conduct a separate rulemaking process without such a process having been initiated. (AHAM, No. 31 at p. 8) AHAM further stated that DOE seems to be ignoring the recommendations in the NAS Report and even conducting analysis that is opposite to the recommendations. AHAM commented that DOE cannot continue to perpetuate the errors in its analytical approach that have been pointed out by stakeholders and the NAS report as to do so will lead to arbitrary and capricious rules. (Id.) As discussed, the rulemaking process for establishing new or amended standards for covered products and equipment are specified at appendix A to subpart C of 10 CFR part 430 (the Process Rule). DOE periodically examines and revises these provisions in separate rulemaking proceedings. The recommendations provided in the NAS Report, which pertain to the processes by which DOE analyzes energy conservation standards, will be considered by DOE in a separate, forthcoming rulemaking process. V. Analytical Results and Conclusions The following section addresses the results from DOE’s analyses with respect to the considered energy conservation standards for MREFs. It addresses the TSLs examined by DOE, the projected impacts of each of these levels if adopted as energy conservation standards for MREFs, and the standards levels that DOE is adopting in this direct final rule. Additional details regarding DOE’s analyses are contained in the direct final rule TSD supporting this document. A. Trial Standard Levels In general, DOE typically evaluates potential new or amended standards for products and equipment by grouping individual efficiency levels for each class into TSLs. Use of TSLs allows DOE to identify and consider manufacturer cost interactions between the product classes, to the extent that there are such interactions, and price elasticity of consumer purchasing decisions that may change when different standard levels are set. In the analysis conducted for this direct final rule, DOE analyzed the benefits and burdens of five TSLs for MREFs. DOE developed TSLs that combine efficiency levels for each 38803 analyzed product class. TSL 1 represents a 10 percent increase in efficiency, corresponding to the lowest analyzed efficiency level above the baseline for each analyzed product class. TSL 2 represents efficiency levels consistent with Energy Star requirements for coolers, which in most cases except freestanding coolers (‘‘FC’’) represent an increase compared to TSL 1, and a modest increase in efficiency for certain combination cooler product classes compared to TSL 1. TSL 3 increases the efficiency for FC by an additional 10 percent compared to TSLs 1 and 2 and built-in coolers (‘‘BIC’’) by an additional 10 percent compared to TSL 1 74, while maintaining the same efficiency levels as TSL 2 for combination coolers. TSL 4 (the recommended TSL) further increases the standard level adopted in this direct final rule for all product classes except built-in compact cooler (‘‘BICC’’), BIC, C–3A and C–3A–BI, which remain at the same level as in TSL 3. TSL 5 represents max-tech for each product class, which represents an increase from TSL 4 in all cases. DOE presents the results for the TSLs in this document, while the results for all efficiency levels that DOE analyzed are in the direct final rule TSD. Table V.1 presents the TSLs and the corresponding efficiency levels that DOE has identified for potential amended energy conservation standards for MREFs. FCC ELI (10%) EL2 TSL2 (20%) EL2 TSL3 (20%) EL3 TSL4 (30%) EL5 TSLS (59%, 50%)* * Corresponding to 3.1 cu. khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 TSLl FC 17:31 May 06, 2024 BIC C-13A C-13ABI EL 1 (10%) EL 1 (10%) EL2 (20%) EL3 (30%) EL 1 EL 1 EL 1 EL 1 (10%) (10%) (10%) (10%) EL3 EL3 EL2 EL2 (16%) (16%) (30%) (30%) EL3 EL2 EL2 EL2 (20%) (16%) (16%) (30%) EL3 EL2 EL3 EL3 (30%) (20%) (20%) (20%) EL5 EL5 EL5 EL5 EL5 (59%, (38%) (38%) (28%) (28%) 50%)* ft. and 5.1 cu. ft. representative units, respectively. 73 National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine. 2021. Review of Methods Used by the U.S. Department of Energy in Setting Appliance VerDate Sep<11>2014 BICC Jkt 262001 and Equipment Standards. Washington, DC: The National Academies Press. Available at doi.org/ 10.17226/25992 (last accessed August 2, 2023). PO 00000 Frm 00043 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 C-3A C-3A-BI EL 1 (10%) EL 1 (10%) EL 1 (10%) EL 1 (10%) EL 1 (10%) EL 1 (10%) EL 1 (10%) EL 1 (10%) EL4 (24%) EL4 (24%) 74 For BIC, the considered EL is lower at TSL 3 than TSL 2 due to the relatively high Energy Star level included in TSL 2. E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.022</GPH> Table V.1 Trial Standard Levels for MREFs 38804 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations B. Economic Justification and Energy Savings 1. Economic Impacts on Individual Consumers DOE analyzed the economic impacts on MREF consumers by looking at the effects that potential amended standards at each TSL would have on the LCC and PBP. DOE also examined the impacts of potential standards on selected consumer subgroups. These analyses are discussed in the following sections. a. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period In general, higher-efficiency products affect consumers in two ways: (1) purchase price increases and (2) annual operating costs decrease. Inputs used for calculating the LCC and PBP include total installed costs (i.e., product price plus installation costs), and operating costs (i.e., annual energy use, energy prices, energy price trends, repair costs, and maintenance costs). The LCC calculation also uses product lifetime and a discount rate. Chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD provides detailed information on the LCC and PBP analyses. Tables V.2 through V.17 show the LCC and PBP results for the TSLs considered for each product class. In the first of each pair of tables, the simple payback is measured relative to the baseline product. In the second table, the impacts are measured relative to the efficiency distribution in the no-newstandards case in the compliance year (see section IV.F.8 of this document). Because some consumers purchase products with higher efficiency in the no-new-standards case, the average savings are less than the difference between the average LCC of the baseline product and the average LCC at each TSL. The savings refer only to consumers who are affected by a standard at a given TSL. Those who already purchase a product with efficiency at or above a given TSL are not affected. Consumers for whom the LCC increases at a given TSL experience a net cost. BILLING CODE 6450–01–P . Table V2 Averai:e LCC an dPBPResuIts tor BIC TSL -I 3,4 2 -5 Efficiency Level Baseline I 2 3 4 5 Average Costs 2022$ First Year's Lifetime Operating Operating Cost Cost 469.37 39.78 423.09 35.86 32.27 380.67 28.39 334.88 26.58 313.49 25.68 302.80 Installed Cost 1,877.84 1,905.01 1,911.08 1,980.25 2,261.59 2,325.00 LCC 2,347.21 2,328.10 2,291.75 2,315.12 2,575.08 2,627.79 Simple Payback Average Lifetime Years years - 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 6.9 4.4 9.0 29.1 31.7 Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The PBP is measured relative to the baseline product. Table V.3 Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards Case for BIC TSL Efficiency Level 1 3,4 2 -5 1 2 3 4 5 . Life-O cle Cost Savine:s Average LCC Savings Percent of Consumers that Experience Net Cost 2022$ 18.99 19.2 53.56 4.6 19.27 52.7 (240.68) 97.5 (293.40) 98.4 1 ER07MY24.024</GPH> VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00044 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.023</GPH> khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 * The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers. Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 38805 Table V.4Avera~e LCC an d PBP R esuIt s tor BICC TSL -1 -2-4 -5 Efficiency Level Baseline 1 2 3 4 5 Average Costs 2022$ First Year's Lifetime Operating Operating Cost Cost 26.35 239.64 23.88 217.17 21.30 193.67 18.95 172.20 16.47 149.60 12.06 109.45 Installed Cost 749.12 754.97 778.61 808.77 857.81 969.53 LCC 988.76 972.14 972.27 980.97 1,007.41 1,078.98 Simple Payback Years Average Lifetime years - 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 2.4 5.8 8.1 11.0 15.4 Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The PBP is measured relative to the baseline product. Table V.5 Averae;e LCC Savine;s Relative to the No-New-Standards Case for BICC TSL . Life-C cle Cost Savings Average LCC Savings Percent of Consumers that 2022$ Experience Net Cost 16.08 0.9 11.21 10.0 15.1 1.53 (25.46) 20.0 (97.38) 23.7 Efficiency Level 1 1 2 3 4 5 -2-4 -5 * The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers. Table V.6 Avera~e LCC an d PBP ResuIts tor C-13A TSL -1 2,3 4 -5 Efficiency Level Baseline 1 2 3 4 5 Average Costs 2022$ First Year's Lifetime Operating Operating Cost Cost 32.29 293.98 29.24 266.25 27.41 249.53 26.21 238.54 24.71 224.89 23.68 215.46 Installed Cost 1,155.05 1,158.39 1,161.33 1,199.58 1,279.30 1,322.51 LCC 1,449.03 1,424.64 1,410.86 1,438.12 1,504.19 1,537.97 Simple Payback Years Average Lifetime Years - 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7 1.1 1.3 7.3 16.4 19.4 Efficiency Level 1 2,3 4 -5 1 2 3 4 5 . Life-C cle Cost Savings Average LCC Savings Percent of Consumers that 2022$ Experience Net Cost 24.36 0.2 37.86 0.6 10.60 47.2 (55.47) 89.1 (89.25) 93.9 * The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers. VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00045 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.026</GPH> ER07MY24.027</GPH> khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 TSL ER07MY24.025</GPH> Table V.7 Averae;e LCC Savine;s Relative to the No-New-Standards Case for C-13A ER07MY24.028</GPH> Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The PBP is measured relative to the baseline product. 38806 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations T able V.8 Avera~e LCC an d PBP R esuIts i or C 13A BI - - TSL -1 2,3 4 -5 Efficiency Level Baseline 1 2 3 4 5 Average Costs 2022$ First Year's Lifetime Operating Operating Cost Cost 35.48 321.01 32.14 290.75 30.13 272.51 28.81 260.52 27.17 245.63 26.03 235.34 Installed Cost 1,372.62 1,376.17 1,379.30 1,420.01 1,504.85 1,550.84 LCC 1,693.63 1,666.92 1,651.81 1,680.53 1,750.48 1,786.18 Simple Payback Years Average Lifetime years - 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 1.1 1.2 7.1 15.9 18.9 Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The PBP is measured relative to the baseline product. Table V.9 Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards Case for C-13ABI . Life-O,cie Cost Savin2s Average LCC Savings Percent of Consumers that 2022$ Experience Net Cost 26.69 0.4 41.53 0.5 12.81 46.0 (57.14) 87.8 (92.83) 93.1 Efficiency Level TSL 1 2,3 4 1 2 3 4 5 -5 * The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers. . Table V 10 Average LCC and PBP Results for C-3A TSL -1-4 --5 Efficiency Level Baseline 1 2 3 4 Average Costs 2022$ First Year's Lifetime Operating Operating Cost Cost 32.58 386.24 29.53 349.99 28.09 332.95 26.64 315.69 25.35 300.39 Installed Cost 1,092.34 1,097.64 1,146.86 1,347.15 1,420.65 LCC 1,478.58 1,447.63 1,479.80 1,662.84 1,721.04 Simple Payback Years Average Lifetime years - 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 1.7 12.1 42.9 45.4 Efficiency Level khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 1-4 --5 1 2 3 4 . Life-C cle Cost Savin2s Percent of Consumers that Average LCC Savings 2022$ Experience Net Cost 30.95 0.0 (1.22) 64.0 (184.26) 99.4 (242.46) 99.6 * The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers. VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00046 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.030</GPH> ER07MY24.031</GPH> TSL ER07MY24.029</GPH> Table V.11 Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards Case for C-3A ER07MY24.032</GPH> Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The PBP is measured relative to the baseline product. Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 38807 - - T able V.12 Avera ge LCC an d PBP ResuIts i or C 3A BI TSL -1-4 --5 Efficiency Level Baseline 1 2 3 4 Average Costs 2022$ First Year's Lifetime Operating Operating Cost Cost 37.11 443.60 33.62 401.77 31.87 380.86 30.12 359.95 28.80 344.15 Installed Cost 1,525.00 1,530.64 1,583.02 1,796.17 1,874.39 LCC 1,968.60 1,932.41 1,963.88 2,156.12 2,218.55 Simple Payback Years Average Lifetime years - 14.7 14.7 14.7 14.7 14.7 1.6 11.1 38.8 42.0 Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The PBP is measured relative to the baseline product. Table V.13 Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards Case for C-3ABI TSL . Life-C cle Cost Savings Average LCC Savings Percent of Consumers that 2022$ Experience Net Cost 36.19 0.0 4.72 57.2 (187.52) 99.0 (249.95) 99.3 Efficiency Level 1-4 1 2 3 4 --5 * The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers. Table V.14 Avera ge LCC an d PBP ResuIts i or FC TSL -1,2 3 4 -5 Efficiency Level Baseline 1 2 3 4 5 Average Costs 2022$ First Year's Lifetime Operating Operating Cost Cost 39.71 468.33 35.80 422.17 32.22 379.87 28.35 334.20 26.55 312.87 25.64 302.21 Installed Cost 1,416.63 1,442.18 1,447.90 1,512.93 1,777.48 1,837.10 LCC 1,884.96 1,864.36 1,827.76 1,847.13 2,090.35 2,139.31 Simple Payback Years Average Lifetime years - 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 6.5 4.2 8.5 27.4 29.9 Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The PBP is measured relative to the baseline product. khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 1,2 3 4 -5 1 2 3 4 5 . Life-C,.,cle Cost Savin2s Percent of Consumers that Average LCC Savings 2022$ Experience Net Cost 21.06 10.0 45.59 1.8 26.22 44.0 (217.00) 97.5 (265.96) 98.2 * The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers. VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00047 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.034</GPH> ER07MY24.035</GPH> Efficiency Level ER07MY24.033</GPH> TSL ER07MY24.036</GPH> Table V.15 Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards Case for FC 38808 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations . Table V 16 Average LCC and PBP Results for FCC TSL -1 2,3 4 -5 Efficiency Level Baseline 1 2 3 4 5 Average Costs 2022$ First Year's Lifetime Operating Operating Cost Cost 26.30 238.78 23.84 216.42 21.27 193.04 18.92 171.72 16.45 149.24 12.02 108.95 Installed Cost 547.98 552.90 573.06 598.43 639.67 732.92 LCC 786.76 769.33 766.10 770.15 788.91 841.87 Simple Payback Years Average Lifetime years - 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 2.0 5.0 6.8 9.3 12.9 Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The PBP is measured relative to the baseline product. Table V.17 Averae;e LCC Savine;s Relative to the No-New-Standards Case for FCC TSL . Life-C cle Cost Savings Average LCC Savings Percent of Consumers that Experience Net Cost 2022$ 17.53 1.9 17.55 30.6 12.97 46.8 (5.79) 65.5 (58.75) 81.6 Efficiency Level 1 2,3 4 -5 1 2 3 4 5 * The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers. b. Consumer Subgroup Analysis ER07MY24.038</GPH> consumer subgroup with similar metrics for the entire consumer sample for all product classes. In most cases, the average LCC savings and PBP for senioronly households at the considered efficiency levels are improved (i.e., higher LCC savings and equal or lesser payback periods) from the average for all households. Chapter 11 of the direct final rule TSD presents the complete LCC and PBP results for the subgroup. VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00048 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.037</GPH> khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 In the consumer subgroup analysis, DOE estimated the impact of the considered TSLs on senior-only households, which account for 8.7% of the total MREF household sample. DOE did not consider low-income consumers in this direct final rule because MREFs are not products generally used by this subgroup, as they typically cost more than comparable compact refrigerators, which are able to maintain lower temperatures compared to MREFs, and therefore serve a wider range of applications. Based on the TraQline wine chiller data, less than 4 percent of MREF owners are below the federal household income threshold for poverty. Table V.18 compares the average LCC savings and PBP at each efficiency level for the senior-only Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 38809 Table V.18 Comparison of LCC Savings and PBP for Senior-Only Consumer Subgroup and All Consumers Average LCC Savings* 2022$ TSL FCC 1 2,3 4 5 FC 1,2 3 4 5 BICC 1 2-4 5 BIC I 3,4 2 5 C-13A 1 2,3 4 5 C-13A-BI 1 2,3 4 5 C-3A 1-4 5 C-3A-BI 1-4 5 Simple Payback years Senior-Only Households All Households Senior-Only Households All Households 18.26 18.81 14.87 (54.77) 17.53 17.55 12.97 (58.75) 1.9 4.9 6.6 12.6 2.0 5.0 6.8 13.0 23.08 48.17 30.69 (260.04) 21.06 45.59 26.22 (265.96) 6.3 4.0 8.2 28.9 6.5 4.2 8.5 29.9 16.95 4.12 (92.37) 16.08 1.53 (97.38) 2.3 7.8 15.0 2.4 8.1 15.4 21.14 57.44 24.36 (286.98) 18.99 53.56 19.27 (293.40) 6.7 4.3 8.7 30.7 6.9 4.4 9.0 31.7 25.22 39.23 12.30 (86.88) 24.36 37.86 10.60 (89.25) 1.1 1.3 7.1 19.0 1.1 1.3 7.3 19.5 27.67 43.09 14.75 (90.13) 26.69 41.53 12.81 (92.83) 1.0 1.2 6.9 18.4 1.1 1.3 7.1 18.9 32.33 (239.10) 30.95 (242.46) 1.7 44.0 1.7 45.4 37.91 (245.98) 36.19 (249.95) 1.6 40.6 1.6 42.0 BILLING CODE 6450–01–C khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 c. Rebuttable Presumption Payback As discussed in section IV.F.9 of this document, EPCA establishes a rebuttable presumption that an energy conservation standard is economically justified if the increased purchase cost for a product that meets the standard is less than three times the value of the VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 first-year energy savings resulting from the standard. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(iii)) In calculating a rebuttable presumption payback period for each of the considered TSLs, DOE used discrete values and, as required by EPCA, based the energy use calculation on the DOE test procedure for MREFs. In contrast, the PBPs presented in section V.B.1.a of this document were PO 00000 Frm 00049 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 calculated using distributions that reflect the range of energy use in the field. Table V.19 presents the rebuttablepresumption payback periods for the considered TSLs for MREFs. While DOE examined the rebuttable-presumption criterion, it considered whether the standard levels considered for this rule are economically justified through a E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.039</GPH> * The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers. 38810 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations more detailed analysis of the economic impacts of those levels, pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i), that considers the full range of impacts to the consumer, manufacturer, Nation, and environment. The results of that analysis serve as the basis for DOE to definitively evaluate the economic justification for a potential standard level, thereby supporting or rebutting the results of any preliminary determination of economic justification. Table V.19 Rebuttable-Presumption Payback Periods 1 2 3 4 5 Rebuttable Payback Period Years FCC 1.8 4.5 6.2 8.4 11.7 FC 5.9 3.7 7.6 24.6 26.8 2. Economic Impacts on Manufacturers DOE performed an MIA to estimate the impact of amended energy conservation standards on manufacturers of MREFs. The next section describes the expected impacts on manufacturers at each considered TSL. Chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD explains the analysis in further detail. khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 a. Industry Cash Flow Analysis Results In this section, DOE provides GRIM results from the analysis, which examines changes in the industry that would result from a standard. The following tables summarize the estimated financial impacts (represented by changes in INPV) of potential amended energy conservation standards on manufacturers of MREFs, as well as the conversion costs that DOE estimates manufacturers of MREFs would incur at each TSL. The impact of amended energy conservation standards was analyzed under two scenarios: (1) the preservation-of-gross-margin percentage; and (2) the preservation-of-operatingprofit, as discussed in section IV.J.2.d of this document. The preservation-ofgross-margin percentages applies a ‘‘gross margin percentage’’ of 20 percent BICC 2.1 5.3 7.3 9.9 13.9 BIC 6.2 4.0 8.1 26.2 28.5 C-13A 1.0 1.2 6.6 14.9 17.6 C-13A-BI 1.0 1.1 6.4 14.4 17.1 for FCC and 28 percent for all other product classes.75 This scenario assumes that a manufacturer’s per-unit dollar profit would increase as MPCs increase in the standards cases and represents the upper-bound to industry profitability under potential new or amended energy conservation standards. The preservation-of-operating-profit scenario reflects manufacturers’ concerns about their inability to maintain margins as MPCs increase to reach more stringent efficiency levels. In this scenario, while manufacturers make the necessary investments required to convert their facilities to produce compliant products, operating profit does not change in absolute dollars and decreases as a percentage of revenue. The preservation-of-operating-profit scenario results in the lower (or more severe) bound to impacts of potential amended standards on industry. Each of the modeled scenarios results in a unique set of cash flows and corresponding INPV for each TSL. INPV is the sum of the discounted cash flows to the industry from the base year through the end of the analysis period. The ‘‘change in INPV’’ refers to the difference in industry value between the no-new-standards case and standards C-3A 1.6 11.0 38.7 41.0 C-3A-BI 1.5 10.0 35.2 38.1 -- -- case at each TSL. To provide perspective on the short-run cash flow impact, DOE includes a comparison of free cash flow between the no-newstandards case and the standards case at each TSL in the year before amended standards would take effect. This figure provides an understanding of the magnitude of the required conversion costs relative to the cash flow generated by the industry in the no-new-standards case. Conversion costs are one-time investments for manufacturers to bring their manufacturing facilities and product designs into compliance with potential amended standards. As described in section IV.J.2.c of this document, conversion cost investments occur between the year of publication of the direct final rule and the year by which manufacturers must comply with the amended standards. The conversion costs can have a significant impact on the short-term cash flow of the industry and generally result in lower free cash flow in the period between the publication of the direct final rule and the compliance date of potential amended standards. Conversion costs are independent of the manufacturer markup scenarios and are not presented as a range in this analysis. 75 The gross margin percentages of 20 percent and 28 percent are based on manufacturer markups of 1.25 and 1.38 percent, respectively. VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00050 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.040</GPH> Efficiency Level Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 38811 Unit INPV 2022$ Million Change in INPV* Free Cash Flow (2028) No-NewStandards Case TSLl TSL2 TSL3 TSL4 TSLS 807.7 773.7 to 777.2 758.7 to 770.6 761.9 to 772.1 715.6 to 747.4 386.7 to 524.5 - (4.2) to (3.8) (6.l)to (4.6) (5.7) to (4.4) (11.4) to (7.5) (52.l)to (35.1) 60.4 41.5 34.3 35.8 13.2 (169.9) (43.1) (40.7) (78.2) (381.5) 68.4 70.8 104.1 375.3 6.4 1.3 26.6 179.7 74.8 72.1 130.7 555.1 % 2022$ Million khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 Change in (31.2) % Free Cash Flow (2028) Product 2022$ Conversion 54.0 Million Costs Capital 2022$ Conversion 1.3 Million Costs Total 2022$ Conversion 55.3 Million Costs *Parentheses denote negative(-) values. The following cash flow discussion refers to product classes as defined in Table I.1 in section I of this document and the efficiency levels and design options as detailed in Table IV.4 in section IV.C.3 of this document. At TSL 1, the standard represents a modest increase in efficiency, corresponding to the lowest analyzed efficiency level above baseline for all classes, except product classes C–9 and C–9–BI at baseline efficiency. The change in INPV is expected to range from –4.2 to –3.8 percent. At this level, the free cash flow is estimated to decrease by 41.5 percent compared to the no-new-standards case value of $60.4 million in the year 2028, the year before the standards year. Currently, 24.4 percent of MREF shipments meet the efficiencies required at TSL 1. See Table V.21 for the percentage of shipments that meet each TSL by product class. DOE analyzed implementing various design options for the range of directly analyzed product classes. These design options could include implementing more efficient single-speed compressors, tube and fin evaporators and/or condensers, hot walls, and argon-filled glass. At TSL 1, capital conversion costs are minimal because most manufacturers can incorporate design options with component changes. VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 Product conversion costs may be necessary for sourcing components, building prototypes, and testing new components. DOE estimates capital conversion costs of $1.3 million and product conversion costs of $54.0 million. Conversion costs total $55.3 million. At TSL 1, the shipment-weighted average MPC for all MREFs is expected to increase by 0.7 percent relative to the no-new-standards case shipmentweighted average MPC for all MREFs in 2029. Given the relatively small increase in production costs, DOE does not project a notable drop in shipments in the year the standard takes effect. In the preservation-of-gross-margin percentage scenario, the minor increase in cashflow from the higher MSP is slightly outweighed by the $55.3 million in conversion costs, causing a small negative change in INPV at TSL 1 under this scenario. Under the preservation-ofoperating-profit scenario, manufacturers earn the same per-unit operating profit as would be earned in the no-newstandards case, but manufacturers do not earn additional profit from their investments. In this scenario, the manufacturer markup decreases in 2030, the year after the analyzed 2029 compliance year. This reduction in the manufacturer markup and the $55.3 million in conversion costs incurred by PO 00000 Frm 00051 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 manufacturers cause a slightly negative change in INPV at TSL 1 under the preservation-of-operating-profit scenario. See section IV.J.2.d of this document for details on the manufacturer markup scenarios. TSL 2 represents efficiency levels consistent with ENERGY STAR requirements for coolers and a modest increase in efficiency for certain combination cooler product classes. The change in INPV is expected to range from –6.1 to –4.6 percent. At this level, the free cash flow is estimated to decrease by 43.1 percent compared to the no-new-standards case value of $60.4 million in the year 2028, the year before the standards year. Currently, 12.6 percent of MREF shipments meet the efficiencies required at TSL 2. The design options DOE analyzed for most product classes include implementing similar design options as TSL 1, such as more efficient singlespeed compressors. For FCC, C–13A, and C–13A–BI, TSL 2 corresponds to EL 2. For BICC and BIC, TSL 2 corresponds to EL 3. For the remaining product classes, the efficiencies required at TSL 2 are the same as TSL 1. The increase in conversion costs compared to TSL 1 are largely driven by the higher efficiencies required for BICs, which account for 3.5 percent of MREF shipments. For BIC products that do not E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.041</GPH> Table V.20 Manufacturer Impact Analysis Results for Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 38812 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations meet this level, increasing insulation thickness would likely mean new cabinets, liners, and fixtures as well as new shelf designs. Implementing variable-speed compressors could require more advanced controls and electronics and new test stations. DOE estimates capital conversion costs of $6.4 million and product conversion costs of $68.4 million. Conversion costs total $74.8 million. At TSL 2, the shipment-weighted average MPC for all MREFs is expected to increase by 3.4 percent relative to the no-new-standards case shipmentweighted average MPC for all MREFs in 2029. In the preservation-of-grossmargin percentage scenario, the minor increase in cashflow from the higher MSP is slightly outweighed by the $74.8 million in conversion costs, causing a small negative change in INPV at TSL 2 under this scenario. Under the preservation-of-operating-profit scenario, manufacturers earn the same per-unit operating profit as would be earned in the no-new-standards case, but manufacturers do not earn additional profit from their investments. In this scenario, the manufacturer markup decreases in 2030, the year after the analyzed compliance year. This reduction in the manufacturer markup and the $74.8 million in conversion costs incurred by manufacturers cause a negative change in INPV at TSL 2 under the preservation-of-operating-profit scenario. TSL 3 increases the efficiency for FCs by an additional 10 percent compared to TSL 2, and TSL 3 decreases the efficiency for BICs by 10 percent. Combination coolers are at the same efficiency levels as TSL 2. The change in INPV is expected to range from –5.7 to –4.4 percent. At this level, free cash flow is estimated to decrease by 40.7 percent compared to the no-newstandards case value of $60.4 million in the year 2028, the year before the standards year. Currently, approximately 5.8 percent of domestic MREF shipments meet the efficiencies required at TSL 3. At this level, DOE analyzed similar design options as TSL 1 and TSL 2, such as implementing incrementally more efficient single-speed compressors. For all product classes except FC and BIC, the efficiencies required at TSL 3 are the same as TSL 2. For FC, TSL 3 corresponds to EL 2. For BIC, TSL 3 reflects a lower efficiency level (EL 2) as compared to TSL 2 (EL 3). Industry capital conversion costs decrease at TSL 3 as compared to TSL 2 due to the lower efficiency level required for BIC. As previously discussed, DOE expects manufacturers of BIC would likely need VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 to increase insulation thickness at TSL 2 (EL 3) and incorporate variable-speed compressors. However, at TSL 3, DOE’s engineering analysis and manufacturer feedback indicate that manufacturers could achieve EL 2 efficiencies for BIC with relatively straightforward component swaps versus a larger product redesign associated with increasing insulation. DOE estimates capital conversion costs of $1.3 million and product conversion costs of $70.8 million. Conversion costs total $72.1 million. At TSL 3, the shipment-weighted average MPC for all MREFs is expected to increase by 3.2 percent relative to the no-new-standards case shipmentweighted average MPC for all MREFs in 2029. In the preservation-of-grossmargin-percentage scenario, the slight increase in cashflow from the higher MSP is outweighed by the $72.1 million in conversion costs, causing a slightly negative change in INPV at TSL 3 under this scenario. Under the preservation-ofoperating-profit scenario, the manufacturer markup decreases in 2030, the year after the analyzed compliance year. This reduction in the manufacturer markup and the $72.1 million in conversion costs incurred by manufacturers cause a slightly negative change in INPV at TSL 3 under the preservation-of-operating-profit scenario. At the Recommended TSL (i.e., TSL 4), the standard reflects an increase in efficiency level for the product classes that make up the vast majority of MREF shipments (FCC, FC, C–13A). The Recommended TSL further increases the standard level adopted in this direct final rule for all product classes except BICC, BIC, C–3A, and C–3A–BI. The change in INPV is expected to range from –11.4 to –7.5 percent. At this level, free cash flow is estimated to decrease by 78.2 percent compared to the nonew-standards case value of $60.4 million in the year 2028, the year before the standards year. Currently, approximately 3.9 percent of domestic MREF shipments meet the efficiencies required at the Recommended TSL. At the Recommended TSL, all product classes correspond to EL 3, except BIC, C–3A, C–3A–BI, C–9, and C–9–BI. For BIC, the Recommended TSL corresponds to EL 2. For C–3A, the efficiencies required at the Recommended TSL are the same as TSL 3 (EL 1). For C–3A–BI, the Recommended TSL corresponds to EL 1. Both C–9 and C–9–BI correspond to baseline efficiency. At this level, conversion costs are largely driven by the efficiencies required for FC, which accounts for approximately 11.8 percent PO 00000 Frm 00052 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 of industry shipments. DOE’s shipments analysis estimates that no FC shipments currently meet the efficiencies required at the Recommended TSL. All manufacturers would need to update their product platforms, which could include increasing insulation thickness and implementing variable-speed compressors. Increasing insulation thickness would likely result in the loss of interior volume or an increase in exterior product dimensions. A decrease of interior volume would require redesign of the cabinet as well as the designs and tooling associated with the interior of the product, such as the liner, shelving, racks, and drawers. DOE estimates capital conversion costs of $26.6 million and product conversion costs of $104.1 million. Conversion costs total $130.7 million. At the Recommended TSL, the shipment-weighted average MPC for all MREFs is expected to increase by 8.1 percent relative to the no-new-standards case shipment-weighted average MPC for all MREFs in 2029. Given the projected increase in production costs, DOE expects an estimated 4 percent drop in shipments in the year the standard takes effect relative to the nonew-standards case. In the preservationof-gross-margin-percentage scenario, the increase in cashflow from the higher MSP is outweighed by the $130.7 million in conversion costs and the drop in annual shipments, causing a negative change in INPV at the Recommended TSL under this scenario. Under the preservation-of-operating-profit scenario, the manufacturer markup decreases in 2030, the year after the analyzed compliance year. This reduction in the manufacturer markup, the $130.7 million in conversion costs incurred by manufacturers, and the drop in annual shipments cause a negative change in INPV at the Recommended TSL under the preservation-ofoperating-profit scenario. TSL 5 represents max-tech efficiency levels for all product classes. The change in INPV is expected to range from –52.1 to –35.1 percent. At this level, free cash flow is estimated to decrease by 381.5 percent compared to the no-new-standards case value of $60.4 million in the year 2028, the year before the standards year. Currently, approximately 2.9 percent of domestic MREF shipments meet the efficiencies required at TSL 5. DOE’s shipments analysis estimates that no shipments meet the efficiencies required across all product classes except for BICC, which account for only 4 percent of industry shipments. A maxtech standard would necessitate significant investment to redesign E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations nearly all product platforms and incorporate design options such as the most efficient variable-speed compressors, triple-pane glass, increased foam insulation thickness, and VIP technology. Capital conversion costs may be necessary for new tooling for VIP placement as well as new testing stations for high-efficiency components. Increasing insulation thickness would likely result in the loss of interior volume or an increase in exterior product dimensions. Loss of interior volume would require redesign of the cabinet as well as the designs and tooling associated with the interior of the product, such as the liner, shelving, racks, and drawers. Product conversion costs at max-tech are significant as manufacturers work to completely redesign their product platforms. For products implementing VIPs, product conversion costs may be necessary for prototyping and testing for VIP placement, design, and sizing. Manufacturers implementing triplepane glass may need to redesign the door frame and hinges to support the added thickness and weight. DOE estimates capital conversion costs of $179.7 million and product conversion costs of $375.3 million. Conversion costs total $555.1 million. At TSL 5, the large conversion costs result in a free cash flow dropping below zero in the years before the standards year. The negative free cash flow calculation indicates manufacturers may need to access cash reserves or outside capital to finance conversion efforts. At TSL 5, the shipment-weighted average MPC for all MREFs is expected to increase by 32.7 percent relative to the no-new-standards case shipmentweighted average MPC for all MREFs in 2029. Given the projected increase in 38813 production costs, DOE expects an estimated 13 percent drop in shipments in the year the standard takes effect relative to the no-new-standards case. In the preservation-of-gross-marginpercentage scenario, the increase in cashflow from the higher MSP is outweighed by the $555.1 million in conversion costs and drop in annual shipments, causing a significant negative change in INPV at TSL 5 under this scenario. Under the preservation-ofoperating-profit scenario, the manufacturer markup decreases in 2030, the year after the analyzed compliance year. This reduction in the manufacturer markup, the $555.1 million in conversion costs incurred by manufacturers, and the drop in annual shipments cause a significant decrease in INPV at TSL 5 under the preservation-of-operating-profit scenario. khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 b. Direct Impacts on Employment To quantitatively assess the potential impacts of amended energy conservation standards on direct employment in the MREF industry, DOE used the GRIM to estimate the domestic labor expenditures and number of direct employees in the no-new-standards case and in each of the standards cases during the analysis period. For this direct final rule, DOE used the most upto-date information available. DOE calculated these values using statistical data from the 2021 ASM,76 BLS 76 U.S. Census Bureau, Annual Survey of Manufactures. ‘‘Summary Statistics for Industry Groups and Industries in the U.S (2021).’’ Available at www.census.gov/programs-surveys/asm/ data.html (last accessed July 5, 2023). VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 employee compensation data,77 results from the engineering analysis, and manufacturer interviews conducted in support of the March 2023 NOPR. Labor expenditures related to product manufacturing depend on the labor intensity of the product, the sales volume, and an assumption that wages remain fixed in real terms over time. The total labor expenditures in each year are calculated by multiplying the total MPCs by the labor percentage of MPCs. The total labor expenditures in the GRIM were then converted to total production employment levels by dividing production labor expenditures by the average fully burdened wage 77 U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. Employer Costs for Employee Compensation—June 2023. September 12, 2023. Available at www.bls.gov/news.release/ pdf/ecec.pdf (last accessed October 30, 2023). PO 00000 Frm 00053 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 multiplied by the average number of hours worked per year per production worker. To do this, DOE relied on the ASM inputs: Production Workers Annual Wages, Production Workers Annual Hours, Production Workers for Pay Period, and Number of Employees. DOE also relied on the BLS employee compensation data to determine the fully burdened wage ratio. The fully burdened wage ratio factors in paid leave, supplemental pay, insurance, retirement and savings, and legally required benefits. The number of production employees is then multiplied by the U.S. labor Percentage to convert total production employment to total domestic production employment. The U.S. labor percentage represents the industry fraction of domestic manufacturing E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.042</GPH> Table V.21 Percentages of 2024 Shipments that Meet each TSL by Product Class Product Class TSLl TSL2 TSL3 TSL4 TSLS 21.0% 3.0% 3.0% 0.0% 0.0% FCC 58.0% 58.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% FC 82.0% 75.0% 76.0% 76.0% 74.0% BICC 28.0% 28.0% 28.0% 28.0% 0.0% BIC 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% C-3A 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% C-3A-BI 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% C-9 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% C-9-BI 1.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% C-13A 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% C-13A-BI 24.4% 12.6% 5.8% 3.9% 2.9% Total 38814 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations production capacity for the covered product. This value is derived from manufacturer interviews, product database analysis, and publicly available information. Consistent with the March 2023 NOPR, DOE estimates that 7.8 percent of MREFs are produced domestically. The domestic production employees estimate covers production line workers, including line supervisors, who are directly involved in fabricating and assembling products within the OEM facility. Workers performing services that are closely associated with production operations, such as materials-handling tasks using forklifts, are also included as production labor. DOE’s estimates only account for production workers who manufacture the specific products covered by this rulemaking. Non-production workers account for the remainder of the direct employment figure. The non-production employees estimate covers domestic workers who are not directly involved in the production process, such as sales, engineering, human resources, and management.78 Using the amount of domestic production workers calculated above, non-production domestic employees are extrapolated by multiplying the ratio of non-production workers in the industry compared to production employees. DOE assumes that this employee distribution ratio remains constant between the no-newstandards case and standards cases. Using the GRIM, DOE estimates in the absence of amended energy conservation standards there would be 211 domestic production and nonproduction workers for MREFs in 2029. Table V.22 shows the range of the impacts of energy conservation standards on U.S. manufacturing employment in the MREF industry. The following discussion provides a qualitative evaluation of the range of potential impacts presented in Table V.22. Table V.22 Domestic Direct Employment Impacts for MREF Manufacturers in 2029 No-NewStandards Case TSL 1 TSL2 TSL3 TSL4 TSLS The direct employment impacts shown in Table V.22 represent the potential domestic employment changes that could result following the compliance date for the MREF product classes in this direct final rule. The upper bound estimate corresponds to a change in the number of domestic workers that would result from amended energy conservation standards if manufacturers continue to produce the same scope of covered products within the United States after compliance takes effect. The lower bound estimate represents the maximum decrease in production workers if manufacturing moved to lower labor-cost countries. At lower TSLs, DOE believes the likelihood of changes in production location due to amended standards are low due to the relatively minor production line updates required. However, as amended standards increase in stringency and both the complexity and cost of production facility updates increases, manufacturers may reevaluate domestic production siting options. Specifically, implementing VIPs could necessitate additional labor content and significant capital investment. However, at the Recommended TSL (i.e., TSL 4), none of the analyzed product classes would likely require VIPs to meet the recommended efficiency levels. Furthermore, DOE notes that of the six manufacturers with U.S. manufacturing facilities producing MREFs, five manufacturers are AHAM members, a key signatory of the Joint Agreement. Additional detail on the analysis of direct employment can be found in chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD. Additionally, the employment impacts discussed in this section are independent of the employment impacts from the broader U.S. economy, which are documented in chapter 16 of the direct final rule TSD. 78 The comprehensive description of production and non-production workers is available at ‘‘Definitions and Instructions for the Annual Survey of Manufacturers, MA–10000’’ (pp. 13–14) www2.census.gov/programs-surveys/asm/technicaldocumentation/questionnaire/2021/instructions/ VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 c. Impacts on Manufacturing Capacity In interviews, manufacturers noted that the majority of MREFs—namely FCC—are manufactured in Asia and PO 00000 Frm 00054 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 rebranded by home appliance manufacturers. Manufacturers had few concerns about manufacturing constraints below the max-tech level and the implementation of VIPs. However, at max-tech, some manufacturers expressed technical uncertainty about industry’s ability to meet the efficiencies required as few OEMs offer products at max-tech today. For example, DOE is not aware of any OEMs that currently offer FCC that meet TSL 5 efficiencies. DOE’s shipments analysis estimates that except for BICC, which only accounts for 4 percent of MREF shipments, no shipments of other product classes meet the max-tech efficiencies. Some low-volume domestic and European-based OEMs offer niche or high-end MREFs (i.e., built-ins, combination coolers, FCCs that can be integrated into kitchen cabinetry). In interviews, these manufacturers stated that, due to their low volume and wide range of product offerings, they could face engineering resource constraints MA_10000_Instructions.pdf (last accessed September 9, 2023). E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.043</GPH> khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 Direct Employment in 2029 (Production 201 Workers+ Non211 210 207 207 204 Production Workers) Potential Changes in (188) to (188) to (188) to (188) to (188) to Direct Employment (1) (9) (3) (3) (6) Workers* *DOE presents a range of potential employment impacts. Numbers in parentheses denote negative values. Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 should amended standards necessitate a significant redesign, such as requiring insulation thickness changes for FCs at the Recommended TSL (i.e., TSL 4) or requiring VIPs for all product classes at TSL 5. These manufacturers further stated that the extent of their resource constraints depend, in part, on the outcome of other ongoing DOE energy conservation standards rulemakings that impact related products, in particular, the energy conservation standards for RF. DOE notes that the January 2024 RF Direct Final Rule amending the energy conservation standards for RF was published in the Federal Register on January 17, 2024. 89 FR 3026. In that direct final rule, compliance with amended standards would be required in 2029 or 2030, depending on the product class, instead of 2027, as analyzed in the RF NOPR published in the Federal Register on February 27, 2023. See 88 FR 12452. Thus, manufacturers will have more time to redesign RF products to meet amended standards, compared to the EPCAspecified compliance period. Additionally, for OEMs that manufacture both MREFs and RFs, DOE expects that the alignment of the compliance dates for these covered products would help mitigate regulatory burden by reducing the number of times manufacturers would need to reorganize production lines. VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 d. Impacts on Subgroups of Manufacturers Using average cost assumptions to develop industry cash-flow estimates may not capture the differential impacts among subgroups of manufacturers. Small manufacturers, niche players, or manufacturers exhibiting a cost structure that differs substantially from the industry average could be affected disproportionately. DOE investigated small businesses as a manufacturer subgroup that could be disproportionally impacted by energy conservation standards and could merit additional analysis. DOE analyzes the impacts on small businesses in a separate analysis for the standards proposed in the NOPR published elsewhere in this issue of the Federal Register and in chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD. In summary, the SBA defines a ‘‘small business’’ as having 1,500 employees or less for NAICS 335220, ‘‘Major Household Appliance Manufacturing’’ or as having 1,250 employees of less for the secondary NAICS code of 333415: ‘‘AirConditioning and Warm Air Heating Equipment and Commercial and Industrial Refrigeration Equipment Manufacturing.’’ Using the more conservative (i.e., more inclusive) threshold of 1,500 employees, DOE identified one domestic OEM that qualifies as small business and is not PO 00000 Frm 00055 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 38815 foreign-owned and operated. For a discussion of the impacts on the small business manufacturer group, see chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD. e. Cumulative Regulatory Burden One aspect of assessing manufacturer burden involves looking at the cumulative impact of multiple DOE standards and the regulatory actions of other Federal agencies and States that affect the manufacturers of a covered product or equipment. While any one regulation may not impose a significant burden on manufacturers, the combined effects of several existing or impending regulations may have serious consequences for some manufacturers, groups of manufacturers, or an entire industry. Multiple regulations affecting the same manufacturer can strain profits and lead companies to abandon product lines or markets with lower expected future returns than competing products. For these reasons, DOE conducts an analysis of cumulative regulatory burden as part of its rulemakings pertaining to appliance efficiency. For the cumulative regulatory burden analysis, DOE examines Federal, product-specific regulations that could affect MREF manufacturers that take effect approximately 3 years before and after 2029 the compliance date. This information is presented in Table V.23. BILLING CODE 6450–01–P E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 38816 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations Approx. Number ofOEMs Standards Federal Energy Number of Affected by This OEMs* Compliance Conservation Standard Rule** Year khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 Automatic Commercial Ice Makerst 88 FR30508 (May 11, 2023) Dishwashers t 88 FR32514 (May 19, 2023) Refrigerated Bottled or Canned Beverage Vending Machines t 88 FR33968 (May 25, 2023) Room Air Conditioners 88 FR34298 (May 26, 2023) Microwave Ovens 88 FR39912 (June 20, 2023) Consumer Water Heaterst 88 FR49058 (July 27, 2023) Consumer Boilerst 88 FR 55128 (August 14,2023) Commercial Water Heating Equipment 88 FR69686 (October 6, 2023) Commercial Refrigerators, Refrigerator-Freezers, and Freezerst 88 FR 70196 (October 10, 2023) Dehumidifiers t 88 FR 76510 (November 6, 2023) Consumer Furnaces 88 FR87502 (December 18, 2023) VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 Industry Conversion Costs (Millions) Industry Conversion Costs/ Equipment Revenue*** 23 5 2027 $15.9 (2022$) 0.6% 21 12 2027 $125.6 (2021$) 2.1% 5 1 2028 $1.5 (2022$) 0.2% 8 4 2026 $24.8 (2021$) 0.4% 18 8 2026 $46.1 (2021$) 0.7% 22 3 2030 $228.1 (2022$) 1.1% 24 1 2030 $98.0 (2022$) 3.6% 15 1 2026 $42.7 (2022$) 3.8% 83 10 2028 $226.4 (2022$) 1.6% 20 4 2028 $6.9 (2022$) 0.4% 15 1 2029 $162.0 (2022$) 1.8% PO 00000 Frm 00056 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.044</GPH> Table V.23 Compliance Dates and Expected Conversion Expenses of Federal Energy Conservation Standards Affecting Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products Orie:inal Equipment Manufacturers Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 38817 Refrigerators, Refrigerator-Freezers, 2029 and $830.3 1.3% and Freezers 63 13 (2022$) 2030t 89 FR3026 (Januarv17,2024) Consumer Conventional Cooking Products $66.7 0.3% 35 9 2028 (2022$) 89 FR 11548 (February 14, 2024) Consumer Clothes $180.7 Dryers 2028 1.4% 19 8 (2022$) 89 FR 18164 (March 12, 2024) Residential Clothes Washers $320.0 22 2028 1.8% 7 (2022$) 89 FR 19026 (March 15, 2024) * This column presents the total number of OEMs identified in the energy conservation standard rule that is contributing to cumulative regulatory burden. ** This column presents the number ofOEMs producing MREFs that are also listed as OEMs in the identified energy conservation standard that is contributing to cumulative regulatory burden. *** This column presents industry conversion costs as a percentage of equipment revenue during the conversion period. Industry conversion costs are the upfront investments manufacturers must make to sell compliant products/equipment. The revenue used for this calculation is the revenue from just the covered product/equipment associated with each row. The conversion period is the time frame over which conversion costs are made and lasts from the publication year of a final rule to the compliance year of the energy conservation standard. The conversion period typically ranges from 3 to 5 years, depending on the rulemaking. t These rulemakings are at the NOPR stage, and all values are subject to change until fmalized through publication of a fmal rule. t For the refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers energy conservation standards direct fmal rule, the compliance year (2029 or 2030) varies by product class. As shown in Table V.23, most of the rulemakings with the largest overlap of MREF OEMs include RFs, consumer conventional cooking products, residential clothes washers, consumer clothes dryers, and MREFs, which are all part of the multi-product Joint Agreement submitted by interested parties.79 The multi-product Joint Agreement states the ‘‘jointly recommended compliance dates will achieve the overall energy and economic benefits of this agreement while allowing necessary lead-times for manufacturers to redesign products and retool manufacturing plants to meet the recommended standards across product categories.’’ (Joint Agreement, No. 34 at p. 2) As discussed previously, the staggered compliance dates help mitigate manufacturers’ concerns about their ability to allocate sufficient resources to comply with multiple 79 The microwave ovens energy conservation standards final rule (88 FR 39912), which has 8 overlapping OEMs, was published prior to the joint submission of the multi-product Joint Agreement. VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00057 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 concurrent amended standards and about the need to align compliance dates for products that are typically designed or sold as matched pairs. See section IV.J.3 of this document for stakeholder comments about cumulative regulatory burden. See Table V.24 for a comparison of the estimated compliance dates based on EPCA-specified timelines and the compliance dates detailed in the Joint Agreement. E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.045</GPH> khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 BILLING CODE 6450–01–C 38818 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations Table V.24 Expected Compliance Dates for Multi-Product Joint Agreement Rule making Estimated Compliance Year based on EPCA Requirements Compliance Year in the Joint Agreement Consumer Clothes Dryers 2027 2028 Residential Clothes Washers 2027 2028 Consumer Conventional Cooking Products 2027 2028 2027 2027* 2029 or 2030 depending on the product class Dishwashers Refrigerators, RefrigeratorFreezers, and Freezers Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products 2027 2029 2029 *Estimated compliance year. The Joint Agreement states, "3 years after the publication of a final rule in the Federal Register." (Joint Agreement, No. 34 at p. 2) 3. National Impact Analysis a. Significance of Energy Savings This section presents DOE’s estimates of the national energy savings and the NPV of consumer benefits that would result from each of the TSLs considered as potential amended standards. To estimate the energy savings attributable to potential amended standards for MREFs, DOE compared their energy consumption under the nonew-standards case to their anticipated energy consumption under each TSL. The savings are measured over the entire lifetime of products purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the year of anticipated compliance with amended standards (2029–2058). Table V.25 presents DOE’s projections of the national energy savings for each TSL considered for MREFs. The savings were calculated using the approach described in section IV.H.2 of this document. Table V.25 Cumulative National Energy Savings for MREFs; 30 Years of Shi ments 2029-2058 5 0.54 0.55 OMB Circular A–4 80 requires agencies to present analytical results, including separate schedules of the monetized benefits and costs that show the type and timing of benefits and costs. Circular A–4 also directs agencies to consider the variability of key elements underlying the estimates of benefits and costs. For this rulemaking, DOE undertook a sensitivity analysis using 9 years, rather than 30 years, of product shipments. The choice of a 9year period is a proxy for the timeline in EPCA for the review of certain energy conservation standards and potential revision of and compliance with such revised standards.81 The review timeframe established in EPCA is generally not synchronized with the product lifetime, product manufacturing cycles, or other factors specific to MREFs. Thus, such results are presented for informational purposes only and are not indicative of any change in DOE’s analytical methodology. The NES sensitivity analysis results based on a 9year analytical period are presented in Table V.26. The impacts are counted over the lifetime of MREFs purchased in 2029–2037. 80 U.S. Office of Management and Budget. Circular A–4: Regulatory Analysis. Available at www.whitehouse.gov/omb/information-foragencies/circulars/ (last accessed January 5, 2024). DOE used the prior version of Circular A–4 (2003) as a result of the effective date of the new version. 81 EPCA requires DOE to review its standards at least once every 6 years, and requires, for certain products, a 3-year period after any new standard is promulgated before compliance is required, except that in no case may any new standards be required within 6 years of the compliance date of the previous standards. (42 U.S.C. 6295(m)) While adding a 6-year review to the 3-year compliance period adds up to 9 years, DOE notes that it may undertake reviews at any time within the 6-year period and that the 3-year compliance date may yield to the 6-year backstop. A 9-year analysis period may not be appropriate given the variability that occurs in the timing of standards reviews and the fact that for some products, the compliance period is 5 years rather than 3 years. VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00058 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.047</GPH> khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 0.10 0.10 Trial Standard Level 3 4 uads 0.20 0.21 0.31 0.20 0.22 0.32 2 ER07MY24.046</GPH> 1 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 38819 Table V.26 Cumulative National Energy Savings for MREFs; 9 Years of Shipments 2029-2037) Primary energy FFC energy b. Net Present Value of Consumer Costs and Benefits DOE estimated the cumulative NPV of the total costs and savings for 1 I 0.03 0.03 I I Trial Standard Level 3 4 I I quads 0.05 I 0.06 I 0.09 0.06 I 0.06 I 0.09 2 consumers that would result from the TSLs considered for MREFs. In accordance with OMB’s guidelines on regulatory analysis,82 DOE calculated NPV using both a 7-percent and a 3- I 5 I I 0.15 0.15 percent real discount rate. Table V.27 shows the consumer NPV results with impacts counted over the lifetime of products purchased in 2029–2058. Table V.27 Cumulative Net Present Value of Consumer Benefits for MREFs; 30 Years of Shipments (2029-2058) 3 percent 7 percent The NPV results based on the aforementioned 9-year analytical period are presented in Table V.28. The impacts are counted over the lifetime of 1 I 0.49 0.19 I I Trial Standard Level 4 3 I I Billion 2022$ 0.72 I 0.87 I 0.77 0.24 I 0.31 I 0.17 2 products purchased in 2029–2037. As mentioned previously, such results are presented for informational purposes only and are not indicative of any I 5 I I -1.68 -1.36 change in DOE’s analytical methodology or decision criteria. Table V.28 Cumulative Net Present Value of Consumer Benefits for MREFs; 9 Years of Shipments (2029-2037) 0.17 0.09 I I Trial Standard Level 4 3 I I Billion 2022$ 0.23 I 0.29 I 0.20 0.10 I 0.14 I 0.04 2 The previous results reflect the use of a default trend to estimate the change in price for MREFs over the analysis period (see section IV.H.3 of this document). DOE also conducted a sensitivity analysis that considered a low benefits scenario which combines a lower rate of price decline and AEO 2023 Low Economic Growth, as well as a high benefits scenario which combines a higher rate of price decline and AEO 2023 High Economic Growth. The results of these alternative cases are presented in appendix 10C of the direct final rule TSD. In the high benefits scenario where high-price-decline case is applied, the NPV of consumer benefits is higher than in the default case. In the low benefits scenario where low-price-decline case is applied, the NPV of consumer benefits is lower than in the default case. c. Indirect Impacts on Employment 82 U.S. Office of Management and Budget. Circular A–4: Regulatory Analysis. Available at www.whitehouse.gov/omb/information-foragencies/circulars/ (last accessed January 5, 2024). VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 DOE estimates that amended energy conservation standards for MREFs will reduce energy expenditures for consumers of those products, with the resulting net savings being redirected to other forms of economic activity. These expected shifts in spending and economic activity could affect the demand for labor. As described in section IV.N of this document, DOE used an input/output model of the U.S. economy to estimate indirect employment impacts of the TSLs that DOE considered. There are uncertainties involved in projecting employment impacts, especially changes in the later years of the analysis. Therefore, DOE generated results for near-term timeframes (2029–2033), where these uncertainties are reduced. PO 00000 Frm 00059 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 I 5 I I -0.91 -0.83 The results suggest that the adopted standards are likely to have a negligible impact on the net demand for labor in the economy. The net change in jobs is so small that it would be imperceptible in national labor statistics and might be offset by other, unanticipated effects on employment. Chapter 16 of the direct final rule TSD presents detailed results regarding anticipated indirect employment impacts. 4. Impact on Utility or Performance of Products As discussed in section III.E.1.d of this document, DOE has concluded that the standards adopted in this direct final rule will not lessen the utility or performance of the MREFs under consideration in this rulemaking. Manufacturers of these products DOE used the prior version of Circular A–4 (2003) as a result of the effective date of the new version. E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.049</GPH> ER07MY24.050</GPH> I ER07MY24.048</GPH> khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 3 percent 7 percent 1 38820 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations currently offer units that meet or exceed the adopted standards. 5. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition DOE considered any lessening of competition that would be likely to result from amended standards. As discussed in section III.E.1.e of this document, EPCA directs the Attorney General of the United States (‘‘Attorney General’’) to determine the impact, if any, of any lessening of competition likely to result from a proposed standard and to transmit such determination in writing to the Secretary within 60 days of the publication of a proposed rule, together with an analysis of the nature and extent of the impact. To assist the Attorney General in making this determination, DOE is providing DOJ with copies of this direct final rule and the direct final rule TSD for review. 6. Need of the Nation To Conserve Energy Enhanced energy efficiency, where economically justified, improves the Nation’s energy security, strengthens the economy, and reduces the environmental impacts (costs) of energy production. Reduced electricity demand due to energy conservation standards is also likely to reduce the cost of maintaining the reliability of the electricity system, particularly during peak-load periods. Chapter 15 in the direct final rule TSD presents the estimated impacts on electricity- generating capacity, relative to the nonew-standards case, for the TSLs that DOE considered in this rulemaking. Energy conservation resulting from potential energy conservation standards for MREFs is expected to yield environmental benefits in the form of reduced emissions of certain air pollutants and greenhouse gases. Table V.29 provides DOE’s estimate of cumulative emissions reductions expected to result from the TSLs considered in this rulemaking. The emissions were calculated using the multipliers discussed in section IV.K of this document. DOE reports annual emissions reductions for each TSL in chapter 13 of the direct final rule TSD. Table V.29 Cumulative Emissions Reduction for MREFs Shipped in 2029-2058 Trial Standard Level 1 2 3 Electric Power Sector and Site Emissions 1.64 3.33 3.63 0.12 0.25 0.27 0.02 0.04 0.03 0.77 1.57 1.70 1.23 0.56 1.13 0.01 0.00 O.oI Upstream Emissions 0.16 0.33 0.36 14.90 30.19 32.88 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.55 5.18 5.64 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00 Total FFC Emissions 1.81 3.66 3.99 15.02 30.44 33.15 0.02 0.04 0.04 7.34 3.33 6.75 1.25 0.57 1.15 0.01 0.00 O.oI CO2 (million metric tons) CHi (thousand tons) N2O (thousand tons) NOx (thousand tons) SO2 (thousand tons) Hg (tons) CO2 (million metric tons) CHi (thousand tons) N2O (thousand tons) NOx (thousand tons) SO2 (thousand tons) Hg (tons) khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 As part of the analysis for this direct final rule, DOE estimated monetary benefits likely to result from the reduced emissions of CO2 that DOE estimated for each of the considered VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 TSLs for MREFs. Section IV.L of this document discusses the estimated SC– CO2 values that DOE used. Table V.30 presents the value of CO2 emissions reduction at each TSL for each of the PO 00000 Frm 00060 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 5 5.32 0.40 0.06 2.50 1.81 0.01 9.12 0.68 0.10 4.28 3.10 0.02 0.53 48.24 0.00 8.27 0.03 0.00 0.91 82.73 0.00 14.19 0.05 0.00 5.85 48.64 0.06 10.77 1.84 0.01 10.03 83.41 0.10 18.47 3.15 0.02 SC–CO2 cases. The time-series of annual values is presented for the selected TSL in chapter 14 of the direct final rule TSD. E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.051</GPH> CO2 (million metric tons) CHi (thousand tons) N2O (thousand tons) NOx (thousand tons) SO2 (thousand tons) Hg (tons) 4 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 38821 Table V.30 Present Value of CO2 Emissions Reduction for MREFs Shipped in 20292058 TSL 5% Average 1 2 3 4 5 18.2 36.9 40.0 58.6 100.5 SC-CO2 Case Discount Rate and Statistics 3% 2.5% Average Average million 2022$ 77.6 121.3 157.5 246.1 170.8 266.8 250.3 391.1 429.5 671.2 As discussed in section IV.L.2 of this document, DOE estimated the climate benefits likely to result from the reduced emissions of methane and N2O that DOE estimated for each of the considered TSLs for MREFs. Table V.31 presents the value of the CH4 emissions reduction at each TSL, and Table V.32 presents the value of the N2O emissions reduction at each TSL. The time-series 3% 95 th percentile 235.6 478.1 518.2 759.4 1,303.2 of annual values is presented for the selected TSL in chapter 14 of the direct final rule TSD. Table V.31 Present Value of Methane Emissions Reduction for MREFs Shipped in 2029-2058 TSL 5% Avera2:e 1 2 3 4 5 6.9 14.1 15.3 22.3 38.4 SC-CH4 Case Discount Rate and Statistics 3% 2.5% Avera2:e Avera2:e million 2022$ 20.7 28.9 42.0 58.6 45.6 63.6 66.9 93.3 114.8 160.3 3% 95 th percentile 54.8 111.1 120.6 176.8 303.6 5% Average 1 2 3 4 5 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.4 DOE is well aware that scientific and economic knowledge about the contribution of CO2 and other GHG emissions to changes in the future global climate and the potential resulting damages to the global and U.S. economy continues to evolve rapidly. DOE, together with other Federal agencies, will continue to review methodologies for estimating the VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 monetary value of reductions in CO2 and other GHG emissions. This ongoing review will consider the comments on this subject that are part of the public record for this and other rulemakings, as well as other methodological assumptions and issues. DOE notes, however, that the adopted standards in this direct final rule would be economically justified even without PO 00000 Frm 00061 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 3% 95 th percentile 0.7 1.5 1.6 2.4 4.1 inclusion of monetized benefits of reduced GHG emissions. DOE also estimated the monetary value of the economic benefits associated with NOX and SO2 emissions reductions anticipated to result from the considered TSLs for MREFs. The dollarper-ton values that DOE used are discussed in section IV.L of this document. Table V.33 presents the E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.053</GPH> ER07MY24.054</GPH> TSL SC-N2O Case Discount Rate and Statistics 3% 2.5% Average Average million 2022$ 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.9 0.6 0.9 1.4 0.9 2.4 1.5 ER07MY24.052</GPH> khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 Table V.32 Present Value of Nitrous Oxide Emissions Reduction for MREFs Shipped in 2029-2058 38822 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations present value for NOX emissions reduction for each TSL calculated using 7-percent and 3-percent discount rates, and Table V.34 presents similar results for SO2 emissions reductions. The results in these tables reflect application of EPA’s low dollar-per-ton values, which DOE used to be conservative. The time-series of annual values is presented for the selected TSL in chapter 14 of the direct final rule TSD. Table V.33 Present Value ofNOx Emissions Reduction for MREFs Shipped in 2029-2058 TSL 3% Discount Rate 1 2 3 4 5 155.0 314.4 341.0 499.7 857.1 7% Discount Rate million 2022$ 60.6 123.0 133.0 194.6 333.1 Table V.34 Present Value of SO2 Emissions Reduction for MREFs Shipped in 20292058 TSL 1 2 3 4 5 3% Discount Rate 7% I million 2022$ 37.1 75.3 81.6 119.6 205.1 Not all the public health and environmental benefits from the reduction of greenhouse gases, NOX, and SO2 are captured in the values above, and additional unquantified benefits from the reductions of those pollutants as well as from the reduction of direct PM and other co-pollutants may be significant. DOE has not included monetary benefits of the reduction of Hg emissions because the amount of reduction is very small. Discount Rate 14.7 29.9 32.3 47.2 80.8 7. Other Factors The Secretary of Energy, in determining whether a standard is economically justified, may consider any other factors that the Secretary deems to be relevant. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(VII)) No other factors were considered in this analysis. 8. Summary of Economic Impacts Table V.35 presents the NPV values that result from adding the estimates of the economic benefits resulting from reduced GHG and NOX and SO2 emissions to the NPV of consumer benefits calculated for each TSL considered in this rulemaking. The consumer benefits are domestic U.S. monetary savings that occur as a result of purchasing the covered MREFs and are measured for the lifetime of products shipped in 2029–2058. The climate benefits associated with reduced GHG emissions resulting from the adopted standards are global benefits and are also calculated based on the lifetime of MREFs shipped in 2029– 2058. Table V.35 Consumer NPV Combined with Present Value of Climate Benefits and Health Benefits TSL3 TSL4 TSLS Usin2 3% discount rate for Consumer NPV and Health Benefits /billion 2022$) 0.7 1.1 1.3 1.3 5% Average SC-GHG case 1.2 1.4 1.6 3% Average SC-GHG case 0.8 1.4 1.6 1.7 2.5% Average SC-GHG case 0.8 1.6 1.9 1.0 2.2 3% 95th percentile SC-GHG case -1.0 -0.6 -0.4 0.4 Usinf( 7% discount rate for Consumer NPVand Health Benefits /billion 2022$) 5% Average SC-GHG case 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.6 0.7 0.7 3% Average SC-GHG case 0.4 0.7 0.8 0.8 2.5% Average SC-GHG case 3% 95th percentile SC-GHG case 0.6 1.0 1.1 1.3 -1.1 -0.6 -0.4 0.4 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00062 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.056</GPH> ER07MY24.057</GPH> khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 VerDate Sep<11>2014 TSL2 ER07MY24.055</GPH> TSL 1 Cate2orv Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations C. Conclusion khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 When considering new or amended energy conservation standards, the standards that DOE adopts for any type (or class) of covered product must be designed to achieve the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that the Secretary determines is technologically feasible and economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(A)) In determining whether a standard is economically justified, the Secretary must determine whether the benefits of the standard exceed its burdens by, to the greatest extent practicable, considering the seven statutory factors discussed previously. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)) The new or amended standard must also result in significant conservation of energy. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B)) For this direct final rule, DOE considered the impacts of amended standards for MREFs at each TSL, beginning with the maximum technologically feasible level, to determine whether that level was economically justified. Where the maxtech level was not justified, DOE then considered the next most efficient level and undertook the same evaluation until it reached the highest efficiency level that is both technologically feasible and economically justified and saves a significant amount of energy. To aid the reader as DOE discusses the benefits and/or burdens of each TSL, tables in this section present a summary of the results of DOE’s quantitative analysis for each TSL. In addition to the quantitative results presented in the tables, DOE also considers other burdens and benefits that affect economic justification. These include the impacts on identifiable subgroups of consumers who may be disproportionately affected by a national standard and impacts on employment. DOE also notes that the economics literature provides a wide-ranging discussion of how consumers trade off upfront costs and energy savings in the absence of government intervention. Much of this literature attempts to explain why consumers appear to undervalue energy efficiency improvements, an issue known as the VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 ‘‘energy efficiency gap’’. There is evidence that consumers undervalue future energy savings as a result of (1) a lack of information; (2) a lack of sufficient salience of the long-term or aggregate benefits; (3) a lack of sufficient savings to warrant delaying or altering purchases; (4) excessive focus on the short term, in the form of inconsistent weighting of future energy cost savings relative to available returns on other investments; (5) computational or other difficulties associated with the evaluation of relevant tradeoffs; and (6) a divergence in incentives (for example, between renters and owners, or builders and purchasers).83 Having less than perfect foresight and a high degree of uncertainty about the future, consumers may trade off these types of investments at a higher than expected rate between current consumption and uncertain future energy cost savings. In DOE’s current regulatory analysis, potential changes in the benefits and costs of a regulation due to changes in consumer purchase decisions are included in two ways. First, if consumers forgo the purchase of a product in the standards case, this decreases sales for product manufacturers, and the impact on manufacturers attributed to lost revenue is included in the MIA. Second, DOE accounts for energy savings attributable only to products actually used by consumers in the standards case; if a standard decreases the number of products purchased by consumers, this decreases the potential energy savings from an energy conservation standard. DOE provides estimates of shipments and changes in the volume of product purchases in chapter 9 of the direct final rule TSD. However, DOE’s current analysis does not explicitly control for heterogeneity in consumer preferences, preferences across subcategories of products or specific features, or consumer price sensitivity variation according to household income.84 83 Gillingham and Palmer (2014), Gerarden et al. (2015) and Allcott and Greenstone (2012) discuss a wide range of potential factors contributing to the energy efficiency gap. 84 P.C. Reiss and M.W. White. Household Electricity Demand, Revisited. Review of Economic PO 00000 Frm 00063 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 38823 DOE continues to explore additional potential updates to the quantifiable framework for estimating the benefits and costs of changes in consumer purchase decisions due to an energy conservation standard, and DOE is committed to developing a framework that can support empirical quantitative tools for improved assessment of the consumer welfare impacts of appliance standards. DOE has posted a paper that discusses the issue of consumer welfare impacts of appliance energy conservation standards and potential enhancements to the methodology by which these impacts are defined and estimated in the regulatory process.85 DOE welcomes comments on how to more fully assess the potential impact of energy conservation standards on consumer choice and how to quantify this impact in its regulatory analysis in future rulemakings. 1. Benefits and Burdens of TSLs Considered for MREF Standards Tables V.36 and V.37 summarize the quantitative impacts estimated for each TSL for MREFs. The national impacts are measured over the lifetime of MREFs purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the anticipated year of compliance with amended standards (2029–2058). The energy savings, emissions reductions, and value of emissions reductions refer to full-fuelcycle results. DOE is presenting monetized benefits of GHG emissions reductions in accordance with the applicable Executive orders and DOE would reach the same conclusion presented in this document in the absence of the estimated benefits from reductions in GHG emissions, including the Interim Estimates presented by the Interagency Working Group. The efficiency levels contained in each TSL are described in section V.A of this document. BILLING CODE 6450–01–P Studies. 2005. 72(3): pp. 853–883. doi: 10.1111/ 0034–6527.00354. 85 Sanstad, A.H. Notes on the Economics of Household Energy Consumption and Technology Choice. 2010. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory. Available at www1.eere.energy.gov/ buildings/appliance_standards/pdfs/consumer_ee_ theory.pdf (last accessed November 29, 2023). E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 38824 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations Table V.36 Summary of Analytical Results for MREFs TSLs Shipped in 2029-2058: National Impacts Catee:ory TSLl TSL2 TSL3 Cumulative FFC National Enere:y Savine:s Quads 0.10 0.20 0.22 Cumulative FFC Emissions Reduction 1.81 3.66 3.99 CO2 (million metric tons) CH4 (thousand tons) 15.02 30.44 33.15 N2O (thousand tons) 0.02 0.04 0.04 3.33 6.75 7.34 NOx (thousand tons) SO2 (thousand tons) 1.25 0.57 1.15 Hg (tons) 0.01 0.01 0.00 Present Value of Benefits and Costs (3% discount rate, billion 2022$) Consumer Operating Cost Savings 0.62 1.26 1.37 Climate Benefits* 0.22 0.10 0.20 Health Benefits** 0.42 0.19 0.39 Total Benefitst 0.91 2.01 1.85 Consumer Incremental Product Costsl 0.54 0.13 0.50 Consumer Net Benefits 0.49 0.72 0.87 1.31 1.51 Total Net Benefits 0.78 Present Value of Benefits and Costs (7% discount rate, billion 2022$) Consumer Operating Cost Savings 0.54 0.27 0.59 Climate Benefits* 0.22 0.10 0.20 Health Benefits** 0.15 0.17 0.08 Total Benefitst 0.44 0.90 0.97 Consumer Incremental Product Costs:!: 0.07 0.30 0.28 Consumer Net Benefits 0.19 0.24 0.31 Total Net Benefits 0.37 0.60 0.69 TSL4 TSLS 0.32 0.55 5.85 10.03 48.64 0.06 10.77 1.84 0.01 83.41 0.10 18.47 3.15 0.02 2.00 0.32 0.62 2.94 1.23 0.77 1.71 3.44 0.55 1.06 5.04 5.12 -1.68 -0.07 0.86 0.32 0.24 1.42 0.69 0.17 0.73 1.47 0.55 0.41 2.43 2.83 -1.36 -0.40 VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00064 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.058</GPH> khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 Note: This table presents the costs and benefits associated with MREFs shipped during the period 2029-2058. These results include benefits to consumers which accrue after 2058 from the products shipped in 2029-2058. * Climate benefits are calculated using four different estimates of the SC-CO2, SC-C~ and SC-N2O. Together, these represent the global SC-GHG. For presentational purposes of this table, the climate benefits associated with the average SC-GHG at a 3 percent discount rate are shown; however, DOE emphasizes the importance and value of considering the benefits calculated using all four sets of SC-GHG estimates. To monetize the benefits ofreducing GHG emissions, this analysis uses the interim estimates presented in the Technical Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates Under Executive Order 13990 published in February 2021 by the IWG. ** Health benefits are calculated using benefit-per-ton values for NOx and SO2. DOE is currently only monetizing (for NOx and SO2) PM2.s precursor health benefits and (for NOx) ozone precursor health benefits but will continue to assess the ability to monetize other effects such as health benefits from reductions in direct PM2.s emissions. The health benefits are presented at real discount rates of 3 and 7 percent. See section IV.L of this document for more details. t Total and net benefits include consumer, climate, and health benefits. For presentation purposes, total and net benefits for both the 3-percent and 7-percent cases are presented using the average SC-GHG with 3-percent discount rate. ! Costs include incremental equipment costs. Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 38825 Table V.37 Summary of Analytical Results for MREF TSLs: Manufacturer and Consumer Impacts Category TSLl TSL2 TSL3 Manufacturer Impacts Industry NPV (million 2022$) (No-new773.7 to 758.7 to 761.9 to standards case INPV = 777.2 770.6 772.1 807.7) Industry NPV (% (4.2) to (6.l)to (5.7) to change) (3.8) (4.6) (4.4) Consumer Avera2e LCC Savin2s (2022$) FCC 17.53 17.55 17.55 BICC 16.08 1.53 1.53 FC 21.06 21.06 45.59 BIC 18.99 19.27 53.56 C-3A 30.95 30.95 30.95 C-3A-BI 36.19 36.19 36.19 C-13A 24.36 37.86 37.86 Shipment-Weighted 37.52 21.11 25.23 Average • Consumer Simple PBP <, ears) FCC 2.0 5.0 5.0 BICC 2.4 8.1 8.1 FC 6.5 6.5 4.2 BIC 4.4 6.9 9.0 C-3A 1.7 1.7 1.7 C-3A-BI 1.6 1.6 1.6 C-13A 1.1 1.3 1.3 Shipment-Weighted 2.6 4.7 4.3 Average • Percent of Consumers that Experience a Net Cost FCC 1.9 30.6 30.6 BICC 15.1 15.1 0.9 FC 10.0 10.0 1.8 BIC 19.2 52.7 4.6 C-3A 0.0 0.0 0.0 C-3A-BI 0.0 0.0 0.0 C-13A 0.3 0.6 0.6 Shipment-Weighted 3.1 22.9 20.3 Average • TSL4 TSL5 715.6 to 747.4 386.7 to 524.5 (11.4) to (7.5) (52.l)to (35.1) 12.97 1.53 26.22 53.56 30.95 36.19 10.60 (58.75) (97.38) (265.96) (293.40) (242.46) (249.95) (89.25) 15.24 (99.49) 6.8 8.1 8.5 4.4 1.7 1.6 7.3 13.0 15.4 29.9 31.7 45.4 42.0 19.5 7.1 17.1 46.8 15.1 44.0 4.6 0.0 0.0 47.2 81.6 23.7 98.2 98.4 99.6 99.3 93.9 43.7 84.5 khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 BILLING CODE 6450–01–C DOE first considered TSL 5, which represents the max-tech efficiency levels. For coolers (i.e., FCC, FC, BICC, and BIC), which account for approximately 82 percent of MREF shipments, DOE expects that products would require use of VIPs, VSCs, and triple-glazed doors at this TSL. DOE expects that VIPs would be used in the products’ side walls. In addition, the products would use the best-availableefficiency variable-speed compressors, VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 forced-convection heat exchangers with multi-speed brushless-DC (‘‘BLDC’’) fans, and increase in cabinet wall thickness as compared to most baseline products. TSL 5 would save an estimated 0.55 quads of energy, an amount which DOE considers significant. Under TSL 5, the NPV of consumer benefit would be negative, i.e., ¥$1.36 billion using a discount rate of 7 percent, and ¥$1.68 billion using a discount rate of 3 percent. PO 00000 Frm 00065 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 The cumulative emissions reductions at TSL 5 are 10.0 Mt of CO2, 3.15 thousand tons of SO2, 18.5 thousand tons of NOX, 0.02 tons of Hg, 83.4 thousand tons of CH4, and 0.10 thousand tons of N2O. The estimated monetary value of the climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions (associated with the average SC–GHG at a 3-percent discount rate) at TSL 5 is $0.6 billion. The estimated monetary value of the health benefits from E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.059</GPH> Parentheses indicate negative (-) values. * Weighted by shares of each product class in total projected shipments in 2029. khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 38826 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations reduced SO2 and NOX emissions at TSL 5 is $0.4 billion using a 7-percent discount rate and $1.1 billion using a 3percent discount rate. Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs, health benefits from reduced SO2 and NOX emissions, and the 3-percent discount rate case for climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions, the estimated total NPV at TSL 5 is ¥$0.4 billion. Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits and costs, the estimated total NPV at TSL 5 is ¥$0.07 billion. The estimated total monetized NPV is provided for additional information, however, consistent with the statutory factors and framework for along with appropriate consideration of its full range of statutory factors when determining whether a proposed standard level is economically justified, DOE considers a range of quantitative and qualitative benefits and burdens, including the costs and cost savings for consumers, impacts to consumer subgroups, energy savings, emission reductions, and impacts on manufacturers. At TSL 5, for the product classes with the largest market share, which are FCC, FC, and C–13A and together account for approximately 92 percent of annual shipments, the LCC savings are all negative (¥$45.3, ¥$178.8, and ¥$73.4, respectively) and their payback periods are 13.0 years, 29.9 years, and 19.5 years, respectively, which are all longer than their corresponding average lifetimes. For these product classes, the fraction of consumers experiencing a net LCC cost is 81.6 percent, 98.2 percent, and 93.9 percent due to increases in first cost of $185.0, $420.5, and $167.5, respectively. Overall, a majority of MREF consumers (84.5 percent) would experience a net cost and the average LCC savings would be negative for all analyzed product classes. At TSL 5, the projected change in INPV ranges from a decrease of $421.0 million to a decrease of $283.2 million, which corresponds to decreases of 51.2 percent and 35.1 percent, respectively. DOE estimates that industry must invest $555.1 million to comply with standards set at TSL 5. DOE estimates that approximately 2.9 percent of current MREF shipments meet the max-tech levels. For FCC, FC, and C–13A, which together account for approximately 92 percent of annual shipments, DOE estimates that zero shipments currently meet max-tech efficiencies. At TSL 5, manufacturers would likely need to implement all the most efficient design options analyzed in the engineering analysis. Manufacturers that VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 do not currently offer products that meet TSL 5 efficiencies would need to develop new product platforms, which would require significant investment. Conversion costs are driven by the need for changes to cabinet construction, such as increasing foam insulation thickness and/or incorporating VIP technology. Increasing insulation thickness could result in a loss of interior volume or an increase in exterior volume. If manufacturers chose to maintain exterior dimensions, increasing insulation thickness would require redesign of the cabinet as well as the designs and tooling associated with the interior of the product, such as the liner, shelving, racks, and drawers. Incorporating VIPs into MREF designs could also require redesign of the cabinet to maximize the efficiency benefit of this technology. In addition to insulation changes, manufacturers may need to implement triple-pane glass, which could require implementing reinforced hinges and redesigning the door structure. At this level, DOE estimates a 13percent drop in shipments in the year the standard takes effect compared to the no-new-standards case, as some consumers may forgo purchasing a new MREF due to the increased upfront cost of baseline models. At TSL 5 for MREFs, the Secretary concludes that the benefits of energy savings, emission reductions, and the estimated monetary value of the emissions reductions would be outweighed by the economic burden on many consumers, negative NPV of consumer benefits, and the impacts on manufacturers, including the significant potential reduction in INPV. A majority of MREF consumers (84.5 percent) would experience a net cost and the average LCC savings would be negative. Additionally, manufacturers would need to make significant upfront investments to update product platforms. The potential reduction in INPV could be as high as 52.1 percent. Consequently, the Secretary has concluded that TSL 5 is not economically justified. DOE then considered the Recommended TSL (i.e., TSL 4), which represents EL 3 for all analyzed product classes except for C–3A and C–3A–BI, for which this TSL corresponds to EL 1 and BIC, for which this TSL corresponds to EL 2. At the Recommended TSL, products of most classes would use high-efficiency single-speed compressors with forcedconvection evaporators and condensers using brushless DC fan motors. Doors would be double-glazed with lowconductivity gas fill (e.g., argon) and a PO 00000 Frm 00066 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 single low-emissivity glass layer. Products would not require use of VIPs, but the FC product class would require thicker walls than corresponding baseline products. The Recommended TSL would save an estimated 0.32 quads of energy, an amount DOE considers significant. Under the Recommended TSL, the NPV of consumer benefit would be $0.17 billion using a discount rate of 7 percent, and $0.77 billion using a discount rate of 3 percent. The cumulative emissions reductions at the Recommended TSL are 5.9 Mt of CO2, 1.8 thousand tons of SO2, 10.8 thousand tons of NOX, 0.01 tons of Hg, 48.6 thousand tons of CH4, and 0.06 thousand tons of N2O. The estimated monetary value of the climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions (associated with the average SC–GHG at a 3-percent discount rate) at the Recommended TSL is $0.3 billion. The estimated monetary value of the health benefits from reduced SO2 and NOX emissions at the Recommended TSL is $0.2 billion using a 7-percent discount rate and $0.6 billion using a 3-percent discount rate. Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs, health benefits from reduced SO2 and NOX emissions, and the 3-percent discount rate case for climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions, the estimated total NPV at the Recommended TSL is $0.7 billion. Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits and costs, the estimated total NPV at the Recommended TSL is $1.7 billion. The estimated total monetized NPV is provided for additional information, however, consistent with the statutory factors and framework for determining whether a standard level is economically justified, DOE considers a range of quantitative and qualitative benefits and burdens, including the costs and cost savings for consumers, impacts to consumer subgroups, energy savings, emission reductions, and impacts on manufacturers. At the Recommended TSL, for the product classes with the largest market share, which are FCC, FC, and C–13A, the LCC savings are $12.6, $28.0, and $12.0, respectively, and their payback periods are 6.8 years, 8.5 years, and 7.3 years, respectively, which are all shorter than their corresponding average lifetimes. For these product classes, the fraction of consumers experiencing a net LCC cost is 46.8 percent, 44.0 percent, and 47.2 percent, and increases in first cost for these classes are $91.7, $360.9, and $124.3, respectively. Overall, the LCC savings would be positive for all MREF product classes, and, while 43.7 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations percent of MREF consumers would experience a net cost, slightly more than half of MREF consumers would experience a net benefit (52.9 percent). At the Recommended TSL (i.e., TSL 4), the projected change in INPV ranges from a decrease of $92.1 million to a decrease of $60.3 million, which correspond to decreases of 11.4 percent and 7.5 percent, respectively. DOE estimates that industry must invest $130.7 million to comply with standards set at Recommended TSL. DOE estimates that approximately 3.9 percent of shipments currently meet the required efficiencies at the Recommended TSL. For most product classes (i.e., FCC, BICC, BIC, C–13A, C– 13A–BI, C–3A, C–3A–BI), DOE expects manufacturers could reach the required efficiencies with relatively straightforward component swaps, such as implementing incrementally more efficient compressors, rather than the full platform redesigns required at maxtech. DOE expects that FC manufacturers would need to increase foam insulation thickness and incorporate variable-speed compressor systems at this level. At the Recommended TSL, DOE estimates a 4percent drop in shipments in the year the standard takes effect compared to the no-new-standards case, as some consumers may forgo purchasing a new MREF due to the increased upfront cost of baseline models. After considering the analysis and weighing the benefits and burdens, the Secretary has concluded that at a standard set at the recommended TSL for MREFs would be economically justified. At this TSL, the average LCC savings are positive for all product classes for which an amended standard is considered, with a shipmentweighted average of $15.2 savings. The FFC national energy savings are significant and the NPV of consumer benefits is positive using both a 3percent and 7-percent discount rate. The standard levels at TSL 4 are economically justified even without weighing the estimated monetary value of emissions reductions. When those emissions reductions are included— representing $0.3 billion in climate benefits (associated with the average SC–GHG at a 3-percent discount rate), and $0.6 billion (using a 3-percent discount rate) or $0.2 billion (using a 7percent discount rate) in health benefits—the rationale becomes stronger still. As stated, DOE conducts the walkdown analysis to determine the TSL that represents the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is technologically feasible and VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 economically justified as required under EPCA. The walk-down is not a comparative analysis, as a comparative analysis would result in the maximization of net benefits instead of energy savings that are technologically feasible and economically justified, which would be contrary to the statute. See 86 FR 70892, 70908. Although DOE has not conducted a comparative analysis to select the adopted energy conservation standards, DOE notes that the Recommended TSL represents the option with positive LCC savings ($15.2) for all product classes compared to TSL 5 (¥$99.5). Further, when comparing the cumulative NPV of consumer benefit using a 7% discount rate, TSL 4 ($0.7 billion) has a higher benefit value than TSL 5 (¥$0.4 billion), while for a 3percent discount rate, TSL 4 ($1.7 billion) is also higher than TSL 5 (¥$0.07 billion), which yields negative NPV in both cases. These additional savings and benefits at the Recommended TSL are significant. DOE considers the impacts to be, as a whole, economically justified at the Recommended TSL. Although DOE considered amended standard levels for MREFs by grouping the efficiency levels for each product class into TSLs, DOE evaluates all analyzed efficiency levels in its analysis. For all product classes, except for BIC and C–3A–BI, the amended standard level represents the maximum energy savings that does not result in negative LCC savings. DOE did not include efficiency levels with negative LCC savings in any TSLs with the exception of TSL 5, which represents the max-tech efficiency levels. Specifically, for FC, FCC, BICC, C–13 A, and C13–A–BI, DOE did not include EL4 in a TSL due to negative LCC savings, and for C–3A, DOE did not include EL 2 or 3, and for C–3A–BI, DOE did not include EL 3 for the same reason. For BIC and C–3A–BI, the standard level represents the maximum energy savings that is economically justified. For BIC, DOE did not include EL4 in any TSL due to negative LCC savings. TSL 4, the Recommended TSL and the one adopted here, includes an EL for BIC that is lower than the EL at TSL 2. That is because TSL 2 represents ENERGY STAR for all product classes for which an ENERGY STAR criterion exists, including EL 3 for BIC. As such, DOE analyzed TSL 2 with a higher efficiency level for BIC than TSL 4 because of the ENERGY STAR criterion. TSL 4 also includes an EL for C–3A–BI, EL1, that is lower than another EL, EL2, that has positive LCC savings. DOE has considered standards at those ELs for PO 00000 Frm 00067 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 38827 those products and found them not to be economically justified. Although these ELs have positive LCC savings, they would result in a majority of purchasers experiencing a net cost (53% and 57%, respectively). Further, for BIC products, DOE expects some manufacturers would likely need to increase insulation thickness to meet efficiency levels above EL 2, which could require new cabinet designs and fixtures. Due to the high percentage of consumers with a net cost and the extensive redesigns that would be needed to support EL3, DOE has concluded that this efficiency level for BIC is not economically justified. However, at the Recommended TSL (EL 2 for BIC), DOE expects manufacturers could likely meet the efficiency level required for BIC without significant redesign. The ELs at the amended standard level result in positive LCC savings for all product classes and reduce the decrease in INPV and conversion costs to the point where DOE has concluded they are economically justified, as discussed for the Recommended TSL in the preceding paragraphs. Therefore, based on the previous considerations, DOE adopts the energy conservation standards for MREFs at the Recommended TSL. While DOE considered each potential TSL under the criteria laid out in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o) as discussed in the preceding paragraphs, DOE notes that the Recommended TSL for MREFs in this direct final rule is part of a multiproduct Joint Agreement covering six rulemakings (RFs; MREFs; conventional cooking products; residential clothes washers; consumer clothes dryers; and dishwashers). The signatories indicate that the Joint Agreement for the six rulemakings should be considered as a joint statement of recommended standards, to be adopted in its entirety. As discussed in section V.B.2.e of this document, many MREF OEMs also manufacture RFs, conventional cooking products, residential clothes washers, consumer clothes dryers, and dishwashers. Rather than requiring compliance with five amended standards in a single year (2027),86 the negotiated multi-product Joint Agreement staggers the compliance dates for the five amended standards 86 The refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers rulemaking (88 FR 12452); consumer conventional cooking products rulemaking (88 FR 6818); residential clothes washers rulemaking (88 FR 13520); consumer clothes dryers rulemaking (87 FR 51734); and dishwashers rulemaking (88 FR 32514) utilized a 2027 compliance year for analysis at the proposed rule stage. The miscellaneous refrigeration products rulemaking (88 FR 12452) utilized a 2029 compliance year for the NOPR analysis. E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 38828 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations over a 4-year period (2027–2030). In response to the March 2023 NOPR, AHAM expressed concerns about the timing of ongoing home appliance rulemakings. Specifically, AHAM commented that the combination of the stringency of DOE’s proposals, the short lead-in time required under EPCA to comply with standards, and the overlapping timeframe of multiple standards affecting the same manufacturers represents significant cumulative regulatory burden for the home appliance industry. (AHAM, No. 31 at p. 13) AHAM has submitted similar comments to other ongoing consumer product rulemakings.87 However, as AHAM is a key signatory of the Joint Agreement, DOE understands that the compliance dates recommended in the Joint Agreement would help reduce cumulative regulatory burden. These compliance dates help relieve concern on the part of some manufacturers about their ability to allocate sufficient resources to comply with multiple concurrent amended standards, about the need to align compliance dates for products that are typically designed or sold as matched pairs, and about the ability of their suppliers to ramp up production of key components. The Joint Agreement also provides additional years of regulatory certainty for manufacturers and their suppliers while still achieving the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is technologically feasible and economically justified. The amended energy conservation standards for MREFs, which are expressed in kWh/yr, are shown in Table V.38. BILLING CODE 6450–01–P Table V.38 Amended Ener!!V Conservation Standards for MREFs Equations for maximum energy use (kWh/yr) Product class 1. Freestanding compact coolers ("FCC") 5.52AV + 109.1 2. Freestanding coolers ("FC") 5.52AV + 109.1 3. Built-in compact coolers ("BlCC") 5.52AV + 109.1 4. Built-in coolers ("BlC") 6.30AV + 124.6 C-3A. Cooler with all-refrigerator-automatic defrost 4.llAV + 117.4 C-3A-BI. Built-in cooler with all-refrigerator-automatic defrost 4.67AV + 133.0 C-5-BI. Built-in cooler with refrigerator-freezer -automatic defrost with bottom-mounted freezer 5.47AV + 196.2 + 281 C-9. Cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost rwithout an automatic icemaker 5.58AV + 147.7 + 281 C-9-BI. Built-in cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost without an automatic icemaker 6.38AV + 168.8 + 281 C-13A. Compact cooler with all-refrigerator-automatic defrost 4.74AV + 155.0 C-13A-BI. Built-in compact cooler with all-refrigeratorautomatic defrost 5.22AV + 170.5 lA.V = Total adjusted volume, expressed in ft 3, as determined in appendix A to subpart B of 10 CFR part 430. 1 for a product with an automatic icemaker and = 0 for a product without an automatic icemaker. 87 AHAM has submitted written comments regarding cumulative regulatory burden for the other five rulemakings included in the multiproduct Joint Agreement. AHAM’s written comments on cumulative regulatory burden are available at: www.regulations.gov/document/EERE- VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 2017-BT-STD-0003-0069 (pp. 19–22) for refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers; www.regulations.gov/comment/EERE-2014-BT-STD0005-2285 (pp. 44–47) for consumer conventional cooking products; www.regulations.gov/comment/ EERE-2017-BT-STD-0014-0464 (pp. 40–44) for PO 00000 Frm 00068 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 residential clothes washers; www.regulations.gov/ comment/EERE-2014-BT-STD-0058-0046 (pp. 12– 13) for consumer clothes dryers; and www.regulations.gov/comment/EERE-2019-BT-STD0039-0051 (pp. 21–24) for dishwashers. E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.060</GPH> khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 [ = Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 2. Annualized Benefits and Costs of the Adopted Standards The benefits and costs of the adopted standards can also be expressed in terms of annualized values. The annualized net benefit is (1) the annualized national economic value (expressed in 2022$) of the benefits from operating products that meet the adopted standards (consisting primarily of operating cost savings from using less energy), minus increases in product purchase costs, and (2) the annualized monetary value of the climate and health benefits. VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 Table V.39 shows the annualized values for MREFs under the Recommended TSL, expressed in 2022$. The results under the primary estimate are as follows. Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs and NOX and SO2 reduction benefits, and a 3percent discount rate case for GHG social costs, the estimated cost of the standards for MREFs is $72.7 million per year in increased product costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $90.6 million in reduced product PO 00000 Frm 00069 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 38829 operating costs, $18.3 million in climate benefits, and $25.6 million in health benefits. The net benefit amounts to $61.7 million per year. Using a 3percent discount rate for all benefits and costs, the estimated cost of the adopted standards for MREFs is $70.8 million per year in increased equipment costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $115 million in reduced operating costs, $18.3 million in climate benefits, and $35.6 million in health benefits. The net benefit amounts to $98 million per year. E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 38830 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations Table V.39 Annualized Benefits and Costs of Adopted Standards Shipped in 20292058 (TSL 4, the Recommended TSL) for MREFs Million 2022$/year Primary Estimate Low-Net-Benefits Estimate High-Net-Benefits Estimate 3% discount rate Consumer Operating Cost Savings 115.0 111.5 116.3 Climate Benefits* 18.3 17.7 18.5 Health Benefits** 35.6 34.5 36.0 Total Monetized Benefitst 168.9 163.7 170.7 Consumer Incremental Product Costs:t 70.8 74.9 68.7 Net Benefits 98.0 88.8 102.0 Change in Producer Cashflow (INPV)tt (7.7) - (5.0) Consumer Operating Cost Savings 90.6 88.1 91.5 Climate Benefits* (3% discount rate) 18.3 17.7 18.5 Health Benefits** 25.6 24.9 25.8 Total Benefitst 134.4 130.7 135.7 Consumer Incremental Product Costs:t 72.7 75.8 70.9 Net Benefits 61.7 54.9 64.8 Change in Producer Cashflow (7.7) - (5.0) (INPV):t:t Note: This table presents the costs and benefits associated with MREFs shipped during the period 2029-2058. These results include consumer, climate, and health benefits that accrue after 2058 from the products shipped in 2029-2058. The Primary, Low Net Benefits, and High Net Benefits Estimates utilize projections of energy prices from the AEO2023 Reference case, Low Economic Growth case, and High Economic Growth case, respectively. In addition, incremental equipment costs reflect a medium decline rate in the Primary Estimate, a low decline rate in the Low Net Benefits Estimate, and a high decline rate in the High Net Benefits Estimate. The methods used to derive projected price trends are explained in section IV.H.3 of this document. Note that the Benefits and Costs may not sum to the Net Benefits due to rounding. * Climate benefits are calculated using four different estimates of the global SC-GHG (see section IV.L of this document). For presentational purposes of this table, the climate benefits associated with the average SC-GHG at a 3 percent discount rate are shown, but DOE does not have a single central SC-GHG point estimate, and it emphasizes the importance and value of considering the benefits calculated using all four sets ofSC-GHG estimates. To monetize the benefits ofreducing GHG emissions, this analysis uses the interim estimates presented in the Technical Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates Under Executive Order I 3990 published in February 2021 by the IWG. ** Health benefits are calculated using benefit-per-ton values for NOx and SO2. DOE is currently only monetizing (for SO2 and NOx) PM2s precursor health benefits and (for NOx) ozone precursor health benefits but will continue to assess the ability to monetize other effects such as health benefits from reductions in direct PM2.s emissions. See section IV.L of this document for more details. VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00070 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.061</GPH> khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 7% discount rate Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 38831 t Total benefits for both the 3-percent and 7-percent cases are presented using the average SC-GHG with 3percent discount rate, but DOE does not have a single central SC-GHG point estimate. t Costs include incremental equipment costs. UOperating Cost Savings are calculated based on the life cycle costs analysis and national impact analysis as discussed in detail below. See sections IV.F and IV.Hof this document. DOE's national impacts analysis includes all impacts (both costs and benefits) along the distribution chain beginning with the increased costs to the manufacturer to manufacture the product and ending with the increase in price experienced by the consumer. DOE also separately conducts a detailed analysis on the impacts on manufacturers (i.e., manufacturer impact analysis, or "MIA"). See section IV.J of this document. In the detailed MIA, DOE models manufacturers' pricing decisions based on assumptions regarding investments, conversion costs, cashflow, and margins. The MIA produces a range of impacts, which is the direct final rule's expected impact on the INPV. The change in INPV is the present value of all changes in industry cash flow, including changes in production costs, capital expenditures, and manufacturer profit margins. The annualized change in INPV is calculated using the industry weighted average cost of capital value of 7.7 percent that is estimated in the manufacturer impact analysis (see chapter 12 of the direct fmal rule TSD for a complete description of the industry weighted average cost of capital). For MREFs, the annualized change in INPV ranges from $7.7 million to $5.0 million. DOE accounts for that range oflikely impacts in analyzing whether a trial standard level is economically justified. See section V.C of this document. DOE is presenting the range of impacts to the INPV under two manufacturer markup scenarios: the Preservation of Gross Margin scenario, which is the manufacturer markup scenario used in the calculation of Consumer Operating Cost Savings in this table; and the Preservation of Operating Profit scenario, where DOE assumed manufacturers would not be able to increase per-unit operating profit in proportion to increases in manufacturer production costs. DOE includes the range of estimated annual change in INPV in the above table, drawing on the MIA explained further in section IV.J of this document to provide additional context for assessing the estimated impacts of this direct fmal rule to society, including potential changes in production and consumption, which is consistent with OMB's Circular A-4 and E.O. 12866. IfDOE were to include the INPV into the annualized net benefit calculation for this direct fmal rule, the annualized net benefits would range from $90.3 million to $93.0 million at 3-percent discount rate and would range from $54.0 million to $56.7 million at 7-percent discount rate. Parentheses indicate negative(-) values. VI. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 A. Review Under Executive Orders 12866, 13563, and 14094 Executive Order (‘‘E.O.’’) 12866, ‘‘Regulatory Planning and Review,’’ as supplemented and reaffirmed by E.O. 13563, ‘‘Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review,’’ 76 FR 3821 (Jan. 21, 2011) and amended by E.O. 14094, ‘‘Modernizing Regulatory Review,’’ 88 FR 21879 (April 11, 2023), requires agencies, to the extent permitted by law, to (1) propose or adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned determination that its benefits justify its costs (recognizing that some benefits and costs are difficult to quantify); (2) tailor regulations to impose the least burden on society, consistent with obtaining regulatory objectives, taking into account, among other things, and to the extent practicable, the costs of cumulative regulations; (3) select, in choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, those approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety, and other advantages; distributive impacts; and equity); (4) to the extent feasible, specify VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 performance objectives, rather than specifying the behavior or manner of compliance that regulated entities must adopt; and (5) identify and assess available alternatives to direct regulation, including providing economic incentives to encourage the desired behavior, such as user fees or marketable permits, or providing information upon which choices can be made by the public. DOE emphasizes as well that E.O. 13563 requires agencies to use the best available techniques to quantify anticipated present and future benefits and costs as accurately as possible. In its guidance, the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (‘‘OIRA’’) in the Office of Management and Budget (‘‘OMB’’) has emphasized that such techniques may include identifying changing future compliance costs that might result from technological innovation or anticipated behavioral changes. For the reasons stated in this preamble, this final regulatory action is consistent with these principles. Section 6(a) of E.O. 12866 also requires agencies to submit ‘‘significant regulatory actions’’ to OIRA for review. OIRA has determined that this final regulatory action constitutes a ‘‘significant regulatory action’’ within PO 00000 Frm 00071 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 the scope of section 3(f)(1) of E.O. 12866. DOE has provided to OIRA an assessment, including the underlying analysis, of benefits and costs anticipated from the final regulatory action, together with, to the extent feasible, a quantification of those costs; and an assessment, including the underlying analysis, of costs and benefits of potentially effective and reasonably feasible alternatives to the planned regulation, and an explanation why the planned regulatory action is preferable to the identified potential alternatives. These assessments are summarized in this preamble and further detail can be found in the technical support document for this rulemaking. B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.) requires preparation of an initial regulatory flexibility analysis (‘‘IRFA’’) and a final regulatory flexibility analysis (‘‘FRFA’’) for any rule that by law must be proposed for public comment, unless the agency certifies that the rule, if promulgated, will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. As required by E.O. 13272, E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 ER07MY24.062</GPH> BILLING CODE 6450–01–C 38832 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations ‘‘Proper Consideration of Small Entities in Agency Rulemaking,’’ 67 FR 53461 (Aug. 16, 2002), DOE published procedures and policies on February 19, 2003, to ensure that the potential impacts of its rules on small entities are properly considered during the rulemaking process. 68 FR 7990. DOE has made its procedures and policies available on the Office of the General Counsel’s website (www.energy.gov/gc/ office-general-counsel). DOE is not obligated to prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis for this rulemaking because there is not a requirement to publish a general notice of proposed rulemaking under the Administrative Procedure Act. See 5 U.S.C. 601(2), 603(a). As discussed previously, DOE has determined that the Joint Agreement meets the necessary requirements under EPCA to issue this direct final rule for energy conservation standards for MREFs under the procedures in 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4). DOE notes that the NOPR for energy conservation standards for MREFs published elsewhere in this Federal Register contains an IRFA. khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction Act Manufacturers of MREFs must certify to DOE that their products comply with any applicable energy conservation standards. In certifying compliance, manufacturers must test their products according to the DOE test procedures for MREFs, including any amendments adopted for those test procedures. DOE has established regulations for the certification and recordkeeping requirements for all covered consumer products and commercial equipment, including MREFs. (See generally 10 CFR part 429). The collection-of-information requirement for the certification and recordkeeping is subject to review and approval by OMB under the Paperwork Reduction Act (‘‘PRA’’). This requirement has been approved by OMB under OMB control number 1910–1400. Public reporting burden for the certification is estimated to average 35 hours per response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Notwithstanding any other provision of the law, no person is required to respond to, nor shall any person be subject to a penalty for failure to comply with, a collection of information subject to the requirements of the PRA, unless that collection of information displays a currently valid OMB Control Number. VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 D. Review Under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 Pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (‘‘NEPA’’), DOE has analyzed this proposed action rule in accordance with NEPA and DOE’s NEPA implementing regulations (10 CFR part 1021). DOE has determined that this rule qualifies for categorical exclusion under 10 CFR part 1021, subpart D, appendix B5.1 because it is a rulemaking that establishes energy conservation standards for consumer products or industrial equipment, none of the exceptions identified in B5.1(b) apply, no extraordinary circumstances exist that require further environmental analysis, and it meets the requirements for application of a categorical exclusion. See 10 CFR 1021.410. Therefore, DOE has determined that promulgation of this direct final rule is not a major Federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human environment within the meaning of NEPA, and does not require an environmental assessment or an environmental impact statement. E. Review Under Executive Order 13132 E.O. 13132, ‘‘Federalism,’’ 64 FR 43255 (Aug. 10, 1999), imposes certain requirements on Federal agencies formulating and implementing policies or regulations that preempt State law or that have federalism implications. The Executive order requires agencies to examine the constitutional and statutory authority supporting any action that would limit the policymaking discretion of the States and to carefully assess the necessity for such actions. The Executive order also requires agencies to have an accountable process to ensure meaningful and timely input by State and local officials in the development of regulatory policies that have federalism implications. On March 14, 2000, DOE published a statement of policy describing the intergovernmental consultation process it will follow in the development of such regulations. 65 FR 13735. DOE has examined this direct final rule and has determined that it would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. EPCA governs and prescribes Federal preemption of State regulations as to energy conservation for the products that are the subject of this direct final rule. States can petition DOE for exemption from such preemption to the extent, and based on criteria, set forth in EPCA. (42 U.S.C. 6297) Therefore, no PO 00000 Frm 00072 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 further action is required by Executive Order 13132. F. Review Under Executive Order 12988 With respect to the review of existing regulations and the promulgation of new regulations, section 3(a) of E.O. 12988, ‘‘Civil Justice Reform,’’ imposes on Federal agencies the general duty to adhere to the following requirements: (1) eliminate drafting errors and ambiguity, (2) write regulations to minimize litigation, (3) provide a clear legal standard for affected conduct rather than a general standard, and (4) promote simplification and burden reduction. 61 FR 4729 (Feb. 7, 1996). Regarding the review required by section 3(a), section 3(b) of E.O. 12988 specifically requires that Executive agencies make every reasonable effort to ensure that the regulation (1) clearly specifies the preemptive effect, if any, (2) clearly specifies any effect on existing Federal law or regulation, (3) provides a clear legal standard for affected conduct while promoting simplification and burden reduction, (4) specifies the retroactive effect, if any, (5) adequately defines key terms, and (6) addresses other important issues affecting clarity and general draftsmanship under any guidelines issued by the Attorney General. Section 3(c) of E.O. 12988 requires Executive agencies to review regulations in light of applicable standards in section 3(a) and section 3(b) to determine whether they are met or it is unreasonable to meet one or more of them. DOE has completed the required review and determined that, to the extent permitted by law, this direct final rule meets the relevant standards of E.O. 12988. G. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (‘‘UMRA’’) requires each Federal agency to assess the effects of Federal regulatory actions on State, local, and Tribal governments and the private sector. Public Law 104–4, sec. 201 (codified at 2 U.S.C. 1531). For a regulatory action likely to result in a rule that may cause the expenditure by State, local, and Tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100 million or more in any one year (adjusted annually for inflation), section 202 of UMRA requires a Federal agency to publish a written statement that estimates the resulting costs, benefits, and other effects on the national economy. (2 U.S.C. 1532(a), (b)) The UMRA also requires a Federal agency to develop an effective process to permit timely input by elected officers of State, local, and Tribal governments on a E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations ‘‘significant intergovernmental mandate,’’ and requires an agency plan for giving notice and opportunity for timely input to potentially affected small governments before establishing any requirements that might significantly or uniquely affect them. On March 18, 1997, DOE published a statement of policy on its process for intergovernmental consultation under UMRA. 62 FR 12820. DOE’s policy statement is also available at www.energy.gov/sites/prod/files/gcprod/ documents/umra_97.pdf. DOE has concluded that this direct final rule may require expenditures of $100 million or more in any one year by the private sector. Such expenditures may include (1) investment in research and development and in capital expenditures by MREF manufacturers in the years between the direct final rule and the compliance date for the new standards and (2) incremental additional expenditures by consumers to purchase higher-efficiency MREFs, starting at the compliance date for the applicable standard. Section 202 of UMRA authorizes a Federal agency to respond to the content requirements of UMRA in any other statement or analysis that accompanies the direct final rule. (2 U.S.C. 1532(c)) The content requirements of section 202(b) of UMRA relevant to a private sector mandate substantially overlap the economic analysis requirements that apply under section 325(o) of EPCA and Executive Order 12866. This SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section and the TSD for this direct final rule respond to those requirements. Under section 205 of UMRA, DOE is obligated to identify and consider a reasonable number of regulatory alternatives before promulgating a rule for which a written statement under section 202 is required. (2 U.S.C. 1535(a)) DOE is required to select from those alternatives the most cost-effective and least burdensome alternative that achieves the objectives of the rule unless DOE publishes an explanation for doing otherwise, or the selection of such an alternative is inconsistent with law. As required by 42 U.S.C. 6295(m), this direct final rule establishes amended energy conservation standards for MREFs that are designed to achieve the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that DOE has determined to be both technologically feasible and economically justified, as required by 6295(o)(2)(A) and 6295(o)(3)(B). A full discussion of the alternatives considered by DOE is presented in chapter 17 of the TSD for this direct final rule. VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 38833 H. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1999 J. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 2001 Section 654 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1999 (Pub. L. 105–277) requires Federal agencies to issue a Family Policymaking Assessment for any proposed rule or policy that may affect family well-being. Although this direct final rule would not have any impact on the autonomy or integrity of the family as an institution as defined, this rule could impact a family’s well-being. When developing a Family Policymaking Assessment, agencies must assess whether: (1) the action strengthens or erodes the stability or safety of the family and, particularly, the marital commitment; (2) the action strengthens or erodes the authority and rights of parents in the education, nurture, and supervision of their children; (3) the action helps the family perform its functions, or substitutes governmental activity for the function; (4) the action increases or decreases disposable income or poverty of families and children; (5) the proposed benefits of the action justify the financial impact on the family; (6) the action may be carried out by State or local government or by the family; and (7) the action establishes an implicit or explicit policy concerning the relationship between the behavior and personal responsibility of youth, and the norms of society. DOE has considered how the proposed benefits of this direct final rule compare to the possible financial impact on a family (the only factor listed that is relevant to this rule). As part of its rulemaking process, DOE must determine whether the energy conservation standards contained in this direct final rule are economically justified. As discussed in section V.C.1 of this document, DOE has determined that the standards are economically justified because the benefits to consumers far outweigh the costs to manufacturers. Families will also see LCC savings as a result of this direct final rule. Further, the standards will also result in climate and health benefits for families. Section 515 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 2001 (44 U.S.C. 3516, note) provides for Federal agencies to review most disseminations of information to the public under information quality guidelines established by each agency pursuant to general guidelines issued by OMB. OMB’s guidelines were published at 67 FR 8452 (Feb. 22, 2002), and DOE’s guidelines were published at 67 FR 62446 (Oct. 7, 2002). Pursuant to OMB Memorandum M–19–15, Improving Implementation of the Information Quality Act (April 24, 2019), DOE published updated guidelines which are available at www.energy.gov/sites/prod/files/2019/ 12/f70/DOE%20Final%20Updated %20IQA%20Guidelines%20Dec %202019.pdf. DOE has reviewed this direct final rule under the OMB and DOE guidelines and has concluded that it is consistent with applicable policies in those guidelines. I. Review Under Executive Order 12630 Pursuant to E.O. 12630, ‘‘Governmental Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights,’’ 53 FR 8859 (March 18, 1988), DOE has determined that this rule would not result in any takings that might require compensation under the Fifth Amendment to the U.S. Constitution. PO 00000 Frm 00073 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 K. Review Under Executive Order 13211 E.O. 13211, ‘‘Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use,’’ 66 FR 28355 (May 22, 2001), requires Federal agencies to prepare and submit to OIRA at OMB, a Statement of Energy Effects for any significant energy action. A ‘‘significant energy action’’ is defined as any action by an agency that promulgates or is expected to lead to promulgation of a final rule, and that (1) is a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866, or any successor order; and (2) is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy, or (3) is designated by the Administrator of OIRA as a significant energy action. For any significant energy action, the agency must give a detailed statement of any adverse effects on energy supply, distribution, or use should the proposal be implemented, and of reasonable alternatives to the action and their expected benefits on energy supply, distribution, and use. DOE has concluded that this regulatory action, which sets forth amended energy conservation standards for MREFs, is not a significant energy action because the standards are not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy, nor has it been designated as such by the Administrator at OIRA. Accordingly, DOE has not prepared a Statement of Energy Effects on this direct final rule. E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 38834 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations L. Information Quality On December 16, 2004, OMB, in consultation with the Office of Science and Technology Policy (‘‘OSTP’’), issued its Final Information Quality Bulletin for Peer Review (‘‘the Bulletin’’). 70 FR 2664 (Jan. 14, 2005). The Bulletin establishes that certain scientific information shall be peer reviewed by qualified specialists before it is disseminated by the Federal Government, including influential scientific information related to agency regulatory actions. The purpose of the Bulletin is to enhance the quality and credibility of the Government’s scientific information. Under the Bulletin, the energy conservation standards rulemaking analyses are ‘‘influential scientific information,’’ which the Bulletin defines as ‘‘scientific information the agency reasonably can determine will have, or does have, a clear and substantial impact on important public policies or private sector decisions.’’ 70 FR 2664, 2667. In response to OMB’s Bulletin, DOE conducted formal peer reviews of the energy conservation standards development process and the analyses that are typically used and prepared a report describing that peer review.88 Generation of this report involved a rigorous, formal, and documented evaluation using objective criteria and qualified and independent reviewers to make a judgment as to the technical/ scientific/business merit, the actual or anticipated results, and the productivity and management effectiveness of programs and/or projects. Because available data, models, and technological understanding have changed since 2007, DOE has engaged with the National Academy of Sciences to review DOE’s analytical methodologies to ascertain whether modifications are needed to improve DOE’s analyses. DOE is in the process of evaluating the resulting report.89 M. Congressional Notification As required by 5 U.S.C. 801, DOE will report to Congress on the promulgation of this direct final rule prior to its effective date. The report will state that the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs has determined that this action meets the criteria set forth in 5 U.S.C. 804(2). VII. Approval of the Office of the Secretary The Secretary of Energy has approved publication of this direct final rule. List of Subjects in 10 CFR Part 430 Administrative practice and procedure, Confidential business information, Energy conservation, Household appliances, Imports, Intergovernmental relations, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Small businesses. Signing Authority This document of the Department of Energy was signed on April 10, 2024, by Jeffrey Marootian, Principal Deputy Assistant Secretary for Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, pursuant to delegated authority from the Secretary of Energy. That document with the original signature and date is maintained by DOE. For administrative purposes only, and in compliance with requirements of the Office of the Federal Register, the undersigned DOE Federal Register Liaison Officer has been authorized to sign and submit the document in electronic format for publication, as an official document of the Department of Energy. This administrative process in no way alters the legal effect of this document upon publication in the Federal Register. Signed in Washington, DC, on April 11, 2024. Treena V. Garrett, Federal Register Liaison Officer, U.S. Department of Energy. For the reasons set forth in the preamble, DOE amends part 430 of chapter II, subchapter D, of title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations, as set forth below: PART 430—ENERGY CONSERVATION PROGRAM FOR CONSUMER PRODUCTS 1. The authority citation for part 430 continues to read as follows: ■ Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6291–6309; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note. 2. Amend § 430.32 by revising paragraph (aa) to read as follows: ■ § 430.32 Energy and water conservation standards and their compliance dates. * * * * * (aa) Miscellaneous refrigeration products. The energy standards as determined by the equations of the following table(s) shall be rounded off to the nearest kWh per year. If the equation calculation is halfway between the nearest two kWh per year values, the standard shall be rounded up to the higher of these values. (1) Coolers. (i) Coolers manufactured on or after October 28, 2019, and before January 31, 2029, shall have an Annual Energy Use (AEU) no more than: Product class (A) Freestanding compact. ............................ (B) Freestanding. ............ (C) Built-in compact. ....... (D) Built-in. ...................... khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 Frm 00074 Fmt 4701 155.8 155.8 155.8 155.8 Product class (A) Freestanding compact. ............................ (B) Freestanding. ............ (C) Built-in compact. ....... (D) Built-in. ...................... AEU (kWh/yr) 5.52AV 5.52AV 5.52AV 6.30AV + + + + 109.1 109.1 109.1 124.6 Note: AV = Total adjusted volume, expressed in ft3, as determined in appendix A to subpart B of this part. (2) Combination cooler refrigeration products. (i) Combination cooler refrigeration products manufactured on or after October 28, 2019, and before January 31, 2029, shall have an Annual Energy Use (AEU) no more than: AEU (kWh/yr) rulemaking-peer-review-report-0 (last accessed November 29, 2023). 89 The report is available at www.nationalacademies.org/our-work/review-of- PO 00000 + + + + (ii) Coolers manufactured on or after January 31, 2029, shall have an Annual Energy Use (AEU) no more than: (A) C–3A. Cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost ............................................................................................................. (B) C–3A–BI. Built-in cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost ............................................................................................ (C) C–9. Cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost without an automatic icemaker ...................................................... (D) C–9–BI. Built-in cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost without an automatic icemaker ..................................... (E) C–9I. Cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost with an automatic icemaker .......................................................... VerDate Sep<11>2014 7.88AV 7.88AV 7.88AV 7.88AV Note: AV = Total adjusted volume, expressed in ft3, as determined in appendix A to subpart B of this part. Product class 88 The 2007 ‘‘Energy Conservation Standards Rulemaking Peer Review Report’’ is available at the following website: energy.gov/eere/buildings/ downloads/energy-conservation-standards- AEU (kWh/yr) Sfmt 4700 4.57AV 5.19AV 5.58AV 6.38AV 5.58AV + + + + + 130.4 147.8 147.7 168.8 231.7 methods-for-setting-building-and-equipmentperformance-standards (last accessed November 29, 2023). E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8 Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations 38835 AEU (kWh/yr) Product class (F) C–9I–BI. Built-in cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost with an automatic icemaker .......................................... (G) C–13A. Compact cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost ........................................................................................... (H) C–13A–BI. Built-in compact cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost ........................................................................... 6.38AV + 252.8 5.93AV + 193.7 6.52AV + 213.1 Note: AV = Total adjusted volume, expressed in ft3, as determined in appendix A to subpart B of this part. (ii) Combination cooler refrigeration products manufactured on or after January 31, 2029, shall have an Annual Energy Use (AEU) no more than: AEU (kWh/yr) Product class (A) C–3A. Cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost ................................................................................................... (B) C–3A–BI. Built-in cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost .................................................................................. (C) C–5–BI. Built-in cooler with refrigerator-freezer with automatic defrost with bottom-mounted freezer ........................ (D) C–9. Cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost without an automatic icemaker ............................................ (E) C–9–BI. Built-in cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost without an automatic icemaker ............................ (F) C–13A. Compact cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost .................................................................................. (G) C–13A–BI. Built-in compact cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost ................................................................. 4.11AV + 117.4 4.67AV + 133.0 5.47AV + 196.2 + 28I 5.58AV + 147.7 + 28I 6.38AV + 168.8 + 28I 4.74AV + 155.0 5.22AV + 170.5 Note: AV = Total adjusted volume, expressed in ft3, as determined in appendix A to subpart B of this part. I = 1 for a product with an automatic icemaker and = 0 for a product without an automatic icemaker. * * * * * [FR Doc. 2024–08001 Filed 5–6–24; 8:45 am] khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8 BILLING CODE 6450–01–P VerDate Sep<11>2014 17:31 May 06, 2024 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00075 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 9990 E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM 07MYR8

Agencies

[Federal Register Volume 89, Number 89 (Tuesday, May 7, 2024)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 38762-38835]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2024-08001]



[[Page 38761]]

Vol. 89

Tuesday,

No. 89

May 7, 2024

Part VIII





Department of Energy





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





10 CFR Part 430





Energy Conservation Program: Energy Conservation Standards for 
Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products; Direct Final Rule

Federal Register / Vol. 89 , No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules 
and Regulations

[[Page 38762]]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY

10 CFR Part 430

[EERE-2020-BT-STD-0039]
RIN 1904-AF62


Energy Conservation Program: Energy Conservation Standards for 
Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products

AGENCY: Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Department of 
Energy.

ACTION: Direct final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Energy Policy and Conservation Act, as amended (``EPCA''), 
prescribes energy conservation standards for various consumer products 
and certain commercial and industrial equipment, including 
miscellaneous refrigeration products. In this direct final rule, the 
U.S. Department of Energy (``DOE'') is adopting amended energy 
conservation standards for miscellaneous refrigeration products. DOE 
has determined that the amended energy conservation standards for these 
products would result in significant conservation of energy, and are 
technologically feasible and economically justified.

DATES: The effective date of this rule is September 4, 2024. If adverse 
comments are received by August 26, 2024 and DOE determines that such 
comments may provide a reasonable basis for withdrawal of the direct 
final rule under 42 U.S.C. 6295(o), a timely withdrawal of this rule 
will be published in the Federal Register. If no such adverse comments 
are received, compliance with the amended standards established for 
miscellaneous refrigeration products in this direct final rule is 
required on and after January 31, 2029. Comments regarding the likely 
competitive impact of the standards contained in this direct final rule 
should be sent to the Department of Justice contact listed in the 
ADDRESSES section on or before June 6, 2024.

ADDRESSES: The docket for this rulemaking, which includes Federal 
Register notices, public meeting attendee lists and transcripts, 
comments, and other supporting documents/materials, is available for 
review at www.regulations.gov. All documents in the docket are listed 
in the www.regulations.gov index. However, not all documents listed in 
the index may be publicly available, such as information that is exempt 
from public disclosure.
    The docket web page can be found at www.regulations.gov/docket/EERE-2020-BT-STD-0039. The docket web page contains instructions on how 
to access all documents, including public comments, in the docket.
    For further information on how to submit a comment or review other 
public comments and the docket, contact the Appliance and Equipment 
Standards Program staff at (202) 287-1445 or by email: 
[email protected].
    The U.S. Department of Justice Antitrust Division invites input 
from market participants and other interested persons with views on the 
likely competitive impact of the standards contained in this direct 
final rule. Interested persons may contact the Antitrust Division at 
[email protected] on or before the date specified in the 
DATES section. Please indicate in the ``Subject'' line of your email 
the title and Docket Number of this direct final rule.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: 
    Mr. Lucas Adin, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Energy 
Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Building Technologies Office, EE-5B, 
1000 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20585-0121. Telephone: 
(202) 287-5904. Email: [email protected].
    Ms. Kristin Koernig, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of the 
General Counsel, GC-33, 1000 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 
20585-0121. Telephone: (240) 243-3383. Email: 
[email protected].

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: 

Table of Contents

I. Synopsis of the Direct Final Rule
    A. Benefits and Costs to Consumers
    B. Impact on Manufacturers
    C. National Benefits and Costs
    D. Conclusion
II. Introduction
    A. Authority
    B. Background
    1. Current Standards
    2. Current Test Procedures
    3. History of Standards Rulemaking for MREFs
    4. The Joint Agreement
III. General Discussion
    A. Scope of Coverage
    B. Fairly Representative of Relevant Point of View
    C. Technological Feasibility
    1. General
    2. Maximum Technologically Feasible Levels
    D. Energy Savings
    1. Determination of Savings
    2. Significance of Savings
    E. Economic Justification
    1. Specific Criteria
    a. Economic Impact on Manufacturers and Consumers
    b. Savings in Operating Costs Compared To Increase in Price (LCC 
and PBP)
    c. Energy Savings
    d. Lessening of Utility or Performance of Products
    e. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition
    f. Need for National Energy Conservation
    g. Other Factors
    2. Rebuttable Presumption
IV. Methodology and Discussion of Related Comments
    A. Market and Technology Assessment
    1. Product Classes
    a. Product Classes With Automatic Icemakers
    b. Addition of Product Class C-5-BI
    2. Technology Options
    B. Screening Analysis
    1. Screened-Out Technologies
    2. Remaining Technologies
    C. Engineering Analysis
    1. Efficiency Analysis
    a. Built-In Classes
    b. Baseline Efficiency/Energy Use
    c. Higher Efficiency Levels
    d. Variable-Speed Compressor Supply Chain
    2. Cost Analysis
    3. Cost-Efficiency Results
    D. Markups Analysis
    E. Energy Use Analysis
    F. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period Analysis
    1. Product Cost
    2. Installation Cost
    3. Annual Energy Consumption
    4. Energy Prices
    5. Maintenance and Repair Costs
    6. Product Lifetime
    7. Discount Rates
    8. Energy Efficiency Distribution in the No-New-Standards Case
    9. Payback Period Analysis
    G. Shipments Analysis
    H. National Impact Analysis
    1. Product Efficiency Trends
    2. National Energy Savings
    3. Net Present Value Analysis
    I. Consumer Subgroup Analysis
    J. Manufacturer Impact Analysis
    1. Overview
    2. Government Regulatory Impact Model and Key Inputs
    a. Manufacturer Production Costs
    b. Shipments Projections
    c. Product and Capital Conversion Costs
    d. Manufacturer Markup Scenarios
    3. Discussion of MIA Comments
    K. Emissions Analysis
    1. Air Quality Regulations Incorporated in DOE's Analysis
    L. Monetizing Emissions Impacts
    1. Monetization of Greenhouse Gas Emissions
    a. Social Cost of Carbon
    b. Social Cost of Methane and Nitrous Oxide
    c. Sensitivity Analysis Using Updated 2023 SC-GHG Estimates
    2. Monetization of Other Emissions Impacts
    M. Utility Impact Analysis
    N. Employment Impact Analysis
    O. Other Comments
V. Analytical Results and Conclusions
    A. Trial Standard Levels

[[Page 38763]]

    B. Economic Justification and Energy Savings
    1. Economic Impacts on Individual Consumers
    a. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period
    b. Consumer Subgroup Analysis
    c. Rebuttable Presumption Payback
    2. Economic Impacts on Manufacturers
    a. Industry Cash Flow Analysis Results
    b. Direct Impacts on Employment
    c. Impacts on Manufacturing Capacity
    d. Impacts on Subgroups of Manufacturers
    e. Cumulative Regulatory Burden
    3. National Impact Analysis
    a. Significance of Energy Savings
    b. Net Present Value of Consumer Costs and Benefits
    c. Indirect Impacts on Employment
    4. Impact on Utility or Performance of Products
    5. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition
    6. Need of the Nation To Conserve Energy
    7. Other Factors
    8. Summary of Economic Impacts
    C. Conclusion
    1. Benefits and Burdens of TSLs Considered for MREF Standards
    2. Annualized Benefits and Costs of the Adopted Standards
VI. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review
    A. Review Under Executive Orders 12866, 13563, and 14094
    B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act
    C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction Act
    D. Review Under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969
    E. Review Under Executive Order 13132
    F. Review Under Executive Order 12988
    G. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
    H. Review Under the Treasury and General Government 
Appropriations Act, 1999
    I. Review Under Executive Order 12630
    J. Review Under the Treasury and General Government 
Appropriations Act, 2001
    K. Review Under Executive Order 13211
    L. Information Quality
    M. Congressional Notification
VII. Approval of the Office of the Secretary

I. Synopsis of the Direct Final Rule

    The Energy Policy and Conservation Act, Public Law 94-163, as 
amended (``EPCA''),\1\ authorizes DOE to regulate the energy efficiency 
of a number of consumer products and certain industrial equipment. (42 
U.S.C. 6291-6317, as codified) Title III, Part B of EPCA \2\ 
established the Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products Other 
Than Automobiles. (42 U.S.C. 6291-6309, as codified) These products 
include miscellaneous refrigeration products (``MREFs''), the subject 
of this direct final rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ All references to EPCA in this document refer to the statute 
as amended through the Energy Act of 2020, Public Law 116-260 (Dec. 
27, 2020), which reflect the last statutory amendments that impact 
Parts A and A-1 of EPCA.
    \2\ For editorial reasons, upon codification in the U.S. Code, 
Part B was redesignated Part A.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Pursuant to EPCA, any new or amended energy conservation standard 
must, among other things, be designed to achieve the maximum 
improvement in energy efficiency that DOE determines is technologically 
feasible and economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(A)) 
Furthermore, the new or amended standard must result in significant 
conservation of energy. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B))
    In light of the statutory authority above and under the authority 
provided by 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4), DOE is issuing this direct final rule 
amending the energy conservation standards for MREFs.
    The adopted standard levels in this direct final rule were proposed 
in a letter submitted to DOE jointly by groups representing 
manufacturers, energy and environmental advocates, consumer groups, and 
a utility. This letter, titled ``Energy Efficiency Agreement of 2023'' 
(hereafter, the ``Joint Agreement'' \3\), recommends specific energy 
conservation standards for MREFs that, in the commenters' view, would 
satisfy the EPCA requirements in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). DOE subsequently 
received letters of support from states, including California, 
Massachusetts, and New York,\4\ as well as San Diego Gas and Electric 
(``SDG&E'') and Southern California Edison (``SCE'') advocating for the 
adoption of the recommended standards.\5\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \3\ This document is available in the docket at: 
www.regulations.gov/document/EERE-2020-BT-STD-0039-0034.
    \4\ This document is available in the docket at: 
www.regulations.gov/document/EERE-2020-BT-STD-0039-0035.
    \5\ This document is available in the docket at: 
www.regulations.gov/document/EERE-2020-BT-STD-0039-0036.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In accordance with the direct final rule provisions at 42 U.S.C. 
6295(p)(4), DOE has determined that the recommendations contained 
therein are compliant with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). As required by 42 U.S.C. 
6295(p)(4)(A)(i), DOE is also simultaneously publishing a notice of 
proposed rulemaking (``NOPR'') that contains the identical standards to 
those adopted in this direct final rule. Consistent with the statute, 
DOE is providing a 110-day public comment period on the direct final 
rule. (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(B)) If DOE determines that any comments 
received may provide a reasonable basis for withdrawal of the direct 
final rule under 42 U.S.C. 6295(o), or any other applicable law, DOE 
will publish the reasons for withdrawal and continue the rulemaking 
under the NOPR. (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(C)) See section II.A of this 
document for more details on DOE's statutory authority.
    The amended standards that DOE is adopting in this direct final 
rule are the efficiency levels recommended in the Joint Agreement 
(shown in Table I.1) expressed in terms of kilowatt hours per year 
(``kWh/yr'') as measured according to DOE's current MREF test procedure 
codified at title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations (``CFR'') part 
430, subpart B, appendix A (``appendix A'').
    The amended standards recommended in the Joint Agreement are 
represented as trial standard level (``TSL'') 4 in this document 
(hereinafter the ``Recommended TSL'') and are described in section V.A 
of this document. The Joint Agreement's standards for MREFs apply to 
all products listed in Table I.1 and manufactured in or imported into 
the United States starting on January 31, 2029.
BILLING CODE 6450-01-P

[[Page 38764]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.001

A. Benefits and Costs to Consumers

    Table I.2 summarizes DOE's evaluation of the economic impacts of 
the adopted standards on consumers of MREFs, as measured by the average 
life-cycle cost (``LCC'') savings and the simple payback period 
(``PBP'') \6\ The average LCC savings are positive for all product 
classes, and the PBP is less than the average lifetime of MREFs, which 
varies by product class (see section IV.F of this document).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \6\ The average LCC savings refer to consumers that are affected 
by a standard and are measured relative to the efficiency 
distribution in the no-new-standards case, which depicts the market 
in the compliance year in the absence of new or amended standards 
(see section IV.F.9 of this document). The simple PBP, which is 
designed to compare specific efficiency levels, is measured relative 
to the baseline product (see section IV.C of this document).
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.002

BILLING CODE 6450-01-C
    DOE's analysis of the impacts of the adopted standards on consumers 
is described in section IV.F of this document.

B. Impact on Manufacturers \7\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \7\ All monetary values in this document are expressed in 2022 
dollars. unless indicated otherwise. For purposes of discounting 
future monetary values, the present year in the analysis was 2024.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The industry net present value (``INPV'') is the sum of the 
discounted cash flows to the industry from the base year through the 
end of the analysis period (2024-2058). Using a real discount rate of 
7.7 percent, DOE estimates that the INPV for manufacturers of MREFs in 
the case without amended standards is $807.7 million. Under the adopted 
standards, which align with the Recommended TSL (i.e., TSL 4) for 
MREFs, DOE estimates the change in INPV to range

[[Page 38765]]

from -11.4 percent to -7.5 percent, which is approximately -$92.1 
million to -$60.3 million. In order to bring products into compliance 
with amended standards, it is estimated that industry will incur total 
conversion costs of $130.7 million.
    DOE's analysis of the impacts of the adopted standards on 
manufacturers is described in sections IV.J and V.B.2 of this document.

C. National Benefits and Costs

    DOE's analyses indicate that the adopted energy conservation 
standards for MREFs would save a significant amount of energy. Relative 
to the case without amended standards, the lifetime energy savings for 
MREFs purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the anticipated 
year of compliance with the amended standards (2029-2058) amount to 
0.32 quadrillion British thermal units (``Btu''), or quads.\8\ This 
represents a savings of 26 percent relative to the energy use of these 
products in the case without amended standards (referred to as the 
``no-new-standards case'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \8\ The quantity refers to full-fuel-cycle (``FFC'') energy 
savings. FFC energy savings includes the energy consumed in 
extracting, processing, and transporting primary fuels (i.e., coal, 
natural gas, petroleum fuels), and, thus, presents a more complete 
picture of the impacts of energy efficiency standards. For more 
information on the FFC metric, see section IV.H.1 of this document.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The cumulative net present value (``NPV'') of total consumer 
benefits of the standards for MREFs ranges from $0.17 billion (at a 7-
percent discount rate) to $0.77 billion (at a 3-percent discount rate). 
This NPV expresses the estimated total value of future operating-cost 
savings minus the estimated increased product costs for MREFs purchased 
in 2029-2058.
    In addition, the adopted standards for MREFs are projected to yield 
significant environmental benefits. DOE estimates that the standards 
will result in cumulative emission reductions (over the same period as 
for energy savings) of 5.85 million metric tons (``Mt'') \9\ of carbon 
dioxide (``CO2''), 1.84 thousand tons of sulfur dioxide 
(``SO2''), 10.77 thousand tons of nitrogen oxides 
(``NOX''), 48.64 thousand tons of methane 
(``CH4''), 0.06 thousand tons of nitrous oxide 
(``N2O''), and 0.01 tons of mercury (``Hg'').\10\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \9\ A metric ton is equivalent to 1.1 short tons. Results for 
emissions other than CO2 are presented in short tons.
    \10\ DOE calculated emissions reductions relative to the no-new-
standards-case, which reflects key assumptions in the Annual Energy 
Outlook 2023 (``AEO2023''). AEO2023 represents current Federal and 
State legislation and final implementation of regulations as of the 
time of its preparation. See section IV.K of this document for 
further discussion of AEO2023 assumptions that affect air pollutant 
emissions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DOE estimates the value of climate benefits from a reduction in 
greenhouse gases (``GHG'') using four different estimates of the social 
cost of CO2 (``SC-CO2''), the social cost of 
methane (``SC-CH4''), and the social cost of nitrous oxide 
(``SC-N2O''). Together these represent the social cost of 
GHG (``SC-GHG''). DOE used interim SC-GHG values (in terms of benefit 
per ton of GHG avoided) developed by an Interagency Working Group on 
the Social Cost of Greenhouse Gases (``IWG'').\11\ The derivation of 
these values is discussed in section IV.L of this document. For 
presentational purposes, the climate benefits associated with the 
average SC-GHG at a 3-percent discount rate are estimated to be $0.32 
billion. DOE does not have a single central SC-GHG point estimate and 
it emphasizes the value of considering the benefits calculated using 
all four sets of SC-GHG estimates. DOE notes, however, that the adopted 
standards would be economically justified even without inclusion of the 
estimated monetized benefits of reduced GHG emissions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \11\ To monetize the benefits of reducing GHG emissions this 
analysis uses the interim estimates presented in the Technical 
Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide 
Interim Estimates Under Executive Order 13990 published in February 
2021 by the IWG. (``February 2021 SC-GHG TSD''). www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/TechnicalSupportDocument_SocialCostofCarbonMethaneNitrousOxide.pdf 
(last accessed November 29, 2023.)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DOE estimated the monetary health benefits of SO2 and 
NOX emissions reductions, using benefit per ton estimates 
from the Environmental Protection Agency (``EPA''),\12\ as discussed in 
section IV.L of this document. DOE estimated the present value of the 
health benefits would be $0.24 billion using a 7-percent discount rate, 
and $0.62 billion using a 3-percent discount rate.\13\ DOE is currently 
only monetizing health benefits from changes in ambient fine 
particulate matter (``PM2.5'') concentrations from two 
precursors (SO2 and NOX), and from changes in 
ambient ozone from one precursor (for NOX), but will 
continue to assess the ability to monetize other effects such as health 
benefits from reductions in direct PM2.5 emissions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \12\ U.S. EPA. Estimating the Benefit per Ton of Reducing 
Directly Emitted PM2.5, PM2.5 Precursors and 
Ozone Precursors from 21 Sectors. Available at www.epa.gov/benmap/estimating-benefit-ton-reducing-pm25-precursors-21-sectors (last 
accessed November 29, 2023.)
    \13\ DOE estimates the economic value of these emissions 
reductions resulting from the considered TSLs for the purpose of 
complying with the requirements of Executive Order 12866.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Table I.3 summarizes the monetized benefits and costs expected to 
result from the amended standards for MREFs. There are other important 
unquantified effects, including certain unquantified climate benefits, 
unquantified public health benefits from the reduction of toxic air 
pollutants and other emissions, unquantified energy security benefits, 
and distributional effects, among others.
BILLING CODE 6450-01-P

[[Page 38766]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.003


[[Page 38767]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.004

    The benefits and costs of the adopted standards can also be 
expressed in terms of annualized values. The monetary values for the 
total annualized net benefits are (1) the reduced consumer operating 
costs, minus (2) the increase in product purchase prices and 
installation costs, plus (3) the value of climate and health benefits 
of emission reductions, all annualized.\14\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \14\ To convert the time-series of costs and benefits into 
annualized values, DOE calculated a present value in 2022, the year 
used for discounting the NPV of total consumer costs and savings. 
For the benefits, DOE calculated a present value associated with 
each year's shipments in the year in which the shipments occur 
(e.g., 2030), and then discounted the present value from each year 
to 2022. Using the present value, DOE then calculated the fixed 
annual payment over a 30-year period, starting in the compliance 
year, that yields the same present value.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The national operating cost savings are domestic private U.S. 
consumer monetary savings that occur as a result of purchasing the 
covered products and are measured for the lifetime of MREFs shipped 
during the period 2029-2058. The benefits associated with reduced 
emissions achieved as a result of the adopted standards are also 
calculated based on the lifetime of MREFs shipped during the period 
2029-2058. Total benefits for both the 3-percent and 7-percent cases 
are presented using the average GHG social costs with 3-percent 
discount rate. Estimates of SC-GHG values are presented for all four 
discount rates in section IV.L of this document.
    Table I.4 presents the total estimated monetized benefits and costs 
associated with the standards adopted in this direct final rule, 
expressed in terms of annualized values. The results under the primary 
estimate are as follows.
    Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs and 
health benefits from reduced NOX and SO2 
emissions, and the 3-percent discount rate case for climate benefits 
from reduced GHG emissions, the estimated cost of the standards adopted 
in this direct final rule is $72.7 million per year in increased 
equipment costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $90.6 million 
in reduced equipment operating costs, $18.3 million in climate 
benefits, and $25.6 million in health benefits. In this case, the net 
benefit would amount to $61.7 million per year.
    Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits and costs, the 
estimated cost of the standards is $70.8 million per year in increased 
equipment costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $115 million 
in reduced operating costs, $18.3 million in climate benefits, and 
$35.6 million in health benefits. In this case, the net benefit amounts 
to $98.0 million per year.

[[Page 38768]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.005


[[Page 38769]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.006

BILLING CODE 6450-01-C
    DOE's analysis of the national impacts of the adopted standards is 
described in sections IV.H, IV.K, and IV.L of this document.

D. Conclusion

    DOE has determined that the Joint Agreement was submitted jointly 
by interested persons that are fairly representative of relevant points 
of view, in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(A). After considering 
the analysis and weighing the benefits and burdens, DOE has determined 
that the recommended standards are in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 
6295(o), which contains the criteria for prescribing new or amended 
standards. Specifically, the Secretary has determined that the adoption 
of the recommended standards would result in the significant 
conservation of energy and is technologically feasible and economically 
justified. In determining whether the recommended standards are 
economically justified, the Secretary has determined that the benefits 
of the recommended standards exceed the burdens. The Secretary has 
concluded that the recommended standards, when considering the benefits 
of energy savings, positive NPV of consumer benefits, emission 
reductions, the estimated monetary value of the emissions reductions, 
and positive average LCC savings, would yield benefits outweighing the 
negative impacts on some consumers and on manufacturers, including the 
conversion costs that could result in a reduction in INPV for 
manufacturers.
    Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs and 
NOx and SO2 reduction benefits, and a 3-percent discount 
rate case for GHG social costs, the estimated cost of the standards for 
MREFs is $72.7 million per year in increased product costs, while the 
estimated annual benefits are $90.6 million in reduced product 
operating costs, $18.3 million in climate benefits, and $25.6 million 
in health benefits. The net benefit amounts to $61.7 million per year. 
DOE notes that the net benefits are substantial even in the absence of 
the climate benefits,\15\ and DOE would adopt the same standards in the 
absence of such benefits.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \15\ The information on climate benefits is provided in 
compliance with Executive Order 12866.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The significance of energy savings offered by a new or amended 
energy conservation standard cannot be determined without knowledge of 
the specific circumstances surrounding a given rulemaking.\16\ For 
example, some covered products and equipment have most of their energy 
consumption occur during periods of peak energy demand. The impacts of 
these products on the energy infrastructure can be more pronounced than 
products with relatively constant demand. Accordingly, DOE evaluates 
the significance of energy savings on a case-by-case basis.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \16\ Procedures, Interpretations, and Policies for Consideration 
in New or Revised Energy Conservation Standards and Test Procedures 
for Consumer Products and Commercial/Industrial Equipment, 86 FR 
70892, 70901 (Dec. 13, 2021).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As previously mentioned, the standards are projected to result in 
estimated national energy savings of 0.32 quads full-fuel-cycle 
(``FFC''), the equivalent of the primary annual energy use of 2.1 
million homes. In addition, they are projected to reduce cumulative 
CO2 emissions by 5.85 million metric tons. Based on these 
findings, DOE has determined the energy savings from the standard 
levels adopted in this direct final rule are ``significant'' within the 
meaning of 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B). A more detailed discussion of the 
basis for

[[Page 38770]]

these conclusions is contained in the remainder of this document and 
the accompanying technical support document (``TSD'').\17\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \17\ The direct final rule TSD is available in the docket for 
this rulemaking at www.regulations.gov/docket/EERE-2020-BT-STD-0039/document.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Under the authority provided by 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4), DOE is 
issuing this direct final rule amending the energy conservation 
standards for MREFs. Consistent with this authority, DOE is also 
simultaneously publishing elsewhere in this issue of the Federal 
Register a NOPR proposing standards that are identical to those 
contained in this direct final rule. See 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(A)(i).

II. Introduction

    The following section briefly discusses the statutory authority 
underlying this direct final rule, as well as some of the relevant 
historical background related to the establishment of standards for 
MREFs.

A. Authority

    EPCA authorizes DOE to regulate the energy efficiency of a number 
of consumer products and certain industrial equipment. Title III, Part 
B of EPCA \18\ established the Energy Conservation Program for Consumer 
Products Other Than Automobiles, which, in addition to identifying 
particular consumer products and commercial equipment as covered under 
the statute, permits the Secretary of Energy to classify additional 
types of consumer products as covered products. (42 U.S.C. 6292(a)(20)) 
DOE added MREFs as covered products through a final determination of 
coverage published in the Federal Register on July 18, 2016 (the ``July 
2016 Final Coverage Determination''). 81 FR 46768. MREFs are consumer 
refrigeration products other than refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, 
or freezers, which include coolers and combination cooler refrigeration 
products. 10 CFR 430.2. MREFs include refrigeration products such as 
coolers (e.g., wine chillers and other specialty products) and 
combination cooler refrigeration products (e.g., wine chillers and 
other specialty compartments combined with a refrigerator, 
refrigerator-freezers, or freezers). EPCA further provides that, not 
later than 6 years after the issuance of any final rule establishing or 
amending a standard, DOE must publish either a notice of determination 
that standards for the product do not need to be amended, or a NOPR 
including new proposed energy conservation standards (proceeding to a 
final rule, as appropriate). (42 U.S.C. 6295(m)(1)) Not later than 3 
years after issuance of a final determination not to amend standards, 
DOE must publish either a notice of determination that standards for 
the product do not need to be amended, or a NOPR including new proposed 
energy conservation standards (proceeding to a final rule, as 
appropriate). (42 U.S.C. 6295(m)(3)(B))
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \18\ For editorial reasons, upon codification in the U.S. Code, 
Part B was redesignated Part A.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The energy conservation program under EPCA, consists essentially of 
four parts: (1) testing, (2) labeling, (3) the establishment of Federal 
energy conservation standards, and (4) certification and enforcement 
procedures. Relevant provisions of the EPCA specifically include 
definitions (42 U.S.C. 6291), test procedures (42 U.S.C. 6293), 
labeling provisions (42 U.S.C. 6294), energy conservation standards (42 
U.S.C. 6295), and the authority to require information and reports from 
manufacturers (42 U.S.C. 6296).
    Federal energy efficiency requirements for covered products 
established under EPCA generally supersede State laws and regulations 
concerning energy conservation testing, labeling, and standards. (42 
U.S.C. 6297(a)-(c)) DOE may, however, grant waivers of Federal 
preemption in limited instances for particular State laws or 
regulations, in accordance with the procedures and other provisions set 
forth under EPCA. (See 42 U.S.C. 6297(d))
    Subject to certain criteria and conditions, DOE is required to 
develop test procedures to measure the energy efficiency, energy use, 
or estimated annual operating cost of each covered product. (42 U.S.C. 
6295(o)(3)(A) and 42 U.S.C. 6295(r)) Manufacturers of covered products 
must use the prescribed DOE test procedure as the basis for certifying 
to DOE that their products comply with the applicable energy 
conservation standards adopted under EPCA and when making 
representations to the public regarding the energy use or efficiency of 
those products. (42 U.S.C. 6293(c) and 6295(s)) Similarly, DOE must use 
these test procedures to determine whether the products comply with 
standards adopted pursuant to EPCA. (42 U.S.C. 6295(s)) The DOE test 
procedure for MREFs appears at appendix A (Uniform Test Method for 
Measuring the Energy Consumption of Refrigerators, Refrigerator-
Freezers, and Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products).
    DOE must follow specific statutory criteria for prescribing new or 
amended standards for covered products, including MREFs. Any new or 
amended standard for a covered product must be designed to achieve the 
maximum improvement in energy efficiency that the Secretary of Energy 
determines is technologically feasible and economically justified. (42 
U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(A) and 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B)) Furthermore, DOE may 
not adopt any standard that would not result in the significant 
conservation of energy. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3))
    Moreover, DOE may not prescribe a standard (1) for certain 
products, including MREFs, if no test procedure has been established 
for the product, or (2) if DOE determines by rule that the standard is 
not technologically feasible or economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 
6295(o)(3)(A)-(B)) In deciding whether a proposed standard is 
economically justified, DOE must determine whether the benefits of the 
standard exceed its burdens. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)) DOE must make 
this determination after receiving comments on the proposed standard, 
and by considering, to the greatest extent practicable, the following 
seven statutory factors:
    (1) The economic impact of the standard on manufacturers and 
consumers of the products subject to the standard;
    (2) The savings in operating costs throughout the estimated average 
life of the covered products in the type (or class) compared to any 
increase in the price, initial charges, or maintenance expenses for the 
covered products that are likely to result from the standard;
    (3) The total projected amount of energy (or as applicable, water) 
savings likely to result directly from the standard;
    (4) Any lessening of the utility or the performance of the covered 
products likely to result from the standard;
    (5) The impact of any lessening of competition, as determined in 
writing by the Attorney General, that is likely to result from the 
standard;
    (6) The need for national energy and water conservation; and
    (7) Other factors the Secretary of Energy (``Secretary'') considers 
relevant.

(42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(I)-(VII))

    Further, EPCA, as codified, establishes a rebuttable presumption 
that a standard is economically justified if the Secretary finds that 
the additional cost to the consumer of purchasing a product complying 
with an energy conservation standard level will be less than three 
times the value of the energy savings during the first year that the 
consumer will receive as a result of the standard, as calculated under 
the applicable test procedure. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(iii))

[[Page 38771]]

    EPCA, as codified, also contains what is known as an ``anti-
backsliding'' provision, which prevents the Secretary from prescribing 
any amended standard that either increases the maximum allowable energy 
use or decreases the minimum required energy efficiency of a covered 
product. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(1)) Also, the Secretary may not prescribe 
an amended or new standard if interested persons have established by a 
preponderance of the evidence that the standard is likely to result in 
the unavailability in the United States in any covered product type (or 
class) of performance characteristics (including reliability), 
features, sizes, capacities, and volumes that are substantially the 
same as those generally available in the United States. (42 U.S.C. 
6295(o)(4))
    EPCA specifies requirements when promulgating an energy 
conservation standard for a covered product that has two or more 
subcategories. A rule prescribing an energy conservation standard for a 
type (or class) of product must specify a different standard level for 
a type or class of products that has the same function or intended use 
if DOE determines that products within such group (A) consume a 
different kind of energy from that consumed by other covered products 
within such type (or class); or (B) have a capacity or other 
performance-related feature which other products within such type (or 
class) do not have and such feature justifies a higher or lower 
standard. (42 U.S.C. 6295(q)(1)) In determining whether a performance-
related feature justifies a different standard for a group of products, 
DOE considers such factors as the utility to the consumer of such a 
feature and other factors DOE deems appropriate. (Id.) Any rule 
prescribing such a standard must include an explanation of the basis on 
which such higher or lower level was established. (42 U.S.C. 
6295(q)(2))
    Additionally, pursuant to the amendments contained in the Energy 
Independence and Security Act of 2007 (``EISA 2007''), Public Law 110-
140, final rules for new or amended energy conservation standards 
promulgated after July 1, 2010, are required to address standby mode 
and off mode energy use. (42 U.S.C. 6295(gg)(3)) Specifically, when DOE 
adopts a standard for a covered product after that date, it must, if 
justified by the criteria for adoption of standards under EPCA (42 
U.S.C. 6295(o)), incorporate standby mode and off mode energy use into 
a single standard, or, if that is not feasible, adopt a separate 
standard for such energy use for that product. (42 U.S.C. 
6295(gg)(3)(A)-(B)) DOE's current test procedure for MREFs addresses 
standby mode and off mode energy use, as do the amended standards 
adopted in this direct final rule.
    Finally, EISA 2007 amended EPCA, in relevant part, to grant DOE 
authority to issue a final rule (i.e., a ``direct final rule'') 
establishing an energy conservation standard upon receipt of a 
statement submitted jointly by interested persons that are fairly 
representative of relevant points of view (including representatives of 
manufacturers of covered products, States, and efficiency advocates), 
as determined by the Secretary, that contains recommendations with 
respect to an energy or water conservation standard. (42 U.S.C. 
6295(p)(4)) Pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4), the Secretary must also 
determine whether a jointly-submitted recommendation for an energy or 
water conservation standard satisfies 42 U.S.C. 6295(o) or 42 U.S.C. 
6313(a)(6)(B), as applicable.
    The direct final rule must be published simultaneously with a NOPR 
that proposes an energy or water conservation standard that is 
identical to the standard established in the direct final rule, and DOE 
must provide a public comment period of at least 110 days on this 
proposal. (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(A)-(B)) While DOE typically provides a 
comment period of 60 days on proposed standards, for a NOPR 
accompanying a direct final rule, DOE provides a comment period of the 
same length as the comment period on the direct final rule--i.e., 110 
days. Based on the comments received during this period, the direct 
final rule will either become effective, or DOE will withdraw it not 
later than 120 days after its issuance if: (1) one or more adverse 
comments is received, and (2) DOE determines that those comments, when 
viewed in light of the rulemaking record related to the direct final 
rule, may provide a reasonable basis for withdrawal of the direct final 
rule under 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(C)) Receipt of an 
alternative joint recommendation may also trigger a DOE withdrawal of 
the direct final rule in the same manner. (Id.)
    DOE has previously explained its interpretation of its direct final 
rule authority. In a final rule amending the Department's ``Procedures, 
Interpretations and Policies for Consideration of New or Revised Energy 
Conservation Standards for Consumer Products'' at 10 CFR part 430, 
subpart C, appendix A (``Process Rule''), DOE noted that it may issue 
standards recommended by interested persons that are fairly 
representative of relative points of view as a direct final rule when 
the recommended standards are in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o) or 
42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B), as applicable. 86 FR 70892, 70912 (Dec. 13, 
2021). But the direct final rule provision in EPCA does not impose 
additional requirements applicable to other standards rulemakings, 
which is consistent with the unique circumstances of rules issued as 
consensus agreements under DOE's direct final rule authority. Id. DOE's 
discretion remains bounded by its statutory mandate to adopt a standard 
that results in the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is 
technologically feasible and economically justified--a requirement 
found in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). Id. As such, DOE's review and analysis of 
the Joint Agreement is limited to whether the recommended standards 
satisfy the criteria in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o).

B. Background

1. Current Standards
    In a direct final rule published on October 28, 2016 (``October 
2016 Final Rule''), DOE prescribed the current energy conservation 
standards for MREFs manufactured on and after October 28, 2019. 81 FR 
75194. These standards are set forth in DOE's regulations at 10 CFR 
430.32(aa)(1)-(2). These standards are consistent with a negotiated 
term sheet submitted to DOE by interested parties representing 
manufacturers, energy and environmental advocates, and consumer 
groups.\19\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \19\ The negotiated term sheets are available in docket ID EERE-
2011-BT-STD-0043 on www.regulations.gov.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. Current Test Procedures
    On October 12, 2021, DOE published a test procedure final rule 
(``October 2021 TP Final Rule'') amending the test procedure for MREFs, 
at appendix A. 86 FR 56790. The test procedure amendments included 
adopting the latest version of the relevant industry standard published 
by the Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers (``AHAM''), updated 
in 2019, AHAM Standard HRF-1, ``Energy and Internal Volume of 
Refrigerating Appliances'' (``HRF-1-2019''). 10 CFR 430.3(i)(4). The 
standard levels adopted in this direct final rule are based on the 
annual energy use (``AEU'') metrics as measured according to appendix 
A.

[[Page 38772]]

3. History of Standards Rulemaking for MREFs
    On April 1, 2015, DOE published a notice announcing its intention 
to establish a negotiated rulemaking working group under the Appliance 
Standards Rulemaking Advisory Committee (``ASRAC'') to negotiate energy 
conservation standards for refrigeration products such as wine 
chillers. 80 FR 17355. DOE then created a working group of interested 
parties to develop a series of recommended energy conservation 
standards for MREFs. On July 18, 2016, DOE published the July 2016 
Final Coverage Determination that added MREFs as covered products. 81 
FR 46768. In that determination, DOE noted that MREFs, on average, 
consume more than 150 kilowatt hours per year (``kWh/yr'') and that the 
aggregate annual national energy use of these products exceeds 4.2 
terawatt hours (``TWh''). 81 FR 46768, 46775. In addition to 
establishing coverage, the July 2016 Final Coverage Determination 
established definitions for ``miscellaneous refrigeration products,'' 
``coolers,'' and ``combination cooler refrigeration products'' in 10 
CFR 430.2. 81 FR 46768, 46791-46792.
    On October 28, 2016, a negotiated term sheet containing a series of 
recommended standards and other related recommendations were submitted 
to ASRAC for approval and, subsequently, DOE published the October 2016 
Direct Final Rule adopting energy conservation standards consistent 
with the recommendations contained in the term sheet. 81 FR 75194. 
Concurrent with the October 2016 Direct Final Rule, DOE published a 
NOPR in which it proposed and requested comments on the standards set 
forth in the direct final rule. 81 FR 74950. On May 26, 2017, DOE 
published a notice in the Federal Register in which it determined that 
the comments received in response to the October 2016 Direct Final Rule 
did not provide a reasonable basis for withdrawing the rule and, 
therefore, confirmed the adoption of the energy conservation standards 
established in that direct final rule. 82 FR 24214.
4. The Joint Agreement
    On September 25, 2023, DOE received a joint statement of 
recommended standards (i.e., the Joint Agreement) for various consumer 
products, including MREFs, submitted jointly by groups representing 
manufacturers, energy and environmental advocates, consumer groups, and 
a utility.\20\ In addition to the recommended standards for MREFs, the 
Joint Agreement also included separate recommendations for several 
other covered products.\21\ And, while acknowledging that DOE may 
implement these recommendations in separate rulemakings, the Joint 
Agreement also stated that the recommendations were recommended as a 
complete package and each recommendation is contingent upon the other 
parts being implemented. DOE understands this to mean that the Joint 
Agreement is contingent upon DOE initiating rulemaking processes to 
adopt all of the recommended standards in the agreement. That is 
distinguished from an agreement where issuance of an amended energy 
conservation standard for a covered product is contingent on issuance 
of amended energy conservation standards for the other covered 
products. If the Joint Agreement were so construed, it would conflict 
with the anti-backsliding provision in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(1), because it 
would imply the possibility that, if DOE were unable to issue an 
amended standard for a certain product, it would have to withdraw a 
previously issued standard for one of the other products. The anti-
backsliding provision, however, prevents DOE from withdrawing or 
amending an energy conservation standard to be less stringent. As a 
result, DOE will be proceeding with individual rulemakings that will 
evaluate each of the recommended standards separately under the 
applicable statutory criteria. The Joint Agreement recommends amended 
standard levels for MREFs as presented in Table II.3. (Joint Agreement, 
No. 34 at p. 4) Details of the Joint Agreement recommendations for 
other products are provided in the Joint Agreement posted in the 
docket.\22\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \20\ The signatories to the Joint Agreement include AHAM, 
American Council for an Energy-Efficient Economy, Alliance for Water 
Efficiency, Appliance Standards Awareness Project, Consumer 
Federation of America, Consumer Reports, Earthjustice, National 
Consumer Law Center, Natural Resources Defense Council, Northwest 
Energy Efficiency Alliance, and Pacific Gas and Electric Company. 
Members of AHAM's Major Appliance Division that manufacture the 
affected products include: Alliance Laundry Systems, LLC; Asko 
Appliances AB; Beko US Inc.; Brown Stove Works, Inc.; BSH; Danby 
Products, Ltd.; Electrolux Home Products, Inc.; Elicamex S.A. de 
C.V.; Faber; Fotile America; GEA, a Haier Company; L'Atelier Paris 
Haute Design LLG; LGEUSA; Liebherr USA, Co.; Midea America Corp.; 
Miele, Inc.; Panasonic Appliances Refrigeration Systems (PAPRSA) 
Corporation of America; Perlick Corporation; Samsung; Sharp 
Electronics Corporation; Smeg S.p.A; Sub-Zero Group, Inc.; The 
Middleby Corporation; U-Line Corporation; Viking Range, LLC; and 
Whirlpool.
    \21\ The Joint Agreement contained recommendations for 6 covered 
products: refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers; 
clothes washers; clothes dryers; dishwashers; cooking products; and 
miscellaneous refrigeration products.
    \22\ The term sheet is available in the docket at: 
www.regulations.gov/document/EERE-2020-BT-STD-0039-0034.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

BILLING CODE 6450-01-P

[[Page 38773]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.007

BILLING CODE 6450-01-C
    When the Joint Agreement was submitted, DOE was conducting a 
rulemaking to consider amending the standards for MREFs. As part of 
that process, DOE published a NOPR and announced a public meeting on 
March 31, 2023 (``March 2023 NOPR'') seeking comment on its proposed 
amended standards to inform its decision consistent with its 
obligations under EPCA and the Administrative Procedure Act (``APA''). 
88 FR 19382. DOE held a public webinar on May 2, 2023, to discuss and 
receive comments on the March 2023 NOPR and NOPR TSD (``May 2, 2023, 
public meeting''). The NOPR TSD is available at: www.regulations.gov/document/EERE-2020-BT-STD-0039-0026. The March 2023 NOPR proposed 
amended standards defined in terms of the AEU metrics as measured 
according to appendix A. Id. at 88 FR 19383-19384.
    Although DOE is adopting the Joint Agreement as a direct final rule 
and no longer proceeding with its prior rulemaking, DOE did consider 
relevant comments, data, and information obtained during that 
rulemaking process in determining whether the recommended standards 
from the Joint Agreement are in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). Any 
discussion of comments, data, or information in this direct final rule 
that were obtained during DOE's prior rulemaking will include a 
parenthetical reference that provides the location of the item in the 
public record.\23\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \23\ The parenthetical reference provides a reference for 
information located in the docket of DOE's rulemaking to develop 
energy conservation standards for MREFs. (Docket No. EERE-2020-BT-
STD-0039, which is maintained at www.regulations.gov). The 
references are arranged as follows: (commenter name, comment docket 
ID number, page of that document).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

III. General Discussion

    DOE is issuing this direct final rule after determining that the 
recommended standards submitted in the Joint Agreement meet the 
requirements in 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4). More specifically, DOE has 
determined that the recommended standards were submitted by interested 
persons that are fairly representative of relevant points of view and 
the recommended standards satisfy the criteria in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o).

A. Scope of Coverage

    This direct final rule covers those consumer products that meet the 
definition of ``miscellaneous refrigeration product,'' as codified at 
10 CFR 430.2, which states that it is a consumer refrigeration product 
other than a refrigerator, refrigerator-freezer, or freezer, which 
includes coolers and combination cooler refrigeration products.
    The differences between miscellaneous refrigeration products and 
other consumer refrigeration products, which were addressed in a 
separate rulemaking for refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and 
freezers, are largely in compartment temperature capability. 
Refrigerators are broadly defined as a cabinet capable of maintaining a 
compartment temperature above 32 [deg]F and below 39 [deg]F. Freezers 
are broadly defined as a cabinet capable of maintaining compartment 
temperature of 0 [deg]F or below. Refrigerator-freezers have two or 
more compartments, with one capable of maintaining compartment 
temperatures above 32 [deg]F and below 39 [deg]F (i.e., a fresh food or 
refrigerator compartment), and the other capable of maintaining a 
compartment temperature of 8 [deg]F with adjustability down to 0 [deg]F 
or below (i.e., a frozen food or freezer compartment). Miscellaneous 
refrigeration products generally include a cooler compartment that is 
incapable of maintaining the low temperatures achieved by 
refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers.

[[Page 38774]]

Coolers (and cooler compartments) have temperature ranges that either 
extend no lower than 39 [deg]F, or no lower than 37 [deg]F but at least 
as high as 60 [deg]F. Combination-coolers contain a fresh food and/or 
frozen food compartment in addition to one or more cooler compartments. 
See 10 CFR 430.2 for more information regarding consumer refrigeration 
products definitions.
    When evaluating and establishing energy conservation standards, DOE 
divides covered products into product classes by the type of energy 
used, or by capacity, or based upon performance-related features that 
justify a higher or lower standard. (42 U.S.C. 6295(q)) In making a 
determination whether a performance-related feature justifies a 
different standard, DOE must consider such factors as the utility of 
the feature to the consumer and other factors DOE determines are 
appropriate. (Id.)
    The Joint Agreement proposed approach for MREF product classes 
embeds within the energy use equations the difference between classes 
for MREFs that are otherwise identical except for presence of an 
icemaker, using a logical variable I (equal to 1 for a product with an 
icemaker and equal to 0 for a product without an icemaker) multiplied 
by the constant icemaker energy use adder.
    The product class representation simplification in the Joint 
Agreement is consistent with what was proposed by DOE in the March 2023 
NOPR. Based on the comments received in response to the March 2023 NOPR 
and DOE's evaluation of the Joint Agreement, this direct final rule 
adopts this change. See section IV.A.1 of this document for further 
detail and discussion regarding the product classes analyzed in this 
direct final rule.

B. Fairly Representative of Relevant Point of View

    Under the direct final rule provision in EPCA, recommended energy 
conservation standards must be submitted by interested persons that are 
fairly representative of relevant points of view (including 
representatives of manufacturers of covered products, States, and 
efficiency advocates) as determined by DOE. (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(A)) 
With respect to this requirement, DOE notes that the Joint Agreement 
included a trade association, AHAM, which represents 15 manufacturers 
of MREFs.\24\ The Joint Agreement also included environmental and 
energy-efficiency advocacy organizations, consumer advocacy 
organizations, and a gas and electric utility company. As a result, DOE 
has determined that the Joint Agreement was submitted by interested 
persons who are fairly representative of relevant points of view. 
Additionally, DOE received a letter in support of the Joint Agreement 
from the States of New York, California, and Massachusetts. (See 
NYSERDA, et al., No. 35 at p. 2) DOE also received a letter in support 
of the Joint Agreement from the gas and electric utility, SDG&E, and 
the electric utility, SCE (See SDG&E, et al., No. 36 at p. 1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \24\ Manufacturers listed in the Joint Agreement include: Asko 
Appliances AB, BSH Home Appliances Corporation, Danby Products, 
Ltd., Electrolux Home Products, Inc, GE Appliances, a Haier Company, 
Liebherr USA, Co., Electronics America Inc., LG Electronics, Midea 
America Corp., Miele, Inc., Panasonic Appliances Refrigeration 
Systems (PAPRSA) Corporation of America, Smeg S.p.A, Sub-Zero Group, 
Inc., The Middleby Corporation (listed with subsidiaries U-Line 
Corporation and Viking Range, LLC).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

C. Technological Feasibility

1. General
    In each energy conservation standards rulemaking, DOE conducts a 
screening analysis based on information gathered on all current 
technology options and prototype designs that could improve the 
efficiency of the products or equipment that are the subject of the 
rulemaking. As the first step in such an analysis, DOE develops a list 
of technology options for consideration in consultation with 
manufacturers, design engineers, and other interested parties. DOE then 
determines which of those means for improving efficiency are 
technologically feasible. DOE considers technologies incorporated in 
commercially available products or in working prototypes to be 
technologically feasible. Sections 6(b)(3)(i) and 7(b)(1) of appendix A 
to 10 CFR part 430, subpart C (``Process Rule'').
    After DOE has determined that particular technology options are 
technologically feasible, it further evaluates each technology option 
in light of the following additional screening criteria: (1) 
practicability to manufacture, install, and service; (2) adverse 
impacts on product utility or availability; (3) adverse impacts on 
health or safety and (4) unique-pathway proprietary technologies. 
Sections 7(b)(2)-(5) of the Process Rule. Section IV.B of this document 
discusses the results of the screening analysis for MREFs, particularly 
the designs DOE considered, those it screened out, and those that are 
the basis for the standards considered in this rulemaking. For further 
details on the screening analysis for this rulemaking, see chapter 4 of 
the direct final rule TSD.
2. Maximum Technologically Feasible Levels
    When DOE proposes to adopt a new or amended standard for a type or 
class of covered product, it must determine the maximum improvement in 
energy efficiency or maximum reduction in energy use that is 
technologically feasible for such product. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(A)) 
Accordingly, in the engineering analysis, DOE determined the maximum 
technologically feasible (``max-tech'') improvements in energy 
efficiency for MREFs, using the design parameters for the most 
efficient products available on the market or in working prototypes. 
The max-tech levels that DOE determined for this rulemaking are 
described in section IV.C of this document and in chapter 5 of the 
direct final rule TSD.

D. Energy Savings

1. Determination of Savings
    For each TSL, DOE projected energy savings from application of the 
TSL to MREFs purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the year of 
compliance with the amended standards (2029-2058).\25\ The savings are 
measured over the entire lifetime of products purchased in the 30-year 
analysis period. DOE quantified the energy savings attributable to each 
TSL as the difference in energy consumption between each standards case 
and the no-new-standards case. The no-new-standards case represents a 
projection of energy consumption that reflects how the market for a 
product would likely evolve in the absence of amended energy 
conservation standards.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \25\ DOE also presents a sensitivity analysis that considers 
impacts for products shipped in a 9-year period.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DOE used its national impact analysis (``NIA'') spreadsheet models 
to estimate national energy savings (``NES'') from potential amended 
standards for MREFs. The NIA spreadsheet model (described in section 
IV.H of this document) calculates energy savings in terms of site 
energy, which is the energy directly consumed by products at the 
locations where they are used. For electricity, DOE reports national 
energy savings in terms of primary energy savings, which is the savings 
in the energy that is used to generate and transmit the site 
electricity. For natural gas, the primary energy savings are considered 
to be equal to the site energy savings. DOE also calculates NES in 
terms of FFC energy savings. The FFC metric includes the energy 
consumed in

[[Page 38775]]

extracting, processing, and transporting primary fuels (i.e., coal, 
natural gas, petroleum fuels), and thus presents a more complete 
picture of the impacts of energy conservation standards.\26\ DOE's 
approach is based on the calculation of an FFC multiplier for each of 
the energy types used by covered products or equipment. For more 
information on FFC energy savings, see section IV.H.2 of this document.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \26\ The FFC metric is discussed in DOE's statement of policy 
and notice of policy amendment. 76 FR 51282 (Aug. 18, 2011), as 
amended at 77 FR 49701 (Aug. 17, 2012).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. Significance of Savings
    To adopt any new or amended standards for a covered product, DOE 
must determine that such action would result in significant energy 
savings. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B))
    The significance of energy savings offered by a new or amended 
energy conservation standard cannot be determined without knowledge of 
the specific circumstances surrounding a given rulemaking. For example, 
some covered products and equipment have most of their energy 
consumption occur during periods of peak energy demand. The impacts of 
these products on the energy infrastructure can be more pronounced than 
products with relatively constant demand. Accordingly, DOE evaluates 
the significance of energy savings on a case-by-case basis, taking into 
account the significance of cumulative FFC national energy savings, the 
cumulative FFC emissions reductions, and the need to confront the 
global climate crisis, among other factors.
    As stated, the standard levels adopted in this direct final rule 
are projected to result in national energy savings of 0.32 quads (FFC), 
the equivalent of the primary annual energy use of 2.1 million homes. 
Based on the amount of FFC savings, the corresponding reduction in 
emissions, and need to confront the global climate crisis, DOE has 
determined the energy savings from the standard levels adopted in this 
direct final rule are ``significant'' within the meaning of 42 U.S.C. 
6295(o)(3)(B).

E. Economic Justification

1. Specific Criteria
    As noted previously, EPCA provides seven factors to be evaluated in 
determining whether a potential energy conservation standard is 
economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(I)(VII)) The 
following sections discuss how DOE has addressed each of those seven 
factors in this rulemaking.
a. Economic Impact on Manufacturers and Consumers
    In determining the impacts of potential amended standards on 
manufacturers, DOE conducts an MIA, as discussed in section IV.J of 
this document. DOE first uses an annual cash-flow approach to determine 
the quantitative impacts. This step includes both a short-term 
assessment--based on the cost and capital requirements during the 
period between when a regulation is issued and when entities must 
comply with the regulation--and a long-term assessment over a 30-year 
period. The industry-wide impacts analyzed include (1) INPV, which 
values the industry on the basis of expected future cash flows; (2) 
cash flows by year; (3) changes in revenue and income; and (4) other 
measures of impact, as appropriate. Second, DOE analyzes and reports 
the impacts on different types of manufacturers, including impacts on 
small manufacturers. Third, DOE considers the impact of standards on 
domestic manufacturer employment and manufacturing capacity, as well as 
the potential for standards to result in plant closures and loss of 
capital investment. Finally, DOE takes into account cumulative impacts 
of various DOE regulations and other regulatory requirements on 
manufacturers.
    For individual consumers, measures of economic impact include the 
changes in LCC and PBP associated with new or amended standards. These 
measures are discussed further in the following section. For consumers 
in the aggregate, DOE also calculates the national net present value of 
the consumer costs and benefits expected to result from particular 
standards. DOE also evaluates the impacts of potential standards on 
identifiable subgroups of consumers that may be affected 
disproportionately by a standard.
b. Savings in Operating Costs Compared to Increase in Price (LCC and 
PBP)
    EPCA requires DOE to consider the savings in operating costs 
throughout the estimated average life of the covered product in the 
type (or class) compared to any increase in the price of, or in the 
initial charges for, or maintenance expenses of, the covered product 
that are likely to result from a standard. (42 U.S.C. 
6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(II)) DOE conducts this comparison in its LCC and PBP 
analysis.
    The LCC is the sum of the purchase price of a product (including 
its installation) and the operating cost (including energy, 
maintenance, and repair expenditures) discounted over the lifetime of 
the product. The LCC analysis requires a variety of inputs, such as 
product prices, product energy consumption, energy prices, maintenance 
and repair costs, product lifetime, and discount rates appropriate for 
consumers. To account for uncertainty and variability in specific 
inputs, such as product lifetime and discount rate, DOE uses a 
distribution of values, with probabilities attached to each value.
    The PBP is the estimated amount of time (in years) it takes 
consumers to recover the increased purchase cost (including 
installation) of a more-efficient product through lower operating 
costs. DOE calculates the PBP by dividing the change in purchase cost 
due to a more-stringent standard by the change in annual operating cost 
for the year that standards are assumed to take effect.
    For its LCC and PBP analysis, DOE assumes that consumers will 
purchase the covered products in the first year of compliance with new 
or amended standards. The LCC savings for the considered efficiency 
levels are calculated relative to the case that reflects projected 
market trends in the absence of new or amended standards. DOE's LCC and 
PBP analysis is discussed in further detail in section IV.F of this 
document.
c. Energy Savings
    Although significant conservation of energy is a separate statutory 
requirement for adopting an energy conservation standard, EPCA requires 
DOE, in determining the economic justification of a standard, to 
consider the total projected energy savings that are expected to result 
directly from the standard. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(III)) As 
discussed in section IV.H of this document, DOE uses the NIA 
spreadsheet models to project national energy savings.
d. Lessening of Utility or Performance of Products
    In establishing product classes, and in evaluating design options 
and the impact of potential standard levels, DOE evaluates potential 
standards that would not lessen the utility or performance of the 
considered products. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(IV)) Based on data 
available to DOE, the standards adopted in this document would not 
reduce the utility or performance of the products under consideration 
in this rulemaking.
e. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition
    EPCA directs DOE to consider the impact of any lessening of 
competition, as determined in writing by the

[[Page 38776]]

Attorney General, that is likely to result from a standard. (42 U.S.C. 
6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(V)) It also directs the Attorney General to determine 
the impact, if any, of any lessening of competition likely to result 
from a standard and to transmit such determination to the Secretary 
within 60 days of the publication of a proposed rule, together with an 
analysis of the nature and extent of the impact. (42 U.S.C. 
6295(o)(2)(B)(ii)) DOE will transmit a copy of this direct final rule 
to the Attorney General with a request that the Department of Justice 
(``DOJ'') provide its determination on this issue. DOE will consider 
DOJ's comments on the rule in determining whether to withdraw the 
direct final rule. DOE will also publish and respond to the DOJ's 
comments in the Federal Register in a separate notice.
f. Need for National Energy Conservation
    DOE also considers the need for national energy and water 
conservation in determining whether a new or amended standard is 
economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(VI)) The energy 
savings from the adopted standards are likely to provide improvements 
to the security and reliability of the Nation's energy system. 
Reductions in the demand for electricity also may result in reduced 
costs for maintaining the reliability of the Nation's electricity 
system. DOE conducts a utility impact analysis to estimate how 
standards may affect the Nation's needed power generation capacity, as 
discussed in section IV.M of this document.
    DOE finds that environmental and public health benefits associated 
with the more efficient use of energy are important to take into 
account when considering the need for national energy conservation. The 
adopted standards are likely to result in environmental benefits in the 
form of reduced emissions of air pollutants and greenhouse gases 
(``GHGs'') associated with energy production and use. DOE conducts an 
emissions analysis to estimate how potential standards may affect these 
emissions, as discussed in section IV.K of this document; the estimated 
emissions impacts are reported in section V.B.6 of this document. DOE 
also estimates the economic value of emissions reductions resulting 
from the considered TSLs, as discussed in section IV.L of this 
document.
g. Other Factors
    In determining whether an energy conservation standard is 
economically justified, DOE may consider any other factors that the 
Secretary deems to be relevant. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(VII)) To 
the extent DOE identifies any relevant information regarding economic 
justification that does not fit into the other categories described 
previously, DOE could consider such information under ``other 
factors.''
2. Rebuttable Presumption
    As set forth in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(iii), EPCA creates a 
rebuttable presumption that an energy conservation standard is 
economically justified if the additional cost to the consumer of a 
product that meets the standard is less than three times the value of 
the first year's energy savings resulting from the standard, as 
calculated under the applicable DOE test procedure. DOE's LCC and PBP 
analyses generate values used to calculate the effect potential amended 
energy conservation standards would have on the payback period for 
consumers. These analyses include, but are not limited to, the 3-year 
payback period contemplated under the rebuttable-presumption test. In 
addition, DOE routinely conducts an economic analysis that considers 
the full range of impacts to consumers, manufacturers, the Nation, and 
the environment, as required under 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i). The 
results of this analysis serve as the basis for DOE's evaluation of the 
economic justification for a potential standard level (thereby 
supporting or rebutting the results of any preliminary determination of 
economic justification). The rebuttable presumption payback calculation 
is discussed in section IV.F of this document.

IV. Methodology and Discussion of Related Comments

    This section addresses the analyses DOE has performed for this 
rulemaking with regard to MREFs. Separate subsections address each 
component of DOE's analyses, including relevant comments DOE received 
in its separate rulemaking to amend the energy conservation standards 
for MREFs prior to receiving the Joint Agreement.
    DOE used several analytical tools to estimate the impact of the 
standards considered in this document. The first tool is a spreadsheet 
that calculates the LCC savings and PBP of potential amended energy 
conservation standards. The national impacts analysis uses a second 
spreadsheet set that provides shipments projections and calculates 
national energy savings and net present value of total consumer costs 
and savings expected to result from potential energy conservation 
standards. DOE uses the third spreadsheet tool, the Government 
Regulatory Impact Model (``GRIM''), to assess manufacturer impacts of 
potential standards. These three spreadsheet tools are available on the 
DOE website for this rulemaking: www.regulations.gov/docket/EERE-2020-BT-STD-0039. Additionally, DOE used output from the latest version of 
the Energy Information Administration's (``EIA's'') Annual Energy 
Outlook (``AEO'') for the emissions and utility impact analyses.

A. Market and Technology Assessment

    DOE develops information in the market and technology assessment 
that provides an overall picture of the market for the products 
concerned, including the purpose of the products, the industry 
structure, manufacturers, market characteristics, and technologies used 
in the products. This activity includes both quantitative and 
qualitative assessments, based primarily on publicly-available 
information. The subjects addressed in the market and technology 
assessment for this rulemaking include (1) a determination of the scope 
of the rulemaking and product classes, (2) manufacturers and industry 
structure, (3) existing efficiency programs, (4) shipments information, 
(5) market and industry trends, and (6) technologies or design options 
that could improve the energy efficiency of MREFs. The key findings of 
DOE's market assessment are summarized in the following sections. See 
chapter 3 of the direct final rule TSD for further discussion of the 
market and technology assessment.
1. Product Classes
    The Joint Agreement specifies 11 product classes for MREFs. (Joint 
Agreement, No. 34 at p. 7) In particular, the Joint Agreement 
recommends a consolidated product class representation, which 
incorporates icemaker energy adders and door allowances into the energy 
use equations for product classes in which they are applicable. As 
discussed further in section IV.A.1.a of this document, DOE notes that 
the consolidation of product class representation in the Joint 
Agreement does not combine the product classes, but rather serves to 
simplify the list of classes, in particular for those product classes 
with and without icemakers, and facilitates the implementation of a 
single equation for representation of their maximum allowable energy 
use. In this direct final rule, DOE is adopting the product classes 
from the Joint Agreement, as listed in Table IV.1.

[[Page 38777]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.008

    DOE further notes that product classes established through EPCA's 
direct final rule authority are not subject to the criteria specified 
at 42 U.S.C. 6295(q)(1) for establishing product classes. Nevertheless, 
in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(4)--which is applicable to direct 
final rules--DOE has concluded that the standards adopted in this 
direct final rule will not result in the unavailability in any covered 
product type (or class) of performance characteristics, features, 
sizes, capacities, and volumes that are substantially the same as those 
generally available in the United States currently.\27\ DOE's findings 
in this regard are discussed in detail in section V.B.4 of this 
document.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \27\ EPCA specifies that DOE may not prescribe an amended or new 
standard if the Secretary finds (and publishes such finding) that 
interested persons have established by a preponderance of the 
evidence that the standard is likely to result in the unavailability 
in the United States in any covered product type (or class) of 
performance characteristics (including reliability), features, 
sizes, capacities, and volumes that are substantially the same as 
those generally available in the United States at the time of the 
Secretary's finding. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(4))
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

a. Product Classes With Automatic Icemakers
    The Joint Agreement includes a proposed simplification of maximum 
allowable energy and expresses the maximum allowable energy use for 
both icemaking and non-icemaking classes in the same equation, thus 
consolidating the presentation of classes and their energy conservation 
standards. The energy use equations will, for those classes that may or 
may not have an icemaker, include a term equal to the icemaking energy 
use adder multiplied by a factor that is defined to equal 1 for 
products with icemakers and to equal 0 for products without icemakers. 
This approach does not combine classes that are the same other than the 
presence of an icemaker but does simplify the list of classes and 
representation of their maximum allowable energy use, providing for 
each set of classes with and without ice makers a single equation for 
maximum energy use. This simplification is consistent with the approach 
proposed in the March 2023 NOPR. See 88 FR 19382, 19395.
    In this direct final rule, DOE is adopting the Joint Agreement 
proposal to express the maximum allowable energy use for any set of 
classes differing only in whether the class includes an icemaker or not 
within a single equation. The single equation does this by including 
the icemaker energy use adder multiplied by logical variable I that is 
set equal to 1 for a product with an icemaker present and 0 for a 
product without an icemaker.
b. Addition of Product Class C-5-BI
    The Joint Agreement recommends the addition of a new product class 
C-5-BI (i.e., built-in combination cooler-refrigerator-freezers with 
bottom-mounted freezers and automatic icemakers) and specific energy 
efficiency standards for the new product class (``PC''). (Joint 
Agreement, No. 34 at p. 7) The current energy conservation standards 
for MREFs do not include a separate product class for products of this 
configuration. However, DOE has previously proposed establishing a 
separate product class for C-5-BI configurations in the March 2023 
NOPR, with a baseline level of 6.08AV + 246 kWh/yr, based in part on 
input from commenters, and considered increased efficiency levels using 
PC C-3A-BI as a proxy. 88 FR 19382, 19395.
    The Joint Agreement recommends a standard equation of 5.47AV + 
196.2 + 28I kWh/yr for product class C-5-BI. DOE notes that this 
recommended level is consistent with the level proposed in the March 
2023 NOPR for product class C-5-BI, which represents a 10 percent more 
stringent level than the baseline level identified in the March 2023 
NOPR.
    Considering that the recommendation is consistent with the proposed 
level in the March 2023 NOPR and carries support from a broad cross-
section of interests, including trade associations representing these 
manufactures, environmental and energy-efficiency advocacy 
organizations, consumer advocates, and electric utility providers as 
well as the support of several States, DOE believes it appropriate to 
adopt this new product class, C-5-BI, and the recommended standard 
equation. DOE's direct rulemaking authority under 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4) 
is constrained only by the requirements of 42 U.S.C. 6295(o), which 
does not include the product class requirements in 42 U.S.C. 6295(q). 
However, DOE notes that the addition of a PC C-5-BI is warranted as the 
application of bottom-mounted freezer and icemaker on a built-in cooler 
with refrigerator-freezer provides consumers the utility of storage 
compartments at freezing, fresh food, and cooler temperature levels, 
whereas the current classes combine a cooler compartment with either a 
freezer or fresh food compartment, but not both. In addition, 
establishing separate classes of this configuration both with and 
without automatic icemaking addresses the unique utility of icemaking 
that may be

[[Page 38778]]

included as part of the product. As a result of this additional 
utility, the application of a bottom-mounted freezer and icemaker 
constitutes a performance related feature.
    Given the indication from the Joint Agreement that such a product 
class standard would be beneficial in its implementation, the 
classification of a bottom-mounted freezer and icemaker as performance 
related features, and the recommendation's consistency with the other 
adopted standards, DOE is adopting a PC C-5-BI standard in this direct 
final rule.
    See section V of this document for more information regarding the 
TSL configuration and discussion of the adopted level for this product 
class. See chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD for more discussion 
regarding the addition of this product class.
2. Technology Options
    In the preliminary market analysis and technology assessment, DOE 
identified 36 technology options initially determined to improve the 
efficiency of MREFs, as measured by the DOE test procedure. In this 
direct final rule, DOE considered the technology options listed in 
Table IV.2, consistent with the table of technology options presented 
in the March 2023 NOPR. 88 FR 19382, 19395-19396. Chapter 3 of the 
direct final rule TSD includes a detailed list and descriptions of all 
technology options identified for MREFs.
BILLING CODE 6450-01-P

[[Page 38779]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.009

BILLING CODE 6450-01-C

[[Page 38780]]

B. Screening Analysis

    DOE uses the following five screening criteria to determine which 
technology options are suitable for further consideration in an energy 
conservation standards rulemaking:
    (1) Technological feasibility. Technologies that are not 
incorporated in commercial products or in commercially viable, existing 
prototypes will not be considered further.
    (2) Practicability to manufacture, install, and service. If it is 
determined that mass production of a technology in commercial products 
and reliable installation and servicing of the technology could not be 
achieved on the scale necessary to serve the relevant market at the 
time of the projected compliance date of the standard, then that 
technology will not be considered further.
    (3) Impacts on product utility. If a technology is determined to 
have a significant adverse impact on the utility of the product to 
subgroups of consumers, or result in the unavailability of any covered 
product type with performance characteristics (including reliability), 
features, sizes, capacities, and volumes that are substantially the 
same as products generally available in the United States at the time, 
it will not be considered further.
    (4) Safety of technologies. If it is determined that a technology 
would have significant adverse impacts on health or safety, it will not 
be considered further.
    (5) Unique-pathway proprietary technologies. If a technology has 
proprietary protection and represents a unique pathway to achieving a 
given efficiency level, it will not be considered further, due to the 
potential for monopolistic concerns.

10 CFR part 430, subpart C, appendix A, sections 6(b)(3) and 7(b).

    In sum, if DOE determines that a technology, or a combination of 
technologies, fails to meet one or more of the listed five criteria, it 
will be excluded from further consideration in the engineering 
analysis. The reasons for eliminating any technology are discussed in 
the following sections.
    The subsequent sections include DOE's evaluation of each technology 
option against the screening analysis criteria and whether DOE 
determined that a technology option should be excluded (``screened 
out'') based on the screening criteria.
1. Screened-Out Technologies
    In this direct final rule, DOE screened out the technologies 
presented in Table IV.3 on the basis of technological feasibility, 
practicability to manufacture, install, and service, adverse impacts on 
utility or availability, adverse impacts on health and safety, and/or 
unique-pathway proprietary technologies. Chapter 4 of the direct final 
rule TSD includes a detailed description of the screening analysis for 
each of these technology options.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.010

2. Remaining Technologies
    Through a review of each technology, DOE concludes that all of the 
other identified technologies listed in section IV.B.2 of this document 
met all five screening criteria to be examined further as design 
options in DOE's direct final rule analysis. In summary, DOE did not 
screen out the following technology options:

[[Page 38781]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.011

BILLING CODE 6450-01-C
    DOE determined that these technology options are technologically 
feasible because they are being used or have previously been used in 
commercially-available products or working prototypes. DOE also finds 
that all of the remaining technology options meet the other screening 
criteria (i.e., practicable to manufacture, install, and service and do 
not result in adverse impacts on consumer utility, product 
availability, health, or safety). For additional details, see chapter 4 
of the direct final rule TSD.

C. Engineering Analysis

    The purpose of the engineering analysis is to establish the 
relationship between the efficiency and cost of MREFs. There are two 
elements to consider in the engineering analysis; the selection of 
efficiency levels to analyze (i.e., the ``efficiency analysis'') and 
the determination of product cost at each efficiency level (i.e., the 
``cost analysis''). In determining the performance of higher-efficiency 
products, DOE considers technologies and design option combinations not 
eliminated by the screening analysis. For each product class, DOE 
estimates the baseline cost, as well as the incremental cost for the 
product/equipment at efficiency levels above the baseline. The output 
of the engineering analysis is a set of cost-efficiency ``curves'' that 
are used in downstream analyses (i.e., the LCC and PBP analyses and the 
NIA).
1. Efficiency Analysis
    DOE typically uses one of two approaches to develop energy 
efficiency levels for the engineering analysis: (1) relying on observed 
efficiency levels in the market (i.e., the efficiency-level approach), 
or (2) determining the

[[Page 38782]]

incremental efficiency improvements associated with incorporating 
specific design options to a baseline model (i.e., the design-option 
approach). Using the efficiency-level approach, the efficiency levels 
established for the analysis are determined based on the market 
distribution of existing products (in other words, based on the range 
of efficiencies and efficiency level ``clusters'' that already exist on 
the market). Using the design option approach, the efficiency levels 
established for the analysis are determined through detailed 
engineering calculations and/or computer simulations of the efficiency 
improvements from implementing specific design options that have been 
identified in the technology assessment. DOE may also rely on a 
combination of these two approaches. For example, the efficiency-level 
approach (based on actual products on the market) may be extended using 
the design option approach to interpolate to define ``gap fill'' levels 
(to bridge large gaps between other identified efficiency levels) and/
or to extrapolate to the ``max-tech'' level (particularly in cases 
where the ``max-tech'' level exceeds the maximum efficiency level 
currently available on the market).
    The approach used for this direct final rule to define the 
efficiency levels for analysis is largely the same as the approach DOE 
had used for the March 2023 NOPR analysis.
    For its analysis in this direct final rule, DOE used a combined 
efficiency level and design option approach to directly analyze five 
products classes: freestanding compact coolers, freestanding coolers, 
and combination cooler classes C-13A, C-3A, and C-9. First, an 
efficiency-level approach was used to establish an analysis tied to 
existing products on the market. Several products from the cooler class 
(compact and standard size) and one product from the combination cooler 
class (C-13A) were used in physical teardowns. Additional analyses were 
conducted on classes C-3A and C-9; however, a lack of physical teardown 
products for these classes led DOE to rely heavily on adjusted analyses 
from the consumer refrigerator, refrigerator-freezer, and freezers 
(``RF'') classes 3 and 9, respectively. Then, a design option approach 
was used to extend the analysis through ``built-down'' efficiency 
levels and ``built-up'' efficiency levels where there were gaps in the 
range of efficiencies of products that were reverse engineered. As 
discussed in the section that follows, DOE applied its direct analyses 
of freestanding products to the corresponding built-in product classes. 
DOE's direct analysis informed the adopted standards for those product 
classes that were not directly analyzed. See section 5.4.1 of the 
direct final rule TSD for more discussion on DOE's efficiency analysis.
a. Built-in Classes
    In this direct final rule analysis, DOE used the freestanding MREF 
classes as proxies for built-in classes. DOE conducted analysis of the 
current market for miscellaneous refrigeration products and found that 
built-in and freestanding products occupy the same range of 
efficiencies, and DOE did not identify any unique characteristic that 
would inhibit efficiency improvements for built-in products relative to 
freestanding products based on a review on the market. As a result, DOE 
chose to apply its freestanding products analyses to built-in classes.
    In response to the March 2023 NOPR, AHAM and Sub-zero Group Inc. 
(``Sub-zero'') argued that freestanding product classes are not a proxy 
for built-in product classes and DOE should evaluate them separately. 
(AHAM, No. 31 at p. 6; Sub-zero, No. 30 at p. 1) AHAM and Sub-zero 
stated that built-in products have constraints, such as incorporation 
into kitchen designs and needing to be flush with cabinetry, that 
affect that the technology options for achieving higher efficiency 
levels. (AHAM, No. 31 at pp. 6-7; Sub-zero, No. 30 at p. 2) AHAM and 
Sub-Zero also stated that different testing requirements for built-ins 
(e.g., two inches or less of rear clearance for freestanding products 
as opposed to no rear clearance for built-in products) creates inherent 
design differences between the freestanding and built-in products. Id. 
AHAM and Sub-zero encouraged DOE to revise its analysis to separately 
analyze freestanding and built-in products, contending that these 
products are fundamentally different. (AHAM, No. 31 at p. 7; Sub-zero, 
No. 30 at p. 2)
    As discussed in section IV.C.1.c of this document, the efficiency 
levels analyzed for this direct final rule represent a percentage 
reduction in energy use below the currently applicable standard for 
each product class. DOE's analysis of the freestanding product classes 
as a proxy for the built-in product classes does not presume that the 
two product types have the same nominal costs at each higher efficiency 
level, but rather reflects that incremental design changes associated 
with reducing energy use on a percentage basis--relative to the 
currently applicable standard for each respective product type--are 
substantially similar between freestanding and built-in products. To 
reflect the inherent design differences between built-in products 
compared to free-standing products, as described by commenters, DOE 
applied a $30, $50, or $150 adder (depending on product size) to the 
baseline costs for the built-in product classes compared to their 
freestanding counterparts. See chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD 
for further details regarding the engineering analysis conducted for 
each product class.
b. Baseline Efficiency/Energy Use
    For each product class, DOE generally selects a baseline model as a 
reference point for each class, and measures changes resulting from 
potential energy conservation standards against the baseline. The 
baseline model in each product class represents the characteristics of 
a product/equipment typical of that class (e.g., capacity, physical 
size). Generally, a baseline model is one that just meets current 
energy conservation standards, or, if no standards are in place, the 
baseline is typically the most common or least efficient unit on the 
market. When selecting units for the analysis, DOE selects units at 
baseline from various manufacturers for each directly analyzed product 
class.
    For this direct final rule, DOE chose baseline efficiency levels 
represented by the current Federal energy conservation standards, 
expressed as maximum annual energy consumption as a function of the 
product's adjusted volume. The baseline levels differ for coolers and 
combination coolers to account for design differences; all coolers 
share the same baseline level, i.e., the baseline is the same function 
of adjusted volume for both freestanding and built-in models, for both 
compact and standard-size models. The current standards incorporate an 
allowance of a constant 84 kWh/yr icemaker adder for product classes 
with automatic icemakers, consistent with the current test procedure, 
which requires adding this amount of annual energy use to the products 
tested performance if the product has an automatic icemaker. DOE 
adjusted the baseline energy usage levels for each class to account for 
the planned revision in the test procedure to reduce the icemaker 
energy use adder to 28 kWh/yr.\28\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \28\ See the October 12, 2021, test procedure final rule for 
refrigeration products for more information regarding the adoption 
of the 28 kWh/yr icemaker adder. 86 FR 56790.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 38783]]

    DOE directly analyzed a sample of market representative models from 
within five product classes from multiple manufacturers. Directly 
analyzed classes include three different AV coolers (AVs of 3 ft\3\, 5 
ft\3\, and 15 ft\3\) and three combination cooler classes (C-13A, C-9 
and C-3A). In conducting these analyses, eight teardown units were used 
in construction of cost curves, and their characteristics were 
determined in large part by testing and reverse-engineering. Further 
information on the design characteristics of specific analyzed baseline 
models is summarized in section 5.4.1 of the direct final rule TSD.
c. Higher Efficiency Levels
    As part of DOE's analysis, the maximum available efficiency level 
is the highest efficiency unit currently available on the market. DOE 
also defines a ``max-tech'' efficiency level to represent the maximum 
possible efficiency for a given product.
    For this direct final rule, DOE analyzed up to five incremental 
efficiency levels beyond the baseline for each of the analyzed product 
classes. The efficiency levels begin at EL 1, which was 10 percent more 
efficient than the current MREF energy conservation standards. For the 
compact coolers analysis, DOE extended the efficiency levels in steps 
of 10 percent of the current energy conservation standard up to EL 4 at 
40 percent; for full-size coolers, EL 4 is analyzed at 35 percent. For 
combination coolers (excluding C-9) efficiency levels above EL 1 are in 
steps of roughly 5 percent up to EL 4. Finally, EL 5 represents maximum 
technology (``max-tech''), which uses design option analysis to extend 
the analysis beyond EL 4 by using all applicable design options, 
including max efficiency variable-speed compressors and maximum 
practical use of vacuum-insulated panels (``VIPs''). For compact 
coolers, max tech stands at either 59 percent or 50 percent for the two 
directly analyzed AVs--3.1 ft\3\ and 5.1 ft\3\ respectively; full-size 
coolers max-tech stands at 38 percent. For combination coolers C-13A 
and C-3A, max tech stands at 28 percent and 24 percent, respectively.
    DOE conducted analysis for product class C-9 starting with analysis 
for a class 9 upright freezer with comparable total refrigerated 
volume. In its analysis, DOE concluded that application of all of the 
design options being considered at max-tech would be required for the 
product to be compliant with the current energy conservation standards. 
Currently, the Compliance Certification Database (``CCD'') includes 
only one product that is certified as C-9--an LG product certified with 
energy use 17 percent below the standard. DOE did not purchase, test, 
and reverse-engineer this product, in-part because of the limited 
product offering and expected insignificant potential for energy 
savings for the class. Thus, DOE is relying primarily on its analysis 
of the RF product class 9 freezer, to suggest that opportunities for 
energy savings are likely limited and likely not cost-effective, even 
if improved efficiency is technically feasible. DOE has not analyzed 
efficiency levels beyond baseline for this product class in this direct 
final rule but has taken into consideration all design options applied 
at max-tech in its analysis.
    DOE notes the current Energy Star specifications correspond to EL 1 
for freestanding full-size coolers (10 percent), EL 2 for freestanding 
compact coolers (20 percent), and EL 3 for both classes of built-in 
coolers (30 percent).\29\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \29\ See EnergyStar, ``Refrigerators & Freezers Key Product 
Criteria,'' Available at www.energystar.gov/products/appliances/refrigerators/key_product_criteria (last accessed July 14, 2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The efficiency levels analyzed beyond the baseline are shown in 
Table IV.5 as follows.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.012

d. Variable-Speed Compressor Supply Chain
    In response to the March 2023 NOPR, AHAM suggested that DOE 
evaluate the robustness of the supply chains for variable-speed 
compressors (``VSCs'') while considering the growing demand given more 
stringent standards for cooling appliances, including both air 
conditioning and refrigeration. (AHAM, No. 31 at p. 5)
    In considering this comment and comments provided in response to 
the RF rulemaking, DOE interviewed relevant compressor manufacturers to 
gather information regarding the level of VSC implementation that would 
be required at the efficiency levels analyzed in this direct final 
rule, the current and predicted supply of VSCs into the U.S. market, 
the predicted time to ramp up production of VSCs, and pricing of VSCs 
and components. None of the compressor manufacturers interviewed 
expressed any concerns regarding the ability to ramp-up VSC capacity in 
response to more stringent MREF standards. Compressor manufacturers 
additionally noted that any previous bottlenecks in the VSC supply 
chain are no longer a factor at this time, and that they have been 
modifying sourcing strategies to ensure a reliable supply of VSCs going 
forward. DOE concluded from these interviews that compressor 
manufacturers will be able to readily meet any increased demand for 
VSCs as a result of the adopted standards within the 5-year

[[Page 38784]]

timeframe between publication of this direct final rule and the 
compliance date. DOE further notes that the amended standards adopted 
in this final rule reflect the recommendations of the Joint Agreement, 
of which AHAM was a signatory.
2. Cost Analysis
    The cost analysis portion of the engineering analysis is conducted 
using one or a combination of cost approaches. The selection of cost 
approach depends on a suite of factors, including the availability and 
reliability of public information, characteristics of the regulated 
product, the availability and timeliness of purchasing the product on 
the market. The cost approaches are summarized as follows:
    [ballot] Physical teardowns: Under this approach, DOE physically 
dismantles a commercially available product, component-by-component, to 
develop a detailed bill of materials for the product.
    [ballot] Catalog teardowns: In lieu of physically deconstructing a 
product, DOE identifies each component using parts diagrams (available 
from manufacturer websites or appliance repair websites, for example) 
to develop the bill of materials for the product.
    [ballot] Price surveys: If neither a physical nor catalog teardown 
is feasible (for example, for tightly integrated products such as 
fluorescent lamps, which are infeasible to disassemble and for which 
parts diagrams are unavailable) or cost-prohibitive and otherwise 
impractical (e.g., large commercial boilers), DOE conducts price 
surveys using publicly available pricing data published on major online 
retailer websites and/or by soliciting prices from distributors and 
other commercial channels.
    In the present case, DOE conducted the analysis using primarily 
physical teardowns. Where possible, physical teardowns were used to 
provide a baseline of technology options and pricing for a specific 
product class at a specific EL. Then with technology option 
information, DOE estimated the cost of various design options including 
compressors, VIPs, and insulation, by extrapolating the costs from 
price surveys. With specific costs for technology options, DOE was then 
able to ``build-up'' or ``build-down'' from the various teardown models 
to finish the cost-efficiency curves. DOE used this approach to 
calibrate the analysis to certified or measured energy use of specific 
available models where possible, while allowing a broader range of 
potential efficiency levels to be considered.
    The resulting bill of materials provides the basis for the 
manufacturer production cost (``MPC'') estimates.
    To account for manufacturers' non-production costs and profit 
margin, DOE applies a multiplier (the manufacturer markup) to the MPC. 
The resulting manufacturer selling price (``MSP'') is the price at 
which the manufacturer distributes a unit into commerce. DOE developed 
an average manufacturer markup by examining corporate annual reports 
and Securities and Exchange Commission (``SEC'') 10-K reports \30\ 
filed by publicly traded manufacturers in primarily engaged in 
appliance manufacturing and whose combined product range includes 
MREFs. DOE then compared the manufacturer markups derived from the 
financials to the manufacturer markups estimated in the October 2016 
Direct Final Rule. 81 FR 75194, 75224-75225. See chapter 12 of the 
direct final rule TSD for additional detail on the manufacturer markup.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \30\ U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, Electronic Data 
Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (EDGAR) system. Available at 
www.sec.gov/edgar/search/ (last accessed January 30, 2024).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. Cost-Efficiency Results
    The results of the engineering analysis are reported as cost-
efficiency data (or ``curves'') in the form of AEU (in kWh) versus MPC 
(in dollars), which form the basis for subsequent analyses.
    DOE developed estimates of MPCs for each unit in the teardown 
sample, and also performed additional modeling for each of the teardown 
samples, to extend the analysis to cover the range of efficiency levels 
appropriate for a representative product. To estimate the MPCs 
necessary to achieve higher efficiency levels, in particular those 
beyond the highest-efficiency products in the test sample, DOE 
considered design options that were most likely to be considered and 
implemented by manufacturers to achieve the higher efficiency levels. 
Based on input from manufacturers and an understanding of the markets, 
DOE then estimated the costs associated with those design options to 
determine the MPCs at each of the analyzed efficiency levels.
    The resulting weighted average incremental design option by 
efficiency level and cost curves for each directly analyzed product 
class are (i.e., the additional costs manufacturers would likely incur 
by producing miscellaneous refrigeration products at each efficiency 
level compared to the baseline) are provided in Tables IV.6 and IV.7 as 
follows. See chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD for additional 
detail on the engineering analysis and formulation of cost curves.
BILLING CODE 6450-01-P

[[Page 38785]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.013


[[Page 38786]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.014

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.015


[[Page 38787]]


BILLING CODE 6450-01-C

D. Markups Analysis

    The markups analysis develops appropriate markups (e.g., retailer 
markups, distributor markups, contractor markups) in the distribution 
chain and sales taxes to convert the MSP estimates derived in the 
engineering analysis to consumer prices, which are then used in the LCC 
and PBP analysis. At each step in the distribution channel, companies 
mark up the price of the product to cover business costs and profit 
margin.
    For MREFs, DOE identified two distribution channels: (1) 
manufacturers to retailers to consumers, and (2) manufacturers to 
wholesalers to dealers/retailers to consumers. The parties involved in 
the distribution channel are retailers, wholesalers, and dealers.
    DOE developed baseline and incremental markups for each actor in 
the distribution chain. Baseline markups are applied to the price of 
products with baseline efficiency, while incremental markups are 
applied to the difference in price between baseline and higher-
efficiency models (the incremental cost increase). The incremental 
markup is typically less than the baseline markup and is designed to 
maintain similar per-unit operating profit before and after new or 
amended standards.\31\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \31\ Because the projected price of standards-compliant products 
is typically higher than the price of baseline products, using the 
same markup for the incremental cost and the baseline cost would 
result in higher per-unit operating profit. While such an outcome is 
possible, DOE maintains that in markets that are reasonably 
competitive it is unlikely that standards would lead to a 
sustainable increase in profitability in the long run.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DOE relied on economic data from the U.S. Census Bureau to estimate 
average baseline and incremental markups. Specifically, DOE used the 
2017 Annual Retail Trade Survey for the ``electronics and appliance 
stores'' sector to develop retailer markups,\32\ and the 2017 Annual 
Wholesaler Trade Survey for the ``household appliances, and electrical 
and electronics goods merchant wholesalers'' sector to estimate 
wholesaler markups.\33\ For the wholesaler to dealer/retailer channel, 
DOE assumed that the dealer markups are half of the retailer markups in 
the retailer channel.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \32\ U.S. Census Bureau, Annual Retail Trade Survey. 2017. 
Available at www.census.gov/programs-surveys/arts.html.
    \33\ U.S. Census Bureau, Annual Wholesale Trade Survey. 2017. 
Available at www.census.gov/awts.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    For this direct final rule, DOE considered comments it had received 
regarding the markups analysis conducted for the March 2023 NOPR. The 
approach used for this direct final rule is largely the same as the 
approach DOE had used for the March 2023 NOPR analysis.
    In response to the March 2023 NOPR, AHAM commented on DOE's 
reliance on the concept of incremental markups, stating that it is 
based on discredited theory, and it is in contradiction to empirical 
evidence provided by AHAM during a 2014 proposed rulemaking for energy 
conservation standards for residential dishwashers. (AHAM, No. 31 at p. 
9)
    DOE's incremental markup approach assumes that an increase in 
profitability, which is implied by keeping a fixed markup when the 
product price goes up due to higher efficiency standards, is unlikely 
to be viable over time in a reasonably competitive market like 
household appliance retailers. The Herfindahl-Hirschman Index (``HHI'') 
reported by the 2017 Economic Census indicates that the household 
appliance stores sector (NAICS 443141) is a highly competitive 
marketplace.\34\ DOE recognizes that actors in the distribution chains 
are likely to seek to maintain the same markup on appliances in 
response to changes in manufacturer selling prices after an amendment 
to energy conservation standards. However, DOE believes that retail 
pricing is likely to adjust over time as those actors are forced to 
readjust their markups to reach a medium-term equilibrium in which per-
unit profit is relatively unchanged before and after standards are 
implemented.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \34\ 2017 Economic Census, Selected sectors: Concentration of 
largest firms for the U.S. Available at www.census.gov/data/tables/2017/econ/economic-census/naics-sector-44-45.html. The Herfindahl-
Hirschman Index value can be found by navigating to the 
``Concentration of largest firms for the U.S.'' table and then 
filtering the industry code to NAICS 443141.The Herfindahl-Hirschman 
Index reported for the largest 50 firms in household appliance 
stores sector, is 123.8. Generally, a market with an HHI value of 
under 1,000 is considered to be competitive.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DOE acknowledges that markup practices in response to amended 
standards are complex and vary with business conditions. However, DOE's 
analysis necessarily only considers changes in appliance offerings that 
occur in response to amended standards and isolate the effect of 
amended standards from other factors. Obtaining data on markup 
practices in the situation described previously is very challenging. 
Hence, DOE continues to maintain that its assumption that standards do 
not facilitate a sustainable increase in profitability is reasonable.
    Chapter 6 of the direct final rule TSD provides details on DOE's 
development of markups for MREFs.

E. Energy Use Analysis

    The purpose of the energy use analysis is to determine the annual 
energy consumption of MREFs at different efficiencies in representative 
U.S. households, and to assess the energy savings potential of 
increased MREF efficiency. The energy use analysis estimates the range 
of energy use of MREFs in the field (i.e., as they are actually used by 
consumers). The energy use analysis provides the basis for other 
analyses DOE performed, particularly assessments of the energy savings 
and the savings in consumer operating costs that could result from 
adoption of amended or new standards.
    DOE determined a range of annual energy use of MREFs as a function 
of unit volume. As shown in Table IV.8, DOE developed distributions of 
adjusted volume of product classes with more than one representative 
unit base on the capacity distributions reported in the 
TraQline[supreg] wine chiller data spanning from 2020 Q1 to 2022 
Q1.\35\ DOE also developed a sample of households that use MREFs based 
on the TraQline wine chiller data (see section IV.F of this document 
for details). For each volume and considered efficiency level, DOE 
derived the energy consumption as measured by the DOE MREF test 
procedure at appendix A.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \35\ TraQline is a market research company that specialized in 
tracking consumer purchasing behavior across a wide range of 
products using quarterly online surveys.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 38788]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.016

    For this direct final rule, DOE considered comments it had received 
regarding the energy use analysis conducted for the March 2023 NOPR. 
The approach used for this direct final rule is largely the same as the 
approach DOE had used for the March 2023 NOPR analysis.
    In response to the March 2023 NOPR, AHAM commented that DOE relies 
heavily on the EIA's Residential Energy Consumption Survey (``RECS'') 
data for estimating energy use and how consumption varies at the 
household level. Specifically, AHAM expressed concern that the use of 
RECS data to estimate energy consumption at the household level may 
introduce ``outlier values,'' resulting in uncertainty and inaccuracies 
(AHAM, No. 31 at p. 11) In this direct final rule, as well as in the 
March 2023 NOPR, DOE did not tie the energy consumption of MREFs to 
RECS survey data. 87 FR 35678. No household or demographic information 
from RECS was used in the energy use analysis for MREFs. Instead, as 
mentioned above, DOE used the TraQline wine chiller data to develop a 
sample of households representing MREF purchasers and derived the 
energy consumption of MREFs as measured by the DOE MREF test procedure. 
DOE further notes that AHAM is a party to the Joint Agreement and is 
supportive of the recommended standards adopted in this direct final 
rule.
    Chapter 7 of the direct final rule TSD provides details on DOE's 
energy use analysis for MREFs.

F. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period Analysis

    DOE conducted LCC and PBP analyses to evaluate the economic impacts 
on individual consumers of potential energy conservation standards for 
MREFs. The effect of new or amended energy conservation standards on 
individual consumers usually involves a reduction in operating cost and 
an increase in purchase cost. DOE used the following two metrics to 
measure consumer impacts:

    [squ] The LCC is the total consumer expense of an appliance or 
product over the life of that product, consisting of total installed 
cost (manufacturer selling price, distribution chain markups, sales 
tax, and installation costs) plus operating costs (expenses for energy 
use, maintenance, and repair). To compute the operating costs, DOE 
discounts future operating costs to the time of purchase and sums them 
over the lifetime of the product.
    [squ] The PBP is the estimated amount of time (in years) it takes 
consumers to recover the increased purchase cost (including 
installation) of a more-efficient product through lower operating 
costs. DOE calculates the PBP by dividing the change in purchase cost 
at higher efficiency levels by the change in annual operating cost for 
the year that amended or new standards are assumed to take effect.
    For any given efficiency level, DOE measures the change in LCC 
relative to the LCC in the no-new-standards case, which reflects the 
estimated efficiency distribution of MREFs in the absence of new or 
amended energy conservation standards. In contrast, the PBP for a given 
efficiency level is measured relative to the baseline product.
    For this direct final rule, DOE considered comments it had received 
regarding the LCC analysis conducted for the March 2023 NOPR. The LCC 
approach used for this direct final rule is largely the same as the 
approach DOE had used for the March 2023 NOPR analysis.
    During the May 2, 2023, public meeting, Edison Electric Institute 
(``EEI'') questioned the cost-effectiveness of the proposed TSL (TSL 
4), due to the high percentage of consumers experiencing a net LCC cost 
and the simple payback period results ranging from 6.8 to 8 years, and 
urged DOE to consider selecting another TSL that may be more cost-
effective for consumers. (May 2, 2023, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 
33 at pp. 5-6). In response, DOE notes that when deciding whether a 
proposed standard is economically justified, DOE determines whether the 
benefits of the standard exceed its burdens by considering the seven 
statutory factors discussed in section II.A of this document. DOE 
considered the seven statutory factors when evaluating the Recommended 
TSL in the Joint Agreement. As discussed in section V.C.1 of this 
document, overall, the LCC savings would be positive for all MREF 
product classes, and, while 43.7 percent of MREF consumers would 
experience a net cost, slightly more than half of MREF consumers would 
experience a net benefit (52.9 percent). DOE provides a detailed 
comparative discussion and rigorous justification on the adopted

[[Page 38789]]

TSL (the Recommended TSL) in section V.C.1 of this document.
    For each considered efficiency level in each product class, DOE 
calculated the LCC and PBP for a nationally representative set of MREF 
purchasers. As stated previously, DOE developed purchaser samples based 
on TraQline wine chiller survey data. The survey panel is weighted 
against the U.S. Census based on their demographic characteristics to 
make the sample representative of the U.S. population. The wine chiller 
survey asked respondents about the product features of the wine 
chillers they recently purchased, as well as the purchasing channel of 
the products. To account for the more recent MREF consumers, DOE used 
the last 2 years of survey data (2020 Q1 to 2022 Q1) to construct the 
household sample used in this direct final rule.
    For each sample purchaser, DOE determined the energy consumption 
for the MREFs and the appropriate energy price. By developing a 
representative sample of purchasers, the analysis captured the 
variability in energy consumption and energy prices associated with the 
use of MREFs.
    Inputs to the calculation of total installed cost include the cost 
of the product--which includes MPCs, manufacturer markups, retailer and 
distributor markups, and sales taxes--and installation costs. Inputs to 
the calculation of operating expenses include annual energy 
consumption, energy prices and price projections, repair and 
maintenance costs, product lifetimes, and discount rates. DOE created 
distributions of values for product lifetime, discount rates, and sales 
taxes, with probabilities attached to each value, to account for their 
uncertainty and variability.
    The computer model DOE uses to calculate the LCC relies on a Monte 
Carlo simulation to incorporate uncertainty and variability into the 
analysis. The Monte Carlo simulations randomly sample input values from 
the probability distributions and MREF user samples. The model 
calculated the LCC for products at each efficiency level for 10,000 
MREF purchasers per simulation run. The analytical results include a 
distribution of 10,000 data points showing the range of LCC savings for 
a given efficiency level relative to the no-new-standards case 
efficiency distribution. In performing an iteration of the Monte Carlo 
simulation for a given consumer, product efficiency is chosen based on 
its probability. If the chosen product efficiency is greater than or 
equal to the efficiency of the standard level under consideration, the 
LCC calculation reveals that a consumer is not impacted by the standard 
level. By accounting for consumers who already purchase more-efficient 
products, DOE avoids overstating the potential benefits from increasing 
product efficiency.
    DOE calculated the LCC for consumers of MREFs as if each were to 
purchase a new product in the first year of required compliance with 
amended standards. As discussed earlier in this document, the 
compliance date of amended standards is January 31, 2029, for TSL 4 
(the Recommended TSL detailed in the Joint Agreement). For all other 
TSLs considered in this direct final rule, standards apply to MREFs 
manufactured 5 years after the date on which any amended standard is 
published. (42 U.S.C. 6295(l)(2)) Therefore, DOE used 2029 as the first 
year of compliance with any amended standards for MREFs for all TSLs.
    Table IV.9 summarizes the approach and data DOE used to derive 
inputs to the LCC and PBP calculations. The subsections that follow 
provide further discussion. Details of the spreadsheet model, and of 
all the inputs to the LCC and PBP analyses, are contained in chapter 8 
of the direct final rule TSD and its appendices.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.017

    In response to the March 2023 NOPR, AHAM commented that should be 
conducting a purchase decision analysis in its LCC model to reflect the 
actual conditions and expectations of the purchaser rather than relying 
on an outcome modeling approach. (AHAM, No. 31 at pp. 8-9) In the 
current setup of LCC analysis, DOE is not explicitly modeling the 
purchase decision made by purchasers when the standard becomes 
effective. DOE's analysis is intended to model the range of individual 
outcomes likely to result from a hypothetical amended energy

[[Page 38790]]

conservation standard at various levels of efficiency. DOE does not 
discount the consumer decision theory established in the broad 
behavioral economics field but rather notes that its methodological 
decision was made after considering the existence of various systematic 
market failures and their implication in rational versus actual 
purchase behavior. Furthermore, the outcome of the LCC is not 
considered in isolation, but in the context of the broader set of 
analyses, including the NIA. Moreover, the type of data required to 
facilitate a robust consumer choice modeling of a specific household 
appliance at the individual household level is currently lacking and 
AHAM did not provide much data. DOE further notes that AHAM is a party 
to the Joint Agreement and is supportive of the recommended standard 
adopted in this direct final rule.
1. Product Cost
    To calculate consumer product costs, DOE multiplied the MPCs 
developed in the engineering analysis by the markups described 
previously (along with sales taxes). DOE used different markups for 
baseline products and higher-efficiency products, because DOE applies 
an incremental markup to the increase in MSP associated with higher-
efficiency products.
    Economic literature and historical data suggest that the real costs 
of many products may trend downward over time according to ``learning'' 
or ``experience'' curves. Experience curve analysis implicitly includes 
factors such as efficiencies in labor, capital investment, automation, 
materials prices, distribution, and economies of scale at an industry-
wide level.\36\ In the experience curve method, the real cost of 
production is related to the cumulative production or ``experience'' 
with a manufactured product. As MREFs use similar technologies to RF, 
DOE applied the same experience curve developed for RF to MREFs. DOE 
used inflation-adjusted historical Producer Price Index (``PPI'') data 
for ``household refrigerator and home freezer manufacturing'' from the 
Bureau of Labor Statistics' (``BLS'') spanning the time period between 
1981 and 2022,\37\ along with the cumulative production of RF to derive 
the experience curve. The estimated learning rate (defined as the 
fractional reduction in price expected from each doubling of cumulative 
production) is 39.4  1.9 percent.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \36\ Taylor, M. and Fujita, K.S. Accounting for Technological 
Change in Regulatory Impact Analyses: The Learning Curve Technique. 
LBNL-6195E. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, Berkeley, CA. 
April 2013. Available at escholarship.org/uc/item/3c8709p4#page-1.
    \37\ Household refrigerator and home freezer manufacturing PPI 
series ID: PCU3352203352202. Available at www.bls.gov/ppi/.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DOE included variable-speed compressors as a technology option for 
higher efficiency levels. To develop future prices specific for that 
technology, DOE applied a different price trend to the controls portion 
of the variable-speed compressor, which represents part of the price 
increment when moving from an efficiency level achieved with the 
highest efficiency single-speed compressor to an efficiency level with 
variable-speed compressor. DOE used PPI data on ``semiconductors and 
related device manufacturing'' between 1967 and 2022 to estimate the 
historic price trend of electronic components in the control.\38\ The 
regression, performed as an exponential trend line fit, results in an 
R-square of 0.99, with an annual price decline rate of 6.3 percent. See 
chapter 8 of the TSD for further details on this topic.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \38\ Semiconductors and related device manufacturing PPI series 
ID: PCU334413334413. Available at www.bls.gov/ppi/.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In response to the March 2023 NOPR, AHAM commented that there is no 
theoretical underpinning for the implementation of an experience or 
learning curve and the functional form it should take. In addition, 
AHAM stated that the data that DOE used merely represents an empirical 
relationship, and a clear connection between the actual products in 
question and the data used needs to be made. AHAM noted that there is 
little reason to support the concept that price learning through 
manufacturing efficiencies should extend beyond the labor and materials 
in the product itself, and that such a relationship should not hold for 
other cost components. (AHAM, No. 31 at p. 10)
    DOE notes that there is considerable empirical evidence of 
consistent price declines for appliances in the past few decades. 
Several studies examined retail prices of a wide range of household 
appliances during different periods of time and showed that prices had 
been steadily falling while efficiency had been increasing, for example 
Dale, et al. (2009) \39\ and Taylor, et al. (2015).\40\ As mentioned in 
Taylor and Fujita (2013),\41\ Federal agencies have adopted different 
approaches to account for ``the changing future compliance costs that 
might result from technological innovation or anticipated behavioral 
changes.'' Given the limited data availability on historical 
manufacturing costs broken by different components, DOE utilized the 
PPI published by the BLS as a proxy for manufacturing costs to 
represent the analyzed product as a whole.\42\ While products may 
experience varying degrees of price learning during different product 
stages, given that MREFs share similar cooling technologies with RF, 
DOE applied the same learning rate developed for RF to MREFs. DOE 
modeled the average learning rate based on the full historical PPI 
series for ``household refrigerator and home freezer manufacturing'' to 
capture the overall price evolution in relation to the cumulative 
shipments. DOE also conducted sensitivity analyses that are based on a 
particular segment of the PPI data to investigate the impact of 
alternative product price projections (low price learning and high 
price learning) in the NIA of this direct final rule. DOE further notes 
that AHAM is a party to the Joint Agreement and is supportive of the 
recommended standard adopted in this direct final rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \39\ Dale, L., C. Antinori, M. McNeil, James E. McMahon, and 
K.S. Fujita. Retrospective evaluation of appliance price trends. 
Energy Policy. 2009. 37 pp. 597-605.
    \40\ Taylor, M., C.A. Spurlock, and H.-C. Yang. Confronting 
Regulatory Cost and Quality Expectations. An Exploration of 
Technical Change in Minimum Efficiency Performance Standards. 2015. 
Lawrence Berkeley National Lab. (LBNL), Berkeley, CA (United 
States). Report No. LBNL-1000576. (last accessed June 30, 2023.) 
Available at www.osti.gov/biblio/1235570/ (last accessed June 30, 
2023).
    \41\ Taylor, M. and K.S. Fujita. Accounting for Technological 
Change in Regulatory Impact Analyses: The Learning Curve Technique. 
2013. Lawrence Berkeley National Lab (LBNL), Berkeley, CA (United 
States). Report No. LBNL-6195E. Available at https://escholarship.org/uc/item/3c8709p4 (last accessed March 24, 2024).
    \42\ PPI is a proxy for manufacturing costs as certain effects 
(such as market structure and competitive effects) could influence 
PPI in a way that would not be reflected in manufacturing costs.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. Installation Cost
    Installation cost includes labor, overhead, and any miscellaneous 
materials and parts needed to install the product. DOE is not aware of 
any data that suggest the cost of installation changes as a function of 
efficiency for MREFs. DOE therefore assumed that installation costs are 
the same regardless of EL and do not impact the LCC or PBP. As a 
result, DOE did not include installation costs in the LCC and PBP 
analysis.
3. Annual Energy Consumption
    For each sampled consumer, DOE determined the energy consumption 
for MREFs at different efficiency levels using the approach described 
previously in section IV.E of this document.

[[Page 38791]]

4. Energy Prices
    Because marginal electricity price more accurately captures the 
incremental savings associated with a change in energy use from higher 
efficiency, it provides a better representation of incremental change 
in consumer costs than average electricity prices. Therefore, DOE 
applied average electricity prices for the energy use of the product 
purchased in the no-new-standards case, and marginal electricity prices 
for the incremental change in energy use associated with the other 
efficiency levels considered.
    DOE derived electricity prices in 2022 using data from EEI Typical 
Bills and Average Rates reports. Based upon comprehensive, industry-
wide surveys, this semi-annual report presents typical monthly electric 
bills and average kilowatt-hour costs to the customer as charged by 
investor-owned utilities. For the residential sector, DOE calculated 
electricity prices using the methodology described in Coughlin and 
Beraki (2018).\43\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \43\ Coughlin, K. and B. Beraki.2018. Residential Electricity 
Prices: A Review of Data Sources and Estimation Methods. Lawrence 
Berkeley National Lab. Berkeley, CA. Report No. LBNL-2001169. 
Available at https://ees.lbl.gov/publications/residential-electricity-prices-review.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DOE's methodology allows electricity prices to vary by sector, 
region, and season. In the analysis, variability in electricity prices 
is chosen to be consistent with the way the consumer economic and 
energy use characteristics are defined in the LCC analysis. See chapter 
8 of the direct final rule TSD for details.
    To estimate energy prices in future years, DOE multiplied the 2022 
energy prices by the projection of annual average price changes from 
the Reference case in AEO2023, which has an end year of 2050.\44\ To 
estimate price trends after 2050, the 2046-2050 average was used for 
all years.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \44\ EIA. Annual Energy Outlook 2023. Available at www.eia.gov/outlooks/aeo/ (last accessed November 29, 2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

5. Maintenance and Repair Costs
    Repair costs are associated with repairing or replacing product 
components that have failed in an appliance; maintenance costs are 
associated with maintaining the operation of the product. Typically, 
small incremental increases in product efficiency entail no, or only 
minor, changes in repair and maintenance costs compared to baseline 
efficiency products. DOE is not aware of any data that suggest the cost 
of repair or maintenance for MREFs changes as a function of efficiency. 
DOE therefore assumed that these costs are the same regardless of EL 
and do not impact the LCC or PBP. As a result, DOE did not include 
maintenance and repair costs in the LCC and PBP analysis.
6. Product Lifetime
    For MREFs, DOE used lifetime estimates from products that operate 
using the same refrigeration technology: covered refrigerators and 
refrigerator-freezers, based on the Refrigerators, Refrigerator-
Freezers, and Freezers direct final rule analysis. 89 FR 3026 (January 
17, 2024). DOE estimated a maximum lifetime of 40 years for all product 
classes and an average lifetime of 10.6 years for compact coolers and 
14.6 years for full-size coolers. The weighted average lifetime over 
the sample population, considering the market distribution, was 12.6 
years. DOE also assumed that the probability function for the annual 
survival of MREFs would take the form of a Weibull distribution. See 
chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD for a more detailed discussion.
7. Discount Rates
    In the calculation of LCC, DOE applies discount rates appropriate 
to households to estimate the present value of future operating cost 
savings. DOE estimated a distribution of discount rates for MREFs based 
on consumer financing costs and the opportunity cost of consumer funds.
    DOE applies weighted average discount rates calculated from 
consumer debt and asset data, rather than marginal or implicit discount 
rates.\45\ The LCC analysis estimates net present value over the 
lifetime of the product, so the appropriate discount rate will reflect 
the general opportunity cost of household funds, taking this time scale 
into account. Given the long-time horizon modeled in the LCC, the 
application of a marginal interest rate associated with an initial 
source of funds is inaccurate. Regardless of the method of purchase, 
consumers are expected to continue to rebalance their debt and asset 
holdings over the LCC analysis period, based on the restrictions 
consumers face in their debt payment requirements and the relative size 
of the interest rates available on debts and assets. DOE estimates the 
aggregate impact of this rebalancing using the historical distribution 
of debts and assets.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \45\ The implicit discount rate is inferred from a consumer 
purchase decision between two otherwise identical goods with 
different first cost and operating cost. It is the interest rate 
that equates the increment of first cost to the difference in net 
present value of lifetime operating cost, incorporating the 
influence of several factors: transaction costs; risk premiums and 
response to uncertainty; time preferences; interest rates at which a 
consumer is able to borrow or lend. The implicit discount rate is 
not appropriate for the LCC analysis because it reflects a range of 
factors that influence consumer purchase decisions, rather than the 
opportunity cost of the funds that are used in purchases.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    To establish residential discount rates for the LCC analysis, DOE 
identified all relevant household debt or asset classes in order to 
approximate a consumer's opportunity cost of funds related to appliance 
energy cost savings. It estimated the average percentage shares of the 
various types of debt and equity by household income group using data 
from the Federal Reserve Board's triennial Survey of Consumer Finances 
\46\ (``SCF'') starting in 1995 and ending in 2019. Using the SCF and 
other sources, DOE developed a distribution of rates for each type of 
debt and asset by income group to represent the rates that may apply in 
the year in which amended standards would take effect. DOE assigned 
each sample household a specific discount rate drawn from one of the 
distributions. The average rate across all types of household debt and 
equity and income groups, weighted by the shares of each type, is 4.2 
percent. See chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD for further details 
on the development of consumer discount rates.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \46\ U.S. Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. 
Survey of Consumer Finances. 1995, 1998, 2001, 2004, 2007, 2010, 
2013, 2016, and 2019. Available at https://www.federalreserve.gov/econresdata/scf/scfindex.htm (last accessed November 29, 2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

8. Energy Efficiency Distribution in the No-New-Standards Case
    To accurately estimate the share of consumers that would be 
affected by a potential energy conservation standard at a particular 
efficiency level, DOE's LCC analysis considered the projected 
distribution (market shares) of product efficiencies under the no-new-
standards case (i.e., the case without amended or new energy 
conservation standards).
    For this direct final rule, DOE is using the efficiency 
distribution by product class as provided by AHAM in response to a 
notice of public meeting and availability of the preliminary technical 
support document for MREFS. 87 FR 3229 (Jan. 21, 2022) (See AHAM, No. 
18, pp. 2-5) DOE understands that this approach inherently assumes that 
the rest of the MREF market has a similar distribution of efficiencies. 
However, due to lack of efficiency data from non-AHAM members, DOE has 
no reason to question that assumption. DOE also assumed that the 
current distribution of product efficiencies would remain constant in 
2029, and during the

[[Page 38792]]

analysis period, in the no-new-standards case.
    The estimated market shares for the no-new-standards case for MREFs 
are shown in Table IV.10. See chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD 
for further information on the derivation of the efficiency 
distributions.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.018

    The LCC Monte Carlo simulations draw from the efficiency 
distributions and randomly assign an efficiency to the MREF purchased 
by each sample household in the no-new-standards case. The resulting 
percent shares within the sample match the market shares in the 
efficiency distributions.
9. Payback Period Analysis
    The payback period is the amount of time (expressed in years) it 
takes the consumer to recover the additional installed cost of more-
efficient products, compared to baseline products, through energy cost 
savings. Payback periods that exceed the life of the product mean that 
the increased total installed cost is not recovered in reduced 
operating expenses.
    The inputs to the PBP calculation for each efficiency level are the 
change in total installed cost of the product and the change in the 
first-year annual operating expenditures relative to the baseline. DOE 
refers to this as a ``simple PBP'' because it does not consider changes 
over time in operating cost savings. The PBP calculation uses the same 
inputs as the LCC analysis when deriving first-year operating costs.
    As noted previously, EPCA establishes a rebuttable presumption that 
a standard is economically justified if the Secretary finds that the 
additional cost to the consumer of purchasing a product complying with 
an energy conservation standard level will be less than three times the 
value of the first year's energy savings resulting from the standard, 
as calculated under the applicable test procedure. (42 U.S.C. 
6295(o)(2)(B)(iii)) For each considered efficiency level, DOE 
determined the value of the first year's energy savings by calculating 
the energy savings in accordance with the applicable DOE test 
procedure, and multiplying those savings by the average energy price 
projection for the year in which compliance with the amended standards 
would be required.

G. Shipments Analysis

    DOE uses projections of annual product shipments to calculate the 
national impacts of potential amended or new energy conservation 
standards on energy use, NPV, and future manufacturer cash flows.\47\ 
The shipments model takes an accounting approach, tracking market 
shares of each product class and the vintage of units in the stock. 
Stock accounting uses product shipments as inputs to estimate the age 
distribution of in-service product stocks for all years. The age 
distribution of in-service product stocks is a key input to 
calculations of both the NES and NPV, because operating costs for any 
year depend on the age distribution of the stock.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \47\ DOE uses data on manufacturer shipments as a proxy for 
national sales, as aggregate data on sales are lacking. In general, 
one would expect a close correspondence between shipments and sales.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DOE defined two broad MREF product categories (coolers and 
combination cooler refrigeration products) and developed models to 
estimate shipments for each category. DOE used various data and 
assumptions to develop the shipments for each product class considered 
in this rulemaking.
    Given the limited available data sources on historical shipments of 
coolers, DOE assumed a constant penetration rate of 13.3 percent in the 
U.S. households throughout the analysis period based on online surveys 
\48\ to estimate the annual shipments starting from 
2016.49 50 DOE multiplied the estimated penetration by the 
total number of households from the AEO2023, and then determined the 
number of new shipments by dividing the total stock by the mean product 
lifetime. DOE projected the annual shipments by incorporating the 
lifetime distributions by product class and assuming that the growth of 
new sales is consistent with the housing

[[Page 38793]]

projections from AEO2023. To estimate shipments prior to 2016, DOE 
assumed a flat historical shipment trend at the 2016 level. With even 
more limited available data sources on historical shipments of 
combination cooler refrigeration products, DOE estimated total 
shipments of combination cooler refrigeration products in 2014 to be 
36,000 units, based on feedback from manufacturers from the October 
2016 Direct Final Rule. DOE assumed sales would increase in line with 
the increase in the number of households in AEO2023. Finally, DOE 
incorporated the 2021 shipment data provided by AHAM (see AHAM, No. 18 
at pp. 3, 5) \51\ to re-calibrate total shipments for each product 
class considered in this rulemaking.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \48\ DOE also reviewed the recent release of the EIA 2020 RECS 
(``RECS 2020''), which identified wine chillers in representative 
U.S. households. DOE found that the penetration rate of wine 
chillers in RECS 2020 is significantly lower compared to that 
estimated by DOE for MREFs based on previous market surveys. Due to 
the uncertainty on the breakdown of MREFs between wine chillers and 
other miscellaneous refrigeration applications in the U.S. market, 
DOE continued to use the 13.3 percent penetration rate for MREFs in 
this direct final rule. However, DOE also modeled an alternative 
shipments scenario based on the lower penetration rate of MREFs in 
American homes derived from the RECS 2020 data. For more details on 
this alternative scenario and the resulting NES and NPV results, see 
chapter 9 and appendix 10C of the direct final rule TSD, 
respectively.
    \49\ Greenblatt, J.B., S.J. Young, H.-C. Yang, T. Long, B. 
Beraki, S.K. Price, S. Pratt, H. Willem, L.-B. Desroches, and S.M. 
Donovan. U.S. Residential Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products: 
Results from Amazon Mechanical Turk Surveys. 2014. Lawrence Berkeley 
National Laboratory: Berkeley, CA. Report No. LBNL-6537E.
    \50\ Donovan, S.M., S.J. Young, and J.B. Greenblatt. Ice-Making 
in the U.S.: Results from an Amazon Mechanical Turk Survey. Lawrence 
Berkeley National Laboratory. Report No. LBNL-183899.
    \51\ This shipments information was provided by AHAM in a 
confidential document. The reference points to the public version of 
this document, where confidential business information is redacted.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DOE used the efficiency distributions by product class to match the 
data submitted by AHAM. DOE also assumed that the market share of each 
product class (in relation to the total MREF shipments) matched the 
market shares provided by AHAM. To estimate total MREF shipments, DOE 
utilized the AHAM shipments data and AHAM-member information and 
reviewed the TraQline data from 2020 Q1 to 2022 Q1 to estimate non-
AHAM-member shipments.\52\ Based on this approach, DOE's estimate of 
the MREF shipments for the whole market was consistent with the total 
number of shipments estimated using DOE's approach discussed earlier 
and used in the March 2023 NOPR. Hence, DOE continued using the same 
approach to develop the total MREF shipments in this direct final rule 
but incorporated the product class breakdown provided by AHAM to re-
distribute the total shipments by product class.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \52\ DOE also collected and reviewed manufacturer interview data 
but was unable to collect a representative sample that would allow 
it to estimate non-AHAM-member shipments data.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

H. National Impact Analysis

    The NIA assesses the NES and the NPV from a national perspective of 
total consumer costs and savings that would be expected to result from 
new or amended standards at specific efficiency levels.\53\ 
(``Consumer'' in this context refers to consumers of the product being 
regulated.) DOE calculates the NES and NPV for the potential standard 
levels considered based on projections of annual product shipments, 
along with the annual energy consumption and total installed cost data 
from the energy use and LCC analyses. For the present analysis, DOE 
projected the energy savings, operating cost savings, product costs, 
and NPV of consumer benefits over the lifetime of MREFs sold from 2029 
through 2058.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \53\ The NIA accounts for impacts in the United States and U.S. 
territories.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DOE evaluates the impacts of new or amended standards by comparing 
a case without such standards with standards-case projections. The no-
new-standards case characterizes energy use and consumer costs for each 
product class in the absence of new or amended energy conservation 
standards. DOE compares the no-new-standards case with projections 
characterizing the market for each product class if DOE adopted new or 
amended standards at specific energy efficiency levels (i.e., the TSLs 
or standards cases) for that class. For the standards cases, DOE 
considers how a given standard would likely affect the market shares of 
products with efficiencies greater than the standard.
    DOE uses a spreadsheet model to calculate the energy savings and 
the national consumer costs and savings from each TSL. Interested 
parties can review DOE's analyses by changing various input quantities 
within the spreadsheet. The NIA spreadsheet model uses typical values 
(as opposed to probability distributions) as inputs.
    Table IV.11 summarizes the inputs and methods DOE used for the NIA 
analysis for this direct final rule. Discussion of these inputs and 
methods follows the table. See chapter 10 of the direct final rule TSD 
for further details.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.019

1. Product Efficiency Trends
    A key component of the NIA is the trend in energy efficiency 
projected for the no-new-standards case and each of the standards 
cases. Section IV.F.8 of this document describes how DOE developed an 
energy efficiency distribution for the no-new-standards case (which 
yields a shipment-weighted average efficiency) for each of the 
considered product classes for the year of anticipated compliance with 
an amended standard.
    For the standards cases, DOE used a ``roll-up'' scenario to 
establish the

[[Page 38794]]

shipment-weighted efficiency for the year that standards are assumed to 
become effective (2029). In this scenario, the market shares of 
products in the no-new-standards case that do not meet the standard 
under consideration would ``roll up'' to meet the new standard level, 
and the market share of products above the standard would remain 
unchanged.
    In the absence of data on trends in efficiency, DOE assumed no 
efficiency trend over the analysis period for both the no-new-standards 
and standards cases. For a given case, market shares by efficiency 
level were held fixed to their 2029 distribution.
2. National Energy Savings
    The NES analysis involves a comparison of national energy 
consumption of the considered products between each potential standards 
case (``TSL'') and the case with no new or amended energy conservation 
standards. DOE calculated the national energy consumption by 
multiplying the number of units (stock) of each product (by vintage or 
age) by the unit energy consumption (also by vintage). DOE calculated 
annual NES based on the difference in national energy consumption for 
the no-new-standards case and for each higher efficiency standard case. 
DOE estimated energy consumption and savings based on site energy and 
converted the electricity consumption and savings to primary energy 
(i.e., the energy consumed by power plants to generate site 
electricity) using annual conversion factors derived from AEO2023. 
Cumulative energy savings are the sum of the NES for each year over the 
timeframe of the analysis.
    Use of higher-efficiency products is sometimes associated with a 
direct rebound effect, which refers to an increase in utilization of 
the product due to the increase in efficiency. DOE did not find any 
data on the rebound effect specific to MREFs that would indicate that 
consumers would alter their utilization of their product due to an 
increase in efficiency. MREFs are typically plugged in and operate 
continuously; therefore, DOE assumed a rebound rate of 0. DOE did not 
receive any comments regarding this assumption in response to the March 
2023 NOPR.
    In 2011, in response to the recommendations of a committee on 
``Point-of-Use and Full-Fuel-Cycle Measurement Approaches to Energy 
Efficiency Standards'' appointed by the National Academy of Sciences, 
DOE announced its intention to use FFC measures of energy use and 
greenhouse gas and other emissions in the national impact analyses and 
emissions analyses included in future energy conservation standards 
rulemakings. 76 FR 51281 (Aug. 18, 2011). After evaluating the 
approaches discussed in the August 18, 2011 notice, DOE published a 
statement of amended policy in which DOE explained its determination 
that EIA's National Energy Modeling System (``NEMS'') is the most 
appropriate tool for its FFC analysis and its intention to use NEMS for 
that purpose. 77 FR 49701 (Aug. 17, 2012). NEMS is a public domain, 
multi-sector, partial equilibrium model of the U.S. energy sector \54\ 
that EIA uses to prepare its Annual Energy Outlook. The FFC factors 
incorporate losses in production and delivery in the case of natural 
gas (including fugitive emissions) and additional energy used to 
produce and deliver the various fuels used by power plants. The 
approach used for deriving FFC measures of energy use and emissions is 
described in appendix 10B of the direct final rule TSD.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \54\ For more information on NEMS, refer to The National Energy 
Modeling System: An Overview 2009, DOE/EIA-0581(2009), October 2009. 
Available at www.eia.gov/analysis/pdfpages/0581(2009)index.php (last 
accessed November 29, 2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. Net Present Value Analysis
    The inputs for determining the NPV of the total costs and benefits 
experienced by consumers are (1) total annual installed cost, (2) total 
annual operating costs (energy costs and repair and maintenance costs), 
and (3) a discount factor to calculate the present value of costs and 
savings. DOE calculates net savings each year as the difference between 
the no-new-standards case and each standards case in terms of total 
savings in operating costs versus total increases in installed costs. 
DOE calculates operating cost savings over the lifetime of each product 
shipped during the projection period.
    As discussed in section IV.F.1 of this document, DOE developed MREF 
price trends based on an experience curve calculated using historical 
PPI data. DOE applied the same trends to project prices for each 
product class at each considered efficiency level including baseline. 
By 2058, which is the end date of the projection period, the average 
price of single-speed compressor MREFs is projected to drop 33.2 
percent and the average price of MREFs with a variable-speed compressor 
is projected to drop about 33.8 percent relative to 2029.
    To evaluate the effect of uncertainty regarding the price trend 
estimates, DOE investigated the impact of different product price 
projections on the consumer NPV for the considered TSLs for MREFs. In 
addition to the default price trend, DOE considered high and low-price-
decline sensitivity cases. For the single-speed compressor MREFs and 
the non-variable- speed controls portion of MREFs, DOE estimated the 
high- price- decline and the low- price- decline scenarios based on 
household refrigerator and home freezer PPI data limited to the period 
between the period 1981-2008 and 2009-2022, respectively. For the 
variable-speed controls portion of MREFs, DOE estimated the high price 
decline and the low- price- decline scenarios based on an exponential 
trend line fit of the semiconductor PPI between the period 1994-2022 
and 1967-1993, respectively. The derivation of these price trends is 
described in Chapter 8 and the results of these sensitivity cases are 
given in appendix 10C of the direct final rule TSD.
    The energy cost savings are calculated using the estimated energy 
savings in each year and the projected price of the appropriate form of 
energy. To estimate energy prices in future years, DOE multiplied the 
average regional energy prices by the projection of annual national-
average residential energy price changes in the Reference case from 
AEO2023, which has an end year of 2050. To estimate price trends after 
2050, the 2046-2050 average was used for all years. As part of the NIA, 
DOE also analyzed scenarios that used inputs from variants of the 
AEO2023 Reference case that have lower and higher economic growth. 
Those cases have lower and higher energy price trends compared to the 
Reference case. The resulting consumer NPV for the low-economic growth 
scenario, combined with the low-price-decline scenario is up to 24% 
lower compared to the Reference case scenario, while the consumer NPV 
for the high-economic growth scenario combined with the high-price-
decline scenario is up to 12% higher compared to the Reference case. 
See appendix 10C of the direct final rule TSD for more details.
    In calculating the NPV, DOE multiplies the net savings in future 
years by a discount factor to determine their present value. For this 
direct final rule, DOE estimated the NPV of consumer benefits using 
both a 3-percent and a 7-percent real discount rate. DOE uses these 
discount rates in accordance with guidance provided by the Office of 
Management and Budget (``OMB'') to Federal agencies on the development 
of regulatory analysis.\55\

[[Page 38795]]

The discount rates for the determination of NPV are in contrast to the 
discount rates used in the LCC analysis, which are designed to reflect 
a consumer's perspective. The 7-percent real value is an estimate of 
the average before-tax rate of return to private capital in the U.S. 
economy. The 3-percent real value represents the ``social rate of time 
preference,'' which is the rate at which society discounts future 
consumption flows to their present value.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \55\ United States Office of Management and Budget. Circular A-
4: Regulatory Analysis. September 17, 2003. Section E. Available at 
https://www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/legacy_drupal_files/omb/circulars/A4/a-4.pdf (last accessed November 10, 2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

I. Consumer Subgroup Analysis

    In analyzing the potential impact of new or amended energy 
conservation standards on consumers, DOE evaluates the impact on 
identifiable subgroups of consumers that may be disproportionately 
affected by a new or amended national standard. The purpose of a 
subgroup analysis is to determine the extent of any such 
disproportional impacts. DOE evaluates impacts on particular subgroups 
of consumers by analyzing the LCC impacts and PBP for those particular 
consumers from alternative standard levels. For this direct final rule, 
DOE analyzed the impacts of the considered standard levels on senior-
only households. Low-income consumers were not considered in the 
subgroup analysis, as MREFs are not products generally used by this 
subgroup. Based on the TraQline wine chiller data, less than 4 percent 
of MREF owners are below the Federal household income threshold for 
poverty. The analysis used a subset of the TraQline consumer sample 
composed of households that meet the criteria for this subgroup. DOE 
used the LCC and PBP computer model to estimate the impacts of the 
considered efficiency levels on senior-only households. Chapter 11 in 
the direct final rule TSD describes the consumer subgroup analysis.

J. Manufacturer Impact Analysis

1. Overview
    DOE performed an MIA to estimate the financial impacts of amended 
energy conservation standards on manufacturers of MREFs and to estimate 
the potential impacts of such standards on employment and manufacturing 
capacity. The MIA has both quantitative and qualitative aspects and 
includes analyses of projected industry cash flows, the INPV, 
investments in research and development (``R&D'') and manufacturing 
capital, and domestic manufacturing employment. Additionally, the MIA 
seeks to determine how amended energy conservation standards might 
affect manufacturing employment, capacity, and competition, as well as 
how standards contribute to overall regulatory burden. Finally, the MIA 
serves to identify any disproportionate impacts on manufacturer 
subgroups, including small business manufacturers.
    The quantitative part of the MIA primarily relies on the GRIM, an 
industry cash flow model with inputs specific to this rulemaking. The 
key GRIM inputs include data on the industry cost structure, unit 
production costs, product shipments, manufacturer markups, and 
investments in R&D and manufacturing capital required to produce 
compliant products. The key GRIM outputs are the INPV, which is the sum 
of industry annual cash flows over the analysis period, discounted 
using the industry-weighted average cost of capital, and the impact on 
domestic manufacturing employment. The model uses standard accounting 
principles to estimate the impacts of more-stringent energy 
conservation standards on a given industry by comparing changes in INPV 
and domestic manufacturing employment between a no-new-standards case 
and the various standards cases (i.e., ``TSLs''). To capture the 
uncertainty relating to manufacturer pricing strategies following 
amended standards, the GRIM estimates a range of possible impacts under 
different manufacturer markup scenarios.
    The qualitative part of the MIA addresses manufacturer 
characteristics and market trends. Specifically, the MIA considers such 
factors as a potential standard's impact on manufacturing capacity, 
competition within the industry, the cumulative impact of other DOE and 
non-DOE regulations, and impacts on manufacturer subgroups. The 
complete MIA is outlined in chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD.
    DOE conducted the MIA for this rulemaking in three phases. In Phase 
1 of the MIA, DOE prepared a profile of the MREF manufacturing industry 
based on the market and technology assessment and publicly-available 
information. This included a top-down analysis of MREF manufacturers 
that DOE used to derive preliminary financial inputs for the GRIM 
(e.g., revenues; materials, labor, overhead, and depreciation expenses; 
selling, general, and administrative expenses (``SG&A''); and R&D 
expenses). DOE also used public sources of information to further 
calibrate its initial characterization of the MREF manufacturing 
industry, including corporate annual reports filed by publicly traded 
manufacturers in primarily home appliance manufacturing and MREFs, the 
U.S. Census Bureau's Annual Survey of Manufactures (``ASM''),\56\ and 
reports from D&B Hoovers.\57\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \56\ U.S. Census Bureau, Annual Survey of Manufactures. 
``Summary Statistics for Industry Groups and Industries in the U.S. 
(2021).'' Available at www.census.gov/programs-surveys/asm/data.html 
(last accessed July 5, 2023).
    \57\ The D&B Hoovers login is available at app.dnbhoovers.com 
(last accessed November 29, 2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In Phase 2 of the MIA, DOE prepared a framework industry cash-flow 
analysis to quantify the potential impacts of amended energy 
conservation standards. The GRIM uses several factors to determine a 
series of annual cash flows starting with the announcement of the 
standard and extending over a 30-year period following the compliance 
date of the standard. These factors include annual expected revenues, 
costs of sales, SG&A and R&D expenses, taxes, and capital expenditures. 
In general, energy conservation standards can affect manufacturer cash 
flow in three distinct ways: (1) creating a need for increased 
investment, (2) raising production costs per unit, and (3) altering 
revenue due to higher per-unit prices and changes in sales volumes.
    In addition, during Phase 2, DOE developed interview guides to 
distribute to manufacturers of MREFs in order to develop other key GRIM 
inputs, including product and capital conversion costs, and to gather 
additional information on the anticipated effects of energy 
conservation standards on revenues, direct employment, capital assets, 
industry competitiveness, and subgroup impacts.
    In Phase 3 of the MIA, DOE conducted structured, detailed 
interviews with representative manufacturers. During these interviews, 
DOE discussed engineering, manufacturing, procurement, and financial 
topics to validate assumptions used in the GRIM and to identify key 
issues or concerns. As part of Phase 3, DOE also evaluated subgroups of 
manufacturers that may be disproportionately impacted by amended 
standards or that may not be accurately represented by the average cost 
assumptions used to develop the industry cash flow analysis. Such 
manufacturer subgroups may include small business manufacturers, low-
volume manufacturers, niche players, and/or manufacturers exhibiting a 
cost structure that largely differs from the industry average. DOE 
identified one subgroup for a separate impact analysis:

[[Page 38796]]

small business manufacturers. The small business subgroup is discussed 
in chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD.
2. Government Regulatory Impact Model and Key Inputs
    DOE uses the GRIM to quantify the changes in cash flow due to new 
or amended standards that result in a higher or lower industry value. 
The GRIM uses a standard, annual discounted cash-flow analysis that 
incorporates manufacturer costs, markups, shipments, and industry 
financial information as inputs. The GRIM models changes in costs, 
distribution of shipments, investments, and manufacturer margins that 
could result from an amended energy conservation standard. The GRIM 
spreadsheet uses the inputs to arrive at a series of annual cash flows, 
beginning in 2024 (the base year of the analysis) and continuing to 
2058. DOE calculated INPVs by summing the stream of annual discounted 
cash flows during this period. For manufacturers of MREFs, DOE used a 
real discount rate of 7.7 percent, which was derived from industry 
financials and then modified according to feedback received during 
manufacturer interviews.
    The GRIM calculates cash flows using standard accounting principles 
and compares changes in INPV between the no-new-standards case and each 
standards case. The difference in INPV between the no-new-standards 
case and a standards case represents the financial impact of the new or 
amended energy conservation standard on manufacturers. As discussed 
previously, DOE developed critical GRIM inputs using a number of 
sources, including publicly available data, results of the engineering 
analysis, results of the shipments analysis, and information gathered 
from industry stakeholders during the course of manufacturer 
interviews. The GRIM results are presented in section V.B.2 of this 
document. Additional details about the GRIM, the discount rate, and 
other financial parameters can be found in chapter 12 of the direct 
final rule TSD.
a. Manufacturer Production Costs
    Manufacturing more efficient products is typically more expensive 
than manufacturing baseline products due to the use of more complex 
components, which are typically more costly than baseline components. 
The changes in the MPCs of covered products can affect the revenues, 
gross margins, and cash flow of the industry. For its analysis in this 
direct final rule, DOE used a combined efficiency level and design 
option approach. First, an efficiency-level approach was used to 
establish an analysis tied to existing products on the market. A design 
option approach was then used to extend the analysis through ``built-
down'' efficiency levels and ``built-up'' efficiency levels where there 
were gaps in the range of efficiencies of products that were reverse 
engineered.
    For a complete description of the MPCs, see section IV.C of this 
document and chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD.
b. Shipments Projections
    The GRIM estimates manufacturer revenues based on total unit 
shipment projections and the distribution of those shipments by 
efficiency level. Changes in sales volumes and efficiency mix over time 
can significantly affect manufacturer finances. For this analysis, the 
GRIM uses the NIA's annual shipment projections derived from the 
shipments analysis from 2024 (the base year) to 2058 (the end year of 
the analysis period). See section IV.G of this document and chapter 9 
of the direct final rule TSD for additional details.
c. Product and Capital Conversion Costs
    New or amended energy conservation standards could cause 
manufacturers to incur conversion costs to bring their production 
facilities and product designs into compliance. DOE evaluated the level 
of conversion-related expenditures that would be needed to comply with 
each considered efficiency level in each product class. For the MIA, 
DOE classified these conversion costs into two major groups: (1) 
product conversion costs; and (2) capital conversion costs. Product 
conversion costs are investments in research, development, testing, 
marketing, and other non-capitalized costs necessary to make product 
designs comply with new or amended energy conservation standards. 
Capital conversion costs are investments in property, plant, and 
equipment necessary to adapt or change existing production facilities 
such that new compliant product designs can be fabricated and 
assembled.
Product Conversion Costs
    DOE based its estimates of the product conversion costs necessary 
to meet the varying efficiency levels on information from manufacturer 
interviews, the design paths analyzed in the engineering analysis, the 
prior MREF rulemaking analysis (see 81 FR 75194), and market share and 
model count information. Generally, manufacturers indicated a 
preference to meet amended standards with design options that were 
direct and relatively straightforward component swaps. However, at 
higher efficiency levels, manufacturers anticipated the need for 
platform redesigns. Efficiency levels that significantly altered 
cabinet construction would require very large investments to update 
designs. Manufacturers noted that increasing foam thickness would 
require complete redesign of the cabinet, liner, and shelving due to 
loss of interior volume. Additionally, extensive use of VIPs would 
require redesign of the cabinet to maximize the benefits of VIPs.
Capital Conversion Costs
    DOE relied on information from manufacturer interviews and the 
engineering analysis to evaluate the level of capital conversion costs 
would likely incur at the considered standard levels. During 
interviews, manufacturers provided estimates and descriptions of the 
required tooling changes that would be necessary to upgrade product 
lines to meet the various efficiency levels. Based on these inputs, DOE 
modeled incremental capital conversion costs for efficiency levels that 
could be reached with individual components swaps. However, based on 
feedback, DOE modeled higher capital conversion costs when 
manufacturers would have to redesign their existing product platforms. 
DOE used information from manufacturer interviews to determine the cost 
of the manufacturing equipment and tooling necessary to implement 
complete redesigns.
    Increases in foam thickness require either reductions to interior 
volume or increases to exterior volume. Many MREFs are sized to fit 
standard widths, meaning any increase in foam thickness would likely 
result in the loss of interior volume. Additionally, many MREFs are 
sized to maximize storage of specific products (e.g., canned beverages 
or wine bottles) and small changes in wall thickness could dramatically 
decrease the unit storage capacity for those products. The reduction of 
interior volume has significant consequences for manufacturing. 
Redesigning the cabinet to increase the effectiveness of insulation 
likely requires manufacturers to update designs and tooling associated 
with the interior of the product. This could require investing in new 
tooling to accommodate changes to the liner, shelving, drawers, and 
doors.
    To minimize reductions to interior volume, manufacturers may choose 
to adopt VIP technology. Extensive incorporation of VIPs into designs 
requires significant upfront capital due to differences in the 
handling, storing, and manufacturing of VIPs as compared to typical 
polyurethane foams. VIPs are

[[Page 38797]]

relatively fragile and must be protected from punctures and rough 
handling. If VIPs have leaks of any size, the panel will eventually 
lose much of its thermal insulative properties and structural strength. 
If already installed within a cabinet wall, a punctured VIP may 
significantly reduce the structural strength of the MREF cabinet. As a 
result, VIPs require careful handling and installation. Manufacturers 
noted the need to allocate special warehouse space to ensure the VIPs 
are not jostled or roughly handled in the manufacturing environment. 
VIPs require significantly more warehouse space than polyurethane 
foams. The application of VIPs can be difficult and may require 
investment in hard-tooling or robotic systems to ensure the panels are 
positioned properly within the cabinet or door. Manufacturers noted 
that producing cabinets with VIPs are much more labor and time 
intensive than producing cabinets with typical polyurethane foams and 
the increase in labor can affect total production capacity.
    To develop industry conversion cost estimates, DOE estimated the 
number of product platforms in DOE's CCD \58\ and California Energy 
Commission's Modernized Appliance Efficiency Database System 
(``MAEDbS'') \59\ and scaled up the product and capital conversion 
costs associated with the number of product platforms that would 
require updating at each efficiency level. DOE adjusted the conversion 
cost estimates developed in support of the March 2023 NOPR to 2022$ for 
this analysis.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \58\ U.S. Department of Energy's Compliance Certification 
Database is available at www.regulations.doe.gov/certification-data/#q=Product_Group_s%3A* (last accessed August 17, 2023).
    \59\ California Energy Commission's Modernized Appliance 
Efficiency Database System is available at 
cacertappliances.energy.ca.gov/Pages/ApplianceSearch.aspx (last 
accessed August 17, 2023). DOE used this database to gather product 
information not provided in DOE's CCD (e.g., manufacturer names).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DOE acknowledges that manufacturers may follow different design 
paths to reach the various efficiency levels analyzed. An individual 
manufacturer's investments depend on a range of factors, including the 
company's current product offerings and product platforms, existing 
production facilities and infrastructure, and make vs. buy decisions 
for components. DOE's conversion cost methodology incorporated feedback 
from all manufacturers that took part in interviews and extrapolated 
industry values. While industry average values may not represent any 
single manufacturer, DOE's model provides reasonable estimates of 
industry-level investments.
    In general, DOE assumes all conversion-related investments occur 
between the year of publication of the direct final rule and the year 
by which manufacturers must comply with the new standard. The 
conversion cost figures used in the GRIM can be found in section V.B.2 
of this document. For additional information on the estimated product 
and capital conversion costs, see chapter 12 of the direct final rule 
TSD.
d. Manufacturer Markup Scenarios
    MSPs include direct manufacturing production costs (i.e., labor, 
materials, and overhead estimated in DOE's MPCs) and all non-production 
costs (i.e., SG&A, R&D, and interest), along with profit. To calculate 
the MSPs in the GRIM, DOE applied manufacturer markups to the MPCs 
estimated in the engineering analysis for each product class and 
efficiency level. Modifying these manufacturer markups in the standards 
case yields different sets of impacts on manufacturers. For the MIA, 
DOE modeled two standards case scenarios to represent uncertainty 
regarding the potential impacts on prices and profitability for 
manufacturers following the implementation of amended energy 
conservation standards: (1) a preservation-of-gross-margin-percentage 
scenario; and (2) a preservation-of-operating-profit scenario. These 
scenarios lead to different manufacturer markup values that, when 
applied to the MPCs, result in varying revenue and cash flow impacts.
    Under the preservation-of-gross-margin-percentage scenario, DOE 
applied a single uniform ``gross margin percentage'' markup across all 
efficiency levels, which assumes that manufacturers would be able to 
maintain the same amount of profit as a percentage of revenues at all 
efficiency levels within a product class. As manufacturer production 
costs increase with efficiency, this scenario implies that the per-unit 
dollar profit will increase. DOE assumed a gross margin percentage of 
20 percent for FCC and 28 percent for all other product classes.\60\ 
Manufacturers tend to believe it is optimistic to assume that they 
would be able to maintain the same gross margin percentage as their 
production costs increase, particularly for minimally efficient 
products. Therefore, this scenario represents a high bound of industry 
profitability under an amended energy conservation standard.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \60\ The gross margin percentages of 20 percent and 28 percent 
are based on manufacturer markups of 1.25 and 1.38 percent, 
respectively.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In the preservation-of-operating-profit scenario, as the cost of 
production goes up under a standards case, manufacturers are generally 
required to reduce their manufacturer markups to a level that maintains 
base-case operating profit. DOE implemented this scenario in the GRIM 
by lowering the manufacturer markups at each TSL to yield approximately 
the same earnings before interest and taxes in the standards case as in 
the no-new-standards case in the year after the expected compliance 
date of the amended standards. The implicit assumption behind this 
scenario is that the industry can only maintain its operating profit in 
absolute dollars after the standard takes effect.
    A comparison of industry financial impacts under the two 
manufacturer markup scenarios is presented in section V.B.2.a of this 
document.
3. Discussion of MIA Comments
    For this direct final rule, DOE considered comments it had received 
regarding its MIA presented in the March 2023 NOPR. The approach used 
for this direct final rule is largely the same approach DOE had used 
for the March 2023 NOPR analysis.
    In response to the March 2023 NOPR, AHAM stated that it cannot 
comment on the accuracy of DOE's approach for including how 
manufacturers might or might not recover potential investments (i.e., 
the accuracy of DOE's manufacturer markup scenarios) but that AHAM 
supports DOE's intent in the microwave ovens supplemental notice of 
proposed rulemaking (``SNOPR'') (``August 2022 SNOPR'') energy 
conservation standards rulemaking to include those costs and 
investments in the actual costs of products and retail prices. (AHAM, 
No. 31 at p. 12) AHAM urged DOE to apply the same conceptual approach 
used in the August 2022 SNOPR in the MREF rulemaking and all future 
rulemakings (i.e., to analyze a conversion-cost-recovery manufacturer 
markup scenario). (Id.)
    As discussed in section IV.J.2.d of this document, DOE modeled two 
standards-case manufacturer markup scenarios to represent the 
uncertainty regarding the potential impacts on prices and profitability 
for manufacturers following the implementation of amended energy 
conservation standards. For the March 2023 NOPR, DOE applied the 
preservation-of-gross-margin-percentage scenario to reflect an upper 
bound of industry profitability and a preservation-of-operating-profit 
scenario

[[Page 38798]]

to reflect a lower bound of industry profitability under amended 
standards. DOE used these scenarios to reflect the range of realistic 
profitability impacts under more stringent standards. Manufacturing 
more efficient MREFs is generally more expensive than manufacturing 
baseline MREFs, as reflected by the MPCs estimated in the engineering 
analysis. Under the preservation-of-gross-margin scenario for MREFs, 
incremental increases in MPCs at higher efficiency levels result in an 
increase in per-unit dollar profit per unit sold. In interviews, 
manufacturers stated the industry relies on competitive pricing, so 
they would likely not increase their manufacturer markups that would 
allow them to recover their full investments. The preservation-of-
gross-margin-scenario reflects an upper bound of industry profitability 
in which manufacturers would be able to maintain the same amount of 
profit as a percentage of revenues at all efficiency levels within a 
product class. Applying the approach used in the August 2022 SNOPR 
(i.e., a conversion-cost-recovery scenario) would result in the MREF 
industry increasing manufacturer markups under amended standards. Based 
on information gathered during confidential interviews in support of 
the March 2023 NOPR, DOE does not expect that the MREF industry would 
increase manufacturer markups under an amended standard. Furthermore, 
in response to the March 2023 NOPR, DOE did not receive any public or 
confidential data indicating that industry would increase manufacturer 
markups in response to more stringent standards. Therefore, DOE used 
the same manufacturer markup scenarios from the March 2023 NOPR for 
this direct final rule analysis.
    In response to the March 2023 NOPR, AHAM commented the cumulative 
regulatory burden is significant for home appliance manufacturers when 
needing to redesign products and product lines for the proposed levels 
for MREFs, for consumer clothes dryers, residential clothes washers, 
consumer conventional cooking products, dishwashers, RF, and the 
finalized levels for room air conditioners and microwave ovens. (Id. at 
p. 13). AHAM asserted that engineers will therefore need to spend all 
their time redesigning products to meet more stringent energy 
efficiency standards, pulling resources from other development efforts 
and business priorities. AHAM suggested that DOE could reduce 
cumulative regulatory burden by spacing out the timing of final rules, 
allowing more lead time by delaying the publication of final rules in 
the Federal Register after they have been issued, and reducing the 
stringency of standards such that fewer products would require 
redesign. (Id. at p. 14)
    DOE analyzes cumulative regulatory burden in accordance with 
section 13(g) of the Process Rule. DOE details the rulemakings and 
expected conversion expenses of Federal energy conservation standards 
that could impact MREF original equipment manufacturers (``OEMs'') that 
take effect approximately 3 years before and after the 2029 compliance 
date in section V.B.2.e of this document. As shown in Table V.23 in 
section V.B.2.e of this document, DOE considers the potential 
cumulative regulatory burden from other DOE energy conservation 
standard rulemakings for consumer clothes dryers, residential clothes 
washers, consumer conventional cooking products, dishwashers, RF, room 
air conditioners, and microwave ovens in this direct final rule 
analysis.
    Regarding AHAM's suggestion about spacing out the timing of final 
rules for home appliance rulemakings, DOE has statutory requirements 
under EPCA on the timing of rulemakings. For consumer clothes dryers, 
residential clothes washers, consumer conventional cooking products, 
dishwashers, RF, room air conditioners, and microwave ovens, amended 
standards apply to covered products manufactured 3 years after the date 
on which any new or amended standards are published. (42 U.S.C. 
6295(m)(4)(A)(i)) For MREFs, amended standards apply 5 years after the 
date on which any new or amended standard is published. (42 U.S.C. 
6295(l)(2)) And the multi-product Joint Agreement, where stakeholders 
can recommend different compliance dates under DOE's direct final rule 
authority, stated ``jointly recommended compliance dates will achieve 
the overall energy and economic benefits of this agreement while 
allowing necessary lead-times for manufacturers to redesign products 
and retool manufacturing plants to meet the recommended standards 
across product categories.'' (Joint Agreement, No. 34 at p. 2) The 
staggered compliance dates between the statutorily-required dates and 
the dates recommended in the Joint Agreement help mitigate 
manufacturers' concerns resource allocation and concurrent amended 
standards. See section II.B.4 of this document for compliance dates of 
rulemakings recommended in the Joint Agreement.
    In response to the March 2023 NOPR, the Appliance Standards 
Awareness Project (``ASAP'') et al.\61\ commented that DOE may have 
overestimated the decrease in INPV, and described some perceived 
inconsistencies. ASAP et al. pointed out that although DOE estimated a 
10 percent reduction in shipments based on a 10 percent increase in 
production cost, ignoring the efficiency elasticity, the shipments 
decline should be no more than 4.5 percent at the compliance year. 
(ASAP et al., No. 32 at pp. 1-2) In response to this comment, DOE re-
evaluated its base assumptions and corrected its shipments estimates. 
The reduction in shipments in the projected compliance year for the 
Recommended TSL (i.e., TSL 4) is now estimated to be 3.4 percent. For 
more details, see chapter 9 of the direct final rule TSD.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \61\ ``ASAP et al.'' refers to a joint comment from Appliance 
Standards Awareness Project, American Council for an Energy-
Efficient Economy, National Consumer Law Center, New York State 
Energy Research and Development Authority, and Northwest Energy 
Efficiency Alliance.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

K. Emissions Analysis

    The emissions analysis consists of two components. The first 
component estimates the effect of potential energy conservation 
standards on power sector and site (where applicable) combustion 
emissions of CO2, NOX, SO2, and Hg. 
The second component estimates the impacts of potential standards on 
emissions of two additional greenhouse gases, CH4 and 
N2O, as well as the reductions in emissions of other gases 
due to ``upstream'' activities in the fuel production chain. These 
upstream activities comprise extraction, processing, and transporting 
fuels to the site of combustion.
    The analysis of electric power sector emissions of CO2, 
NOX, SO2, and Hg uses emissions intended to 
represent the marginal impacts of the change in electricity consumption 
associated with amended or new standards. The methodology is based on 
results published for the AEO, including a set of side cases that 
implement a variety of efficiency-related policies. The methodology is 
described in appendix 13A in the direct final rule TSD. The analysis 
presented in this document uses projections from AEO2023. Power sector 
emissions of CH4 and N2O from fuel combustion are 
estimated using Emission Factors for Greenhouse Gas Inventories 
published by the EPA.\62\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \62\ Available at www.epa.gov/sites/production/files/2021-04/documents/emission-factors_apr2021.pdf (last accessed November 12, 
2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    FFC upstream emissions, which include emissions from fuel 
combustion during extraction, processing, and transportation of fuels, 
and ``fugitive''

[[Page 38799]]

emissions (direct leakage to the atmosphere) of CH4 and 
CO2, are estimated based on the methodology described in 
chapter 15 of the direct final rule TSD.
    The emissions intensity factors are expressed in terms of physical 
units per MWh or MMBtu of site energy savings. For power sector 
emissions, specific emissions intensity factors are calculated by 
sector and end use. Total emissions reductions are estimated using the 
energy savings calculated in the national impact analysis.
1. Air Quality Regulations Incorporated in DOE's Analysis
    DOE's no-new-standards case for the electric power sector reflects 
the AEO, which incorporates the projected impacts of existing air 
quality regulations on emissions. AEO2023 reflects, to the extent 
possible, laws and regulations adopted through mid-November 2022, 
including the emissions control programs discussed in the following 
paragraphs, and the Inflation Reduction Act.\63\ SO2 
emissions from affected electric generating units (``EGUs'') are 
subject to nationwide and regional emissions cap-and-trade programs. 
Title IV of the Clean Air Act sets an annual emissions cap on 
SO2 for affected EGUs in the 48 contiguous States and the 
District of Columbia (``DC''). (42 U.S.C. 7651 et seq.) SO2 
emissions from numerous States in the eastern half of the United States 
are also limited under the Cross-State Air Pollution Rule (``CSAPR''). 
76 FR 48208 (Aug. 8, 2011). CSAPR requires these States to reduce 
certain emissions, including annual SO2 emissions, and went 
into effect as of January 1, 2015.\64\ The AEO incorporates 
implementation of CSAPR, including the update to the CSAPR ozone season 
program emission budgets and target dates issued in 2016. 81 FR 74504 
(Oct. 26, 2016). Compliance with CSAPR is flexible among EGUs and is 
enforced through the use of tradable emissions allowances. Under 
existing EPA regulations, for states subject to SO2 
emissions limits under CSAPR, any excess SO2 emissions 
allowances resulting from the lower electricity demand caused by the 
adoption of an efficiency standard could be used to permit offsetting 
increases in SO2 emissions by another regulated EGU.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \63\ For further information, see the Assumptions to AEO2023 
report that sets forth the major assumptions used to generate the 
projections in the Annual Energy Outlook. Available at www.eia.gov/outlooks/aeo/assumptions/ (last accessed Nov. 22, 2023).
    \64\ CSAPR requires states to address annual emissions of 
SO2 and NOX, precursors to the formation of 
fine particulate matter (``PM2.5'') pollution, in order 
to address the interstate transport of pollution with respect to the 
1997 and 2006 PM2.5 National Ambient Air Quality 
Standards (``NAAQS''). CSAPR also requires certain states to address 
the ozone season (May-September) emissions of NOX, a 
precursor to the formation of ozone pollution, in order to address 
the interstate transport of ozone pollution with respect to the 1997 
ozone NAAQS. 76 FR 48208 (Aug. 8, 2011). EPA subsequently issued a 
supplemental rule that included an additional five states in the 
CSAPR ozone season program; 76 FR 80760 (Dec. 27, 2011) 
(Supplemental Rule), and EPA issued the CSAPR Update for the 2008 
ozone NAAQS. 81 FR 74504 (Oct. 26, 2016).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    However, beginning in 2016, SO2 emissions began to fall 
as a result of the Mercury and Air Toxics Standards (``MATS'') for 
power plants.\65\ 77 FR 9304 (Feb. 16, 2012). The final rule 
establishes power plant emission standards for mercury, acid gases, and 
non-mercury metallic toxic pollutants. Because of the emissions 
reductions under the MATS, it is unlikely that excess SO2 
emissions allowances resulting from the lower electricity demand would 
be needed or used to permit offsetting increases in SO2 
emissions by another regulated EGU. Therefore, energy conservation 
standards that decrease electricity generation will generally reduce 
SO2 emissions. DOE estimated SO2 emissions 
reduction using emissions factors based on AEO2023.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \65\ In order to continue operating, coal power plants must have 
either flue gas desulfurization or dry sorbent injection systems 
installed. Both technologies, which are used to reduce acid gas 
emissions, also reduce SO2 emissions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    CSAPR also established limits on NOX emissions for 
numerous States in the eastern half of the United States. Energy 
conservation standards would have little effect on NOX 
emissions in those States covered by CSAPR emissions limits if excess 
NOX emissions allowances resulting from the lower 
electricity demand could be used to permit offsetting increases in 
NOX emissions from other EGUs. In such case, NOX 
emissions would remain near the limit even if electricity generation 
goes down. Depending on the configuration of the power sector in the 
different regions and the need for allowances, however, NOX 
emissions might not remain at the limit in the case of lower 
electricity demand. That would mean that standards might reduce 
NOX emissions in covered States. Despite this possibility, 
DOE has chosen to be conservative in its analysis and has maintained 
the assumption that standards will not reduce NOX emissions 
in States covered by CSAPR. Standards would be expected to reduce 
NOX emissions in the States not covered by CSAPR. DOE used 
AEO2023 data to derive NOX emissions factors for the group 
of States not covered by CSAPR.
    The MATS limit mercury emissions from power plants, but they do not 
include emissions caps and, as such, DOE's energy conservation 
standards would be expected to slightly reduce Hg emissions. DOE 
estimated mercury emissions reduction using emissions factors based on 
AEO2023, which incorporates the MATS.

L. Monetizing Emissions Impacts

    As part of the development of this direct final rule, for the 
purpose of complying with the requirements of Executive Order 12866, 
DOE considered the estimated monetary benefits from the reduced 
emissions of CO2, CH4, N2O, 
NOX, and SO2 that are expected to result from 
each of the TSLs considered. In order to make this calculation 
analogous to the calculation of the NPV of consumer benefit, DOE 
considered the reduced emissions expected to result over the lifetime 
of products shipped in the projection period for each TSL. This section 
summarizes the basis for the values used for monetizing the emissions 
benefits and presents the values considered in this direct final rule.
    To monetize the benefits of reducing GHG emissions, this analysis 
uses the interim estimates presented in the Technical Support Document: 
Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates 
Under Executive Order 13990 published in February 2021 by the IWG 
(``February 2021 SC-GHG TSD'').
1. Monetization of Greenhouse Gas Emissions
    DOE estimates the monetized benefits of the reductions in emissions 
of CO2, CH4, and N2O by using a 
measure of the SC of each pollutant (e.g., SC-CO2). These 
estimates represent the monetary value of the net harm to society 
associated with a marginal increase in emissions of these pollutants in 
a given year, or the benefit of avoiding that increase. These estimates 
are intended to include (but are not limited to) climate-change-related 
changes in net agricultural productivity, human health, property 
damages from increased flood risk, disruption of energy systems, risk 
of conflict, environmental migration, and the value of ecosystem 
services.
    DOE exercises its own judgment in presenting monetized climate 
benefits as recommended by applicable Executive orders, and DOE would 
reach the same conclusion presented in this proposed rulemaking in the 
absence of the estimated benefits from reductions in GHG emissions. 
That is, the social

[[Page 38800]]

costs of greenhouse gases, whether measured using the February 2021 
interim estimates presented by the Interagency Working Group on the 
Social Cost of Greenhouse Gases or by another means, did not affect the 
rule ultimately proposed by DOE.
    DOE estimated the global social benefits of CO2, 
CH4, and N2O reductions using SC-GHG values that 
were based on the interim values presented in the Technical Support 
Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim 
Estimates under Executive Order 13990, published in February 2021 by 
the IWG (``February 2021 SC-GHG TSD''). The SC-GHG is the monetary 
value of the net harm to society associated with a marginal increase in 
emissions in a given year, or the benefit of avoiding that increase. In 
principle, the SC-GHG includes the value of all climate change impacts, 
including (but not limited to) changes in net agricultural 
productivity, human health effects, property damage from increased 
flood risk and natural disasters, disruption of energy systems, risk of 
conflict, environmental migration, and the value of ecosystem services. 
The SC-GHG therefore, reflects the societal value of reducing emissions 
of the gas in question by one metric ton. The SC-GHG is the 
theoretically appropriate value to use in conducting benefit-cost 
analyses of policies that affect CO2, N2O and 
CH4 emissions. As a member of the IWG involved in the 
development of the February 2021 SC-GHG TSD, DOE agreed that the 
interim SC-GHG estimates represent the most appropriate estimate of the 
SC-GHG until revised estimates were developed reflecting the latest, 
peer-reviewed science. See 87 FR 78382, 78406-78408 for discussion of 
the development and details of the IWG SC-GHG estimates.
    There are a number of limitations and uncertainties associated with 
the SC-GHG estimates. First, the current scientific and economic 
understanding of discounting approaches suggests discount rates 
appropriate for intergenerational analysis in the context of climate 
change are likely to be less than 3 percent, near 2 percent or 
lower.\66\ Second, the IAMs used to produce these interim estimates do 
not include all of the important physical, ecological, and economic 
impacts of climate change recognized in the climate change literature 
and the science underlying their ``damage functions''--i.e., the core 
parts of the IAMs that map global mean temperature changes and other 
physical impacts of climate change into economic (both market and 
nonmarket) damages--lags behind the most recent research. For example, 
limitations include the incomplete treatment of catastrophic and non-
catastrophic impacts in the integrated assessment models, their 
incomplete treatment of adaptation and technological change, the 
incomplete way in which inter-regional and intersectoral linkages are 
modeled, uncertainty in the extrapolation of damages to high 
temperatures, and inadequate representation of the relationship between 
the discount rate and uncertainty in economic growth over long time 
horizons. Likewise, the socioeconomic and emissions scenarios used as 
inputs to the models do not reflect new information from the last 
decade of scenario generation or the full range of projections. The 
modeling limitations do not all work in the same direction in terms of 
their influence on the SC-CO2 estimates. However, as 
discussed in the February 2021 SC-GHG TSD, the IWG has recommended 
that, taken together, the limitations suggest that the interim SC-GHG 
estimates used in this final rule likely underestimate the damages from 
GHG emissions. DOE concurs with this assessment.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \66\ Interagency Working Group on Social Cost of Greenhouse 
Gases. 2021. Technical Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, 
Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates under Executive Order 
13990. February. United States Government. Available at: 
www.whitehouse.gov/briefing-room/blog/2021/02/26/a-return-to-science-evidence-based-estimates-of-the-benefits-of-reducing-climate-pollution/.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In the February 2021 SC-GHG TSD, the IWG stated that the models 
used to produce the interim estimates do not include all of the 
important physical, ecological, and economic impacts of climate change 
recognized in the climate change literature. For these same impacts, 
the science underlying their ``damage functions'' lags behind the most 
recent research. In the judgment of the IWG, these and other 
limitations suggest that the range of four interim SC-GHG estimates 
presented in the TSD likely underestimate societal damages from GHG 
emissions. The IWG is in the process of assessing how best to 
incorporate the latest peer-reviewed science and the recommendations of 
the National Academies to develop an updated set of SC-GHG estimates, 
and DOE remains engaged in that process.
    DOE is aware that in December 2023, EPA issued a new set of SC-GHG 
estimates in connection with a final rulemaking under the Clean Air 
Act.\67\ As DOE had used the IWG interim values in proposing this rule 
and is currently reviewing the updated 2023 SC-GHG values, for this 
final rule, DOE used these updated 2023 SC-GHG values to conduct a 
sensitivity analysis of the value of GHG emissions reductions. DOE 
notes that because EPA's estimates are considerably higher than the 
IWG's interim SC-GHG values applied for this direct final rule, an 
analysis that uses the EPA's estimates results in significantly greater 
climate-related benefits. However, such results would not affect DOE's 
decision in this direct final rule. As stated elsewhere in this 
document, DOE would reach the same conclusion regarding the economic 
justification of the standards presented in this direct final rule 
without considering the IWG's interim SC-GHG values, which DOE agrees 
are conservative estimates. For the same reason, if DOE were to use 
EPA's higher SC-GHG estimates, they would not change DOE's conclusion 
that the standards are economically justified.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \67\ See www.epa.gov/environmental-economics/scghg.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DOE's derivations of the SC-CO2, SC-N2O, and 
SC-CH4 values used for this NOPR are discussed in the 
following sections, and the results of DOE's analyses estimating the 
benefits of the reductions in emissions of these GHGs are presented in 
section V.B.6 of this document.
a. Social Cost of Carbon
    The SC-CO2 values used for this final rule were based on 
the values developed for the February 2021 SC-GHG TSD, which are shown 
in Table IV.12 in 5-year increments from 2020 to 2050. The set of 
annual values that DOE used, which was adapted from estimates published 
by EPA,\68\ is presented in appendix 14A of the direct final rule TSD. 
These estimates are based on methods, assumptions, and parameters 
identical to the estimates published by the IWG (which were based on 
EPA modeling), and include values for 2051 to 2070. DOE expects 
additional climate benefits to accrue for products still operating 
after 2070, but a lack of available SC-CO2 estimates for 
emissions years beyond 2070 prevents DOE from monetizing these 
potential benefits in this analysis.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \68\ See EPA, Revised 2023 and Later Model Year Light-Duty 
Vehicle GHG Emissions Standards: Regulatory Impact Analysis, 
Washington, DC, December 2021. Available at nepis.epa.gov/Exe/ZyPDF.cgi?Dockey=P1013ORN.pdf (last accessed November 21, 2023).

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 38801]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.020

    DOE multiplied the CO2 emissions reduction estimated for 
each year by the SC-CO2 value for that year in each of the 
four cases. DOE adjusted the values to 2022$ using the implicit price 
deflator for gross domestic product (``GDP'') from the Bureau of 
Economic Analysis. To calculate a present value of the stream of 
monetary values, DOE discounted the values in each of the four cases 
using the specific discount rate that had been used to obtain the SC-
CO2 values in each case.
b. Social Cost of Methane and Nitrous Oxide
    The SC-CH4 and SC-N2O values used for this 
direct final rule were based on the values developed for the February 
2021 SC-GHG TSD. Table IV.13 shows the updated sets of SC-
CH4 and SC-N2O estimates from the latest 
interagency update in 5-year increments from 2020 to 2050. The full set 
of annual values used is presented in appendix 14-A of the direct final 
rule TSD. To capture the uncertainties involved in regulatory impact 
analysis, DOE has determined it is appropriate to include all four sets 
of SC-CH4 and SC-N2O values, as recommended by 
the IWG. DOE derived values after 2050 using the approach previously 
described for the SC-CO2.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.021

    DOE multiplied the CH4 and N2O emissions 
reduction estimated for each year by the SC-CH4 and SC-
N2O estimates for that year in each of the cases. DOE 
adjusted the values to 2022$ using the implicit price deflator for GDP 
from the Bureau of Economic Analysis. To calculate a present value of 
the stream of monetary values, DOE discounted the values in each of the 
cases using the specific discount rate that had been used to obtain the 
SC-CH4 and SC-N2O estimates in each case.
c. Sensitivity Analysis Using Updated 2023 SC-GHG Estimates
    In December 2023 EPA issued a new set of SC-GHG estimates (2023 SC-
GHG) in connection with a final rulemaking under the Clean Air Act.\69\ 
These estimates incorporate recent research and address recommendations 
of the National Academies (2017) and comments from a 2023 external peer 
review of the accompanying technical report. For this rulemaking, DOE 
used these updated 2023 SC-GHG values to conduct a sensitivity analysis 
of the value of GHG emissions reductions associated with alternative 
standards for circulator pumps. This sensitivity analysis provides an 
expanded range of potential climate benefits associated with amended 
standards. The final year of EPA's new 2023 SC-GHG estimates is 2080; 
therefore, DOE did not monetize the climate benefits of GHG emissions 
reductions occurring after 2080.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \69\ See www.epa.gov/environmental-economics/scghg.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The overall climate benefits are greater when using the higher, 
updated SC-GHG 2023 estimates, compared to the climate benefits using 
the older IWG SC-GHG estimates. The results of the sensitivity analysis 
are presented in appendix 14C of the direct final rule TSD.
2. Monetization of Other Emissions Impacts
    For this direct final rule, DOE estimated the monetized value of 
NOX and SO2 emissions reductions from electricity 
generation using benefit per ton estimates for that sector from the

[[Page 38802]]

EPA's Benefits Mapping and Analysis Program.\70\ DOE used EPA's values 
for PM2.5-related benefits associated with NOX 
and SO2 and for ozone-related benefits associated with 
NOX for 2025 and 2030, and 2040, calculated with discount 
rates of 3 percent and 7 percent. DOE used linear interpolation to 
define values for the years not given in the 2025 to 2040 range; for 
years beyond 2040 the values are held constant. DOE combined the EPA 
regional benefit-per-ton estimates with regional information on 
electricity consumption and emissions from AEO2023 to define weighted-
average national values for NOX and SO2 (see 
appendix 14B of the direct final rule TSD).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \70\ U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Estimating the 
Benefit per Ton of Reducing Directly-Emitted PM2.5, 
PM2.5 Precursors and Ozone Precursors from 21 Sectors. 
Available at www.epa.gov/benmap/estimating-benefit-ton-reducing-directly-emitted-pm25-pm25-precursors-and-ozone-precursors (last 
accessed December 4, 2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DOE multiplied the site emissions reduction (in tons) in each year 
by the associated $/ton values and then discounted each series using 
discount rates of 3 percent and 7 percent as appropriate.

M. Utility Impact Analysis

    The utility impact analysis estimates the changes in installed 
electrical capacity and generation projected to result for each 
considered TSL. The analysis is based on published output from the NEMS 
associated with AEO2023. NEMS produces the AEO Reference case, as well 
as a number of side cases that estimate the economy-wide impacts of 
changes to energy supply and demand. For the current analysis, impacts 
are quantified by comparing the levels of electricity sector 
generation, installed capacity, fuel consumption and emissions in the 
AEO2023 Reference case and various side cases. Details of the 
methodology are provided in the appendices to chapters 13 and 15 of the 
direct final rule TSD.
    The output of this analysis is a set of time-dependent coefficients 
that capture the change in electricity generation, primary fuel 
consumption, installed capacity and power sector emissions due to a 
unit reduction in demand for a given end use. These coefficients are 
multiplied by the stream of electricity savings calculated in the NIA 
to provide estimates of selected utility impacts of potential new or 
amended energy conservation standards.

N. Employment Impact Analysis

    DOE considers employment impacts in the domestic economy as one 
factor in selecting a standard. Employment impacts from new or amended 
energy conservation standards include both direct and indirect impacts. 
Direct employment impacts are any changes in the number of employees of 
manufacturers of the products subject to standards. The MIA addresses 
those impacts. Indirect employment impacts are changes in national 
employment that occur due to the shift in expenditures and capital 
investment caused by the purchase and operation of more-efficient 
appliances. Indirect employment impacts from standards consist of the 
net jobs created or eliminated in the national economy, other than in 
the manufacturing sector being regulated, caused by (1) reduced 
spending by consumers on energy, (2) reduced spending on new energy 
supply by the utility industry, (3) increased consumer spending on the 
products to which the new standards apply and other goods and services, 
and (4) the effects of those three factors throughout the economy.
    One method for assessing the possible effects on the demand for 
labor of such shifts in economic activity is to compare sector 
employment statistics developed by the Labor Department's BLS. BLS 
regularly publishes its estimates of the number of jobs per million 
dollars of economic activity in different sectors of the economy, as 
well as the jobs created elsewhere in the economy by this same economic 
activity. Data from BLS indicate that expenditures in the utility 
sector generally create fewer jobs (both directly and indirectly) than 
expenditures in other sectors of the economy.\71\ There are many 
reasons for these differences, including wage differences and the fact 
that the utility sector is more capital-intensive and less labor-
intensive than other sectors. Energy conservation standards have the 
effect of reducing consumer utility bills. Because reduced consumer 
expenditures for energy likely lead to increased expenditures in other 
sectors of the economy, the general effect of efficiency standards is 
to shift economic activity from a less labor-intensive sector (i.e., 
the utility sector) to more labor-intensive sectors (e.g., the retail 
and service sectors). Thus, the BLS data suggest that net national 
employment may increase due to shifts in economic activity resulting 
from energy conservation standards.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \71\ See U.S. Department of Commerce-Bureau of Economic 
Analysis. Regional Multipliers: A User Handbook for the Regional 
Input-Output Modeling System (``RIMS II''). 1997. U.S. Government 
Printing Office: Washington, DC. Available at https://apps.bea.gov/scb/pdf/regional/perinc/meth/rims2.pdf (last accessed November 29, 
2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DOE estimated indirect national employment impacts for the standard 
levels considered in this direct final rule using an input/output model 
of the U.S. economy called Impact of Sector Energy Technologies version 
4 (``ImSET'').\72\ ImSET is a special-purpose version of the ``U.S. 
Benchmark National Input-Output'' (``I-O'') model, which was designed 
to estimate the national employment and income effects of energy-saving 
technologies. The ImSET software includes a computer- based I-O model 
having structural coefficients that characterize economic flows among 
187 sectors most relevant to industrial, commercial, and residential 
building energy use.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \72\ Livingston, O.V., S.R. Bender, M.J. Scott, and R.W. 
Schultz. ImSET 4.0: Impact of Sector Energy Technologies Model 
Description and User's Guide. 2015. Pacific Northwest National 
Laboratory: Richland, WA. PNNL-24563.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DOE notes that ImSET is not a general equilibrium forecasting 
model, and that the uncertainties involved in projecting employment 
impacts, especially changes in the later years of the analysis. Because 
ImSET does not incorporate price changes, the employment effects 
predicted by ImSET may over-estimate actual job impacts over the long 
run for this direct final rule. Therefore, DOE used ImSET only to 
generate results for near-term timeframes (2029-2033), where these 
uncertainties are reduced. For more details on the employment impact 
analysis, see chapter 16 of the direct final rule TSD.

O. Other Comments

    As discussed previously, DOE considered relevant comments, data, 
and information obtained through the 2023 NOPR public comment process 
in determining whether the recommended standards from the Joint 
Agreement are in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). And while some of 
those comments were directed at specific aspects of DOE's analysis of 
the Joint Agreement under 42 U.S.C. 6295(o), others were more generally 
applicable to DOE's energy conservation standards rulemaking program as 
a whole. The ensuing discussion focuses on these general comments 
concerning energy conservation standards issued under EPCA.
    The National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine 
(``NAS'') periodically appoint a committee to peer review the 
assumptions, models, and methodologies that DOE uses in setting energy 
conservation standards

[[Page 38803]]

for covered products and equipment. The most recent such peer review 
was conducted in a series of meetings in 2020, and NAS issued the 
report \73\ in 2021 detailing its findings and recommendations on how 
DOE can improve its analyses and align them with best practices for 
cost-benefit analysis.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \73\ National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine. 
2021. Review of Methods Used by the U.S. Department of Energy in 
Setting Appliance and Equipment Standards. Washington, DC: The 
National Academies Press. Available at doi.org/10.17226/25992 (last 
accessed August 2, 2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In response to the March 2023 NOPR, AHAM stated that despite 
previous requests from AHAM and others, DOE has failed to review and 
incorporate the recommendations of the NAS report, instead indicating 
that it will conduct a separate rulemaking process without such a 
process having been initiated. (AHAM, No. 31 at p. 8) AHAM further 
stated that DOE seems to be ignoring the recommendations in the NAS 
Report and even conducting analysis that is opposite to the 
recommendations. AHAM commented that DOE cannot continue to perpetuate 
the errors in its analytical approach that have been pointed out by 
stakeholders and the NAS report as to do so will lead to arbitrary and 
capricious rules. (Id.)
    As discussed, the rulemaking process for establishing new or 
amended standards for covered products and equipment are specified at 
appendix A to subpart C of 10 CFR part 430 (the Process Rule). DOE 
periodically examines and revises these provisions in separate 
rulemaking proceedings. The recommendations provided in the NAS Report, 
which pertain to the processes by which DOE analyzes energy 
conservation standards, will be considered by DOE in a separate, 
forthcoming rulemaking process.

V. Analytical Results and Conclusions

    The following section addresses the results from DOE's analyses 
with respect to the considered energy conservation standards for MREFs. 
It addresses the TSLs examined by DOE, the projected impacts of each of 
these levels if adopted as energy conservation standards for MREFs, and 
the standards levels that DOE is adopting in this direct final rule. 
Additional details regarding DOE's analyses are contained in the direct 
final rule TSD supporting this document.

A. Trial Standard Levels

    In general, DOE typically evaluates potential new or amended 
standards for products and equipment by grouping individual efficiency 
levels for each class into TSLs. Use of TSLs allows DOE to identify and 
consider manufacturer cost interactions between the product classes, to 
the extent that there are such interactions, and price elasticity of 
consumer purchasing decisions that may change when different standard 
levels are set.
    In the analysis conducted for this direct final rule, DOE analyzed 
the benefits and burdens of five TSLs for MREFs. DOE developed TSLs 
that combine efficiency levels for each analyzed product class. TSL 1 
represents a 10 percent increase in efficiency, corresponding to the 
lowest analyzed efficiency level above the baseline for each analyzed 
product class. TSL 2 represents efficiency levels consistent with 
Energy Star requirements for coolers, which in most cases except 
freestanding coolers (``FC'') represent an increase compared to TSL 1, 
and a modest increase in efficiency for certain combination cooler 
product classes compared to TSL 1. TSL 3 increases the efficiency for 
FC by an additional 10 percent compared to TSLs 1 and 2 and built-in 
coolers (``BIC'') by an additional 10 percent compared to TSL 1 \74\, 
while maintaining the same efficiency levels as TSL 2 for combination 
coolers. TSL 4 (the recommended TSL) further increases the standard 
level adopted in this direct final rule for all product classes except 
built-in compact cooler (``BICC''), BIC, C-3A and C-3A-BI, which remain 
at the same level as in TSL 3. TSL 5 represents max-tech for each 
product class, which represents an increase from TSL 4 in all cases. 
DOE presents the results for the TSLs in this document, while the 
results for all efficiency levels that DOE analyzed are in the direct 
final rule TSD.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \74\ For BIC, the considered EL is lower at TSL 3 than TSL 2 due 
to the relatively high Energy Star level included in TSL 2.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Table V.1 presents the TSLs and the corresponding efficiency levels 
that DOE has identified for potential amended energy conservation 
standards for MREFs.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.022


[[Page 38804]]



B. Economic Justification and Energy Savings

1. Economic Impacts on Individual Consumers
    DOE analyzed the economic impacts on MREF consumers by looking at 
the effects that potential amended standards at each TSL would have on 
the LCC and PBP. DOE also examined the impacts of potential standards 
on selected consumer subgroups. These analyses are discussed in the 
following sections.
a. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period
    In general, higher-efficiency products affect consumers in two 
ways: (1) purchase price increases and (2) annual operating costs 
decrease. Inputs used for calculating the LCC and PBP include total 
installed costs (i.e., product price plus installation costs), and 
operating costs (i.e., annual energy use, energy prices, energy price 
trends, repair costs, and maintenance costs). The LCC calculation also 
uses product lifetime and a discount rate. Chapter 8 of the direct 
final rule TSD provides detailed information on the LCC and PBP 
analyses.
    Tables V.2 through V.17 show the LCC and PBP results for the TSLs 
considered for each product class. In the first of each pair of tables, 
the simple payback is measured relative to the baseline product. In the 
second table, the impacts are measured relative to the efficiency 
distribution in the no-new-standards case in the compliance year (see 
section IV.F.8 of this document). Because some consumers purchase 
products with higher efficiency in the no-new-standards case, the 
average savings are less than the difference between the average LCC of 
the baseline product and the average LCC at each TSL. The savings refer 
only to consumers who are affected by a standard at a given TSL. Those 
who already purchase a product with efficiency at or above a given TSL 
are not affected. Consumers for whom the LCC increases at a given TSL 
experience a net cost.
BILLING CODE 6450-01-P
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.023

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.024


[[Page 38805]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.025

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.026

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.027

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.028


[[Page 38806]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.029

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.030

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.031

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.032


[[Page 38807]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.033

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.034

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.035

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.036


[[Page 38808]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.037

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.038

b. Consumer Subgroup Analysis
    In the consumer subgroup analysis, DOE estimated the impact of the 
considered TSLs on senior-only households, which account for 8.7% of 
the total MREF household sample. DOE did not consider low-income 
consumers in this direct final rule because MREFs are not products 
generally used by this subgroup, as they typically cost more than 
comparable compact refrigerators, which are able to maintain lower 
temperatures compared to MREFs, and therefore serve a wider range of 
applications. Based on the TraQline wine chiller data, less than 4 
percent of MREF owners are below the federal household income threshold 
for poverty. Table V.18 compares the average LCC savings and PBP at 
each efficiency level for the senior-only consumer subgroup with 
similar metrics for the entire consumer sample for all product classes. 
In most cases, the average LCC savings and PBP for senior-only 
households at the considered efficiency levels are improved (i.e., 
higher LCC savings and equal or lesser payback periods) from the 
average for all households. Chapter 11 of the direct final rule TSD 
presents the complete LCC and PBP results for the subgroup.

[[Page 38809]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.039

BILLING CODE 6450-01-C
c. Rebuttable Presumption Payback
    As discussed in section IV.F.9 of this document, EPCA establishes a 
rebuttable presumption that an energy conservation standard is 
economically justified if the increased purchase cost for a product 
that meets the standard is less than three times the value of the 
first-year energy savings resulting from the standard. (42 U.S.C. 
6295(o)(2)(B)(iii)) In calculating a rebuttable presumption payback 
period for each of the considered TSLs, DOE used discrete values and, 
as required by EPCA, based the energy use calculation on the DOE test 
procedure for MREFs. In contrast, the PBPs presented in section V.B.1.a 
of this document were calculated using distributions that reflect the 
range of energy use in the field.
    Table V.19 presents the rebuttable-presumption payback periods for 
the considered TSLs for MREFs. While DOE examined the rebuttable-
presumption criterion, it considered whether the standard levels 
considered for this rule are economically justified through a

[[Page 38810]]

more detailed analysis of the economic impacts of those levels, 
pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i), that considers the full range 
of impacts to the consumer, manufacturer, Nation, and environment. The 
results of that analysis serve as the basis for DOE to definitively 
evaluate the economic justification for a potential standard level, 
thereby supporting or rebutting the results of any preliminary 
determination of economic justification.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.040

2. Economic Impacts on Manufacturers
    DOE performed an MIA to estimate the impact of amended energy 
conservation standards on manufacturers of MREFs. The next section 
describes the expected impacts on manufacturers at each considered TSL. 
Chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD explains the analysis in 
further detail.
a. Industry Cash Flow Analysis Results
    In this section, DOE provides GRIM results from the analysis, which 
examines changes in the industry that would result from a standard. The 
following tables summarize the estimated financial impacts (represented 
by changes in INPV) of potential amended energy conservation standards 
on manufacturers of MREFs, as well as the conversion costs that DOE 
estimates manufacturers of MREFs would incur at each TSL.
    The impact of amended energy conservation standards was analyzed 
under two scenarios: (1) the preservation-of-gross-margin percentage; 
and (2) the preservation-of-operating-profit, as discussed in section 
IV.J.2.d of this document. The preservation-of-gross-margin percentages 
applies a ``gross margin percentage'' of 20 percent for FCC and 28 
percent for all other product classes.\75\ This scenario assumes that a 
manufacturer's per-unit dollar profit would increase as MPCs increase 
in the standards cases and represents the upper-bound to industry 
profitability under potential new or amended energy conservation 
standards.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \75\ The gross margin percentages of 20 percent and 28 percent 
are based on manufacturer markups of 1.25 and 1.38 percent, 
respectively.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The preservation-of-operating-profit scenario reflects 
manufacturers' concerns about their inability to maintain margins as 
MPCs increase to reach more stringent efficiency levels. In this 
scenario, while manufacturers make the necessary investments required 
to convert their facilities to produce compliant products, operating 
profit does not change in absolute dollars and decreases as a 
percentage of revenue. The preservation-of-operating-profit scenario 
results in the lower (or more severe) bound to impacts of potential 
amended standards on industry.
    Each of the modeled scenarios results in a unique set of cash flows 
and corresponding INPV for each TSL. INPV is the sum of the discounted 
cash flows to the industry from the base year through the end of the 
analysis period. The ``change in INPV'' refers to the difference in 
industry value between the no-new-standards case and standards case at 
each TSL. To provide perspective on the short-run cash flow impact, DOE 
includes a comparison of free cash flow between the no-new-standards 
case and the standards case at each TSL in the year before amended 
standards would take effect. This figure provides an understanding of 
the magnitude of the required conversion costs relative to the cash 
flow generated by the industry in the no-new-standards case.
    Conversion costs are one-time investments for manufacturers to 
bring their manufacturing facilities and product designs into 
compliance with potential amended standards. As described in section 
IV.J.2.c of this document, conversion cost investments occur between 
the year of publication of the direct final rule and the year by which 
manufacturers must comply with the amended standards. The conversion 
costs can have a significant impact on the short-term cash flow of the 
industry and generally result in lower free cash flow in the period 
between the publication of the direct final rule and the compliance 
date of potential amended standards. Conversion costs are independent 
of the manufacturer markup scenarios and are not presented as a range 
in this analysis.

[[Page 38811]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.041

    The following cash flow discussion refers to product classes as 
defined in Table I.1 in section I of this document and the efficiency 
levels and design options as detailed in Table IV.4 in section IV.C.3 
of this document.
    At TSL 1, the standard represents a modest increase in efficiency, 
corresponding to the lowest analyzed efficiency level above baseline 
for all classes, except product classes C-9 and C-9-BI at baseline 
efficiency. The change in INPV is expected to range from -4.2 to -3.8 
percent. At this level, the free cash flow is estimated to decrease by 
41.5 percent compared to the no-new-standards case value of $60.4 
million in the year 2028, the year before the standards year. 
Currently, 24.4 percent of MREF shipments meet the efficiencies 
required at TSL 1. See Table V.21 for the percentage of shipments that 
meet each TSL by product class.
    DOE analyzed implementing various design options for the range of 
directly analyzed product classes. These design options could include 
implementing more efficient single-speed compressors, tube and fin 
evaporators and/or condensers, hot walls, and argon-filled glass. At 
TSL 1, capital conversion costs are minimal because most manufacturers 
can incorporate design options with component changes. Product 
conversion costs may be necessary for sourcing components, building 
prototypes, and testing new components. DOE estimates capital 
conversion costs of $1.3 million and product conversion costs of $54.0 
million. Conversion costs total $55.3 million.
    At TSL 1, the shipment-weighted average MPC for all MREFs is 
expected to increase by 0.7 percent relative to the no-new-standards 
case shipment-weighted average MPC for all MREFs in 2029. Given the 
relatively small increase in production costs, DOE does not project a 
notable drop in shipments in the year the standard takes effect. In the 
preservation-of-gross-margin percentage scenario, the minor increase in 
cashflow from the higher MSP is slightly outweighed by the $55.3 
million in conversion costs, causing a small negative change in INPV at 
TSL 1 under this scenario. Under the preservation-of-operating-profit 
scenario, manufacturers earn the same per-unit operating profit as 
would be earned in the no-new-standards case, but manufacturers do not 
earn additional profit from their investments. In this scenario, the 
manufacturer markup decreases in 2030, the year after the analyzed 2029 
compliance year. This reduction in the manufacturer markup and the 
$55.3 million in conversion costs incurred by manufacturers cause a 
slightly negative change in INPV at TSL 1 under the preservation-of-
operating-profit scenario. See section IV.J.2.d of this document for 
details on the manufacturer markup scenarios.
    TSL 2 represents efficiency levels consistent with ENERGY STAR 
requirements for coolers and a modest increase in efficiency for 
certain combination cooler product classes. The change in INPV is 
expected to range from -6.1 to -4.6 percent. At this level, the free 
cash flow is estimated to decrease by 43.1 percent compared to the no-
new-standards case value of $60.4 million in the year 2028, the year 
before the standards year. Currently, 12.6 percent of MREF shipments 
meet the efficiencies required at TSL 2.
    The design options DOE analyzed for most product classes include 
implementing similar design options as TSL 1, such as more efficient 
single-speed compressors. For FCC, C-13A, and C-13A-BI, TSL 2 
corresponds to EL 2. For BICC and BIC, TSL 2 corresponds to EL 3. For 
the remaining product classes, the efficiencies required at TSL 2 are 
the same as TSL 1. The increase in conversion costs compared to TSL 1 
are largely driven by the higher efficiencies required for BICs, which 
account for 3.5 percent of MREF shipments. For BIC products that do not

[[Page 38812]]

meet this level, increasing insulation thickness would likely mean new 
cabinets, liners, and fixtures as well as new shelf designs. 
Implementing variable-speed compressors could require more advanced 
controls and electronics and new test stations. DOE estimates capital 
conversion costs of $6.4 million and product conversion costs of $68.4 
million. Conversion costs total $74.8 million.
    At TSL 2, the shipment-weighted average MPC for all MREFs is 
expected to increase by 3.4 percent relative to the no-new-standards 
case shipment-weighted average MPC for all MREFs in 2029. In the 
preservation-of-gross-margin percentage scenario, the minor increase in 
cashflow from the higher MSP is slightly outweighed by the $74.8 
million in conversion costs, causing a small negative change in INPV at 
TSL 2 under this scenario. Under the preservation-of-operating-profit 
scenario, manufacturers earn the same per-unit operating profit as 
would be earned in the no-new-standards case, but manufacturers do not 
earn additional profit from their investments. In this scenario, the 
manufacturer markup decreases in 2030, the year after the analyzed 
compliance year. This reduction in the manufacturer markup and the 
$74.8 million in conversion costs incurred by manufacturers cause a 
negative change in INPV at TSL 2 under the preservation-of-operating-
profit scenario.
    TSL 3 increases the efficiency for FCs by an additional 10 percent 
compared to TSL 2, and TSL 3 decreases the efficiency for BICs by 10 
percent. Combination coolers are at the same efficiency levels as TSL 
2. The change in INPV is expected to range from -5.7 to -4.4 percent. 
At this level, free cash flow is estimated to decrease by 40.7 percent 
compared to the no-new-standards case value of $60.4 million in the 
year 2028, the year before the standards year. Currently, approximately 
5.8 percent of domestic MREF shipments meet the efficiencies required 
at TSL 3.
    At this level, DOE analyzed similar design options as TSL 1 and TSL 
2, such as implementing incrementally more efficient single-speed 
compressors. For all product classes except FC and BIC, the 
efficiencies required at TSL 3 are the same as TSL 2. For FC, TSL 3 
corresponds to EL 2. For BIC, TSL 3 reflects a lower efficiency level 
(EL 2) as compared to TSL 2 (EL 3). Industry capital conversion costs 
decrease at TSL 3 as compared to TSL 2 due to the lower efficiency 
level required for BIC. As previously discussed, DOE expects 
manufacturers of BIC would likely need to increase insulation thickness 
at TSL 2 (EL 3) and incorporate variable-speed compressors. However, at 
TSL 3, DOE's engineering analysis and manufacturer feedback indicate 
that manufacturers could achieve EL 2 efficiencies for BIC with 
relatively straightforward component swaps versus a larger product 
redesign associated with increasing insulation. DOE estimates capital 
conversion costs of $1.3 million and product conversion costs of $70.8 
million. Conversion costs total $72.1 million.
    At TSL 3, the shipment-weighted average MPC for all MREFs is 
expected to increase by 3.2 percent relative to the no-new-standards 
case shipment-weighted average MPC for all MREFs in 2029. In the 
preservation-of-gross-margin-percentage scenario, the slight increase 
in cashflow from the higher MSP is outweighed by the $72.1 million in 
conversion costs, causing a slightly negative change in INPV at TSL 3 
under this scenario. Under the preservation-of-operating-profit 
scenario, the manufacturer markup decreases in 2030, the year after the 
analyzed compliance year. This reduction in the manufacturer markup and 
the $72.1 million in conversion costs incurred by manufacturers cause a 
slightly negative change in INPV at TSL 3 under the preservation-of-
operating-profit scenario.
    At the Recommended TSL (i.e., TSL 4), the standard reflects an 
increase in efficiency level for the product classes that make up the 
vast majority of MREF shipments (FCC, FC, C-13A). The Recommended TSL 
further increases the standard level adopted in this direct final rule 
for all product classes except BICC, BIC, C-3A, and C-3A-BI. The change 
in INPV is expected to range from -11.4 to -7.5 percent. At this level, 
free cash flow is estimated to decrease by 78.2 percent compared to the 
no-new-standards case value of $60.4 million in the year 2028, the year 
before the standards year. Currently, approximately 3.9 percent of 
domestic MREF shipments meet the efficiencies required at the 
Recommended TSL.
    At the Recommended TSL, all product classes correspond to EL 3, 
except BIC, C-3A, C-3A-BI, C-9, and C-9-BI. For BIC, the Recommended 
TSL corresponds to EL 2. For C-3A, the efficiencies required at the 
Recommended TSL are the same as TSL 3 (EL 1). For C-3A-BI, the 
Recommended TSL corresponds to EL 1. Both C-9 and C-9-BI correspond to 
baseline efficiency. At this level, conversion costs are largely driven 
by the efficiencies required for FC, which accounts for approximately 
11.8 percent of industry shipments. DOE's shipments analysis estimates 
that no FC shipments currently meet the efficiencies required at the 
Recommended TSL. All manufacturers would need to update their product 
platforms, which could include increasing insulation thickness and 
implementing variable-speed compressors. Increasing insulation 
thickness would likely result in the loss of interior volume or an 
increase in exterior product dimensions. A decrease of interior volume 
would require redesign of the cabinet as well as the designs and 
tooling associated with the interior of the product, such as the liner, 
shelving, racks, and drawers. DOE estimates capital conversion costs of 
$26.6 million and product conversion costs of $104.1 million. 
Conversion costs total $130.7 million.
    At the Recommended TSL, the shipment-weighted average MPC for all 
MREFs is expected to increase by 8.1 percent relative to the no-new-
standards case shipment-weighted average MPC for all MREFs in 2029. 
Given the projected increase in production costs, DOE expects an 
estimated 4 percent drop in shipments in the year the standard takes 
effect relative to the no-new-standards case. In the preservation-of-
gross-margin-percentage scenario, the increase in cashflow from the 
higher MSP is outweighed by the $130.7 million in conversion costs and 
the drop in annual shipments, causing a negative change in INPV at the 
Recommended TSL under this scenario. Under the preservation-of-
operating-profit scenario, the manufacturer markup decreases in 2030, 
the year after the analyzed compliance year. This reduction in the 
manufacturer markup, the $130.7 million in conversion costs incurred by 
manufacturers, and the drop in annual shipments cause a negative change 
in INPV at the Recommended TSL under the preservation-of-operating-
profit scenario.
    TSL 5 represents max-tech efficiency levels for all product 
classes. The change in INPV is expected to range from -52.1 to -35.1 
percent. At this level, free cash flow is estimated to decrease by 
381.5 percent compared to the no-new-standards case value of $60.4 
million in the year 2028, the year before the standards year. 
Currently, approximately 2.9 percent of domestic MREF shipments meet 
the efficiencies required at TSL 5.
    DOE's shipments analysis estimates that no shipments meet the 
efficiencies required across all product classes except for BICC, which 
account for only 4 percent of industry shipments. A max-tech standard 
would necessitate significant investment to redesign

[[Page 38813]]

nearly all product platforms and incorporate design options such as the 
most efficient variable-speed compressors, triple-pane glass, increased 
foam insulation thickness, and VIP technology. Capital conversion costs 
may be necessary for new tooling for VIP placement as well as new 
testing stations for high-efficiency components. Increasing insulation 
thickness would likely result in the loss of interior volume or an 
increase in exterior product dimensions. Loss of interior volume would 
require redesign of the cabinet as well as the designs and tooling 
associated with the interior of the product, such as the liner, 
shelving, racks, and drawers. Product conversion costs at max-tech are 
significant as manufacturers work to completely redesign their product 
platforms. For products implementing VIPs, product conversion costs may 
be necessary for prototyping and testing for VIP placement, design, and 
sizing. Manufacturers implementing triple-pane glass may need to 
redesign the door frame and hinges to support the added thickness and 
weight. DOE estimates capital conversion costs of $179.7 million and 
product conversion costs of $375.3 million. Conversion costs total 
$555.1 million.
    At TSL 5, the large conversion costs result in a free cash flow 
dropping below zero in the years before the standards year. The 
negative free cash flow calculation indicates manufacturers may need to 
access cash reserves or outside capital to finance conversion efforts.
    At TSL 5, the shipment-weighted average MPC for all MREFs is 
expected to increase by 32.7 percent relative to the no-new-standards 
case shipment-weighted average MPC for all MREFs in 2029. Given the 
projected increase in production costs, DOE expects an estimated 13 
percent drop in shipments in the year the standard takes effect 
relative to the no-new-standards case. In the preservation-of-gross-
margin-percentage scenario, the increase in cashflow from the higher 
MSP is outweighed by the $555.1 million in conversion costs and drop in 
annual shipments, causing a significant negative change in INPV at TSL 
5 under this scenario. Under the preservation-of-operating-profit 
scenario, the manufacturer markup decreases in 2030, the year after the 
analyzed compliance year. This reduction in the manufacturer markup, 
the $555.1 million in conversion costs incurred by manufacturers, and 
the drop in annual shipments cause a significant decrease in INPV at 
TSL 5 under the preservation-of-operating-profit scenario.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.042

b. Direct Impacts on Employment
    To quantitatively assess the potential impacts of amended energy 
conservation standards on direct employment in the MREF industry, DOE 
used the GRIM to estimate the domestic labor expenditures and number of 
direct employees in the no-new-standards case and in each of the 
standards cases during the analysis period. For this direct final rule, 
DOE used the most up-to-date information available. DOE calculated 
these values using statistical data from the 2021 ASM,\76\ BLS employee 
compensation data,\77\ results from the engineering analysis, and 
manufacturer interviews conducted in support of the March 2023 NOPR.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \76\ U.S. Census Bureau, Annual Survey of Manufactures. 
``Summary Statistics for Industry Groups and Industries in the U.S 
(2021).'' Available at www.census.gov/programs-surveys/asm/data.html 
(last accessed July 5, 2023).
    \77\ U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. Employer Costs for 
Employee Compensation--June 2023. September 12, 2023. Available at 
www.bls.gov/news.release/pdf/ecec.pdf (last accessed October 30, 
2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Labor expenditures related to product manufacturing depend on the 
labor intensity of the product, the sales volume, and an assumption 
that wages remain fixed in real terms over time. The total labor 
expenditures in each year are calculated by multiplying the total MPCs 
by the labor percentage of MPCs. The total labor expenditures in the 
GRIM were then converted to total production employment levels by 
dividing production labor expenditures by the average fully burdened 
wage multiplied by the average number of hours worked per year per 
production worker. To do this, DOE relied on the ASM inputs: Production 
Workers Annual Wages, Production Workers Annual Hours, Production 
Workers for Pay Period, and Number of Employees. DOE also relied on the 
BLS employee compensation data to determine the fully burdened wage 
ratio. The fully burdened wage ratio factors in paid leave, 
supplemental pay, insurance, retirement and savings, and legally 
required benefits.
    The number of production employees is then multiplied by the U.S. 
labor Percentage to convert total production employment to total 
domestic production employment. The U.S. labor percentage represents 
the industry fraction of domestic manufacturing

[[Page 38814]]

production capacity for the covered product. This value is derived from 
manufacturer interviews, product database analysis, and publicly 
available information. Consistent with the March 2023 NOPR, DOE 
estimates that 7.8 percent of MREFs are produced domestically.
    The domestic production employees estimate covers production line 
workers, including line supervisors, who are directly involved in 
fabricating and assembling products within the OEM facility. Workers 
performing services that are closely associated with production 
operations, such as materials-handling tasks using forklifts, are also 
included as production labor. DOE's estimates only account for 
production workers who manufacture the specific products covered by 
this rulemaking.
    Non-production workers account for the remainder of the direct 
employment figure. The non-production employees estimate covers 
domestic workers who are not directly involved in the production 
process, such as sales, engineering, human resources, and 
management.\78\ Using the amount of domestic production workers 
calculated above, non-production domestic employees are extrapolated by 
multiplying the ratio of non-production workers in the industry 
compared to production employees. DOE assumes that this employee 
distribution ratio remains constant between the no-new-standards case 
and standards cases.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \78\ The comprehensive description of production and non-
production workers is available at ``Definitions and Instructions 
for the Annual Survey of Manufacturers, MA-10000'' (pp. 13-14) 
www2.census.gov/programs-surveys/asm/technical-documentation/questionnaire/2021/instructions/MA_10000_Instructions.pdf (last 
accessed September 9, 2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Using the GRIM, DOE estimates in the absence of amended energy 
conservation standards there would be 211 domestic production and non-
production workers for MREFs in 2029. Table V.22 shows the range of the 
impacts of energy conservation standards on U.S. manufacturing 
employment in the MREF industry. The following discussion provides a 
qualitative evaluation of the range of potential impacts presented in 
Table V.22.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.043

    The direct employment impacts shown in Table V.22 represent the 
potential domestic employment changes that could result following the 
compliance date for the MREF product classes in this direct final rule. 
The upper bound estimate corresponds to a change in the number of 
domestic workers that would result from amended energy conservation 
standards if manufacturers continue to produce the same scope of 
covered products within the United States after compliance takes 
effect. The lower bound estimate represents the maximum decrease in 
production workers if manufacturing moved to lower labor-cost 
countries. At lower TSLs, DOE believes the likelihood of changes in 
production location due to amended standards are low due to the 
relatively minor production line updates required. However, as amended 
standards increase in stringency and both the complexity and cost of 
production facility updates increases, manufacturers may reevaluate 
domestic production siting options. Specifically, implementing VIPs 
could necessitate additional labor content and significant capital 
investment. However, at the Recommended TSL (i.e., TSL 4), none of the 
analyzed product classes would likely require VIPs to meet the 
recommended efficiency levels. Furthermore, DOE notes that of the six 
manufacturers with U.S. manufacturing facilities producing MREFs, five 
manufacturers are AHAM members, a key signatory of the Joint Agreement.
    Additional detail on the analysis of direct employment can be found 
in chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD. Additionally, the 
employment impacts discussed in this section are independent of the 
employment impacts from the broader U.S. economy, which are documented 
in chapter 16 of the direct final rule TSD.
c. Impacts on Manufacturing Capacity
    In interviews, manufacturers noted that the majority of MREFs--
namely FCC--are manufactured in Asia and rebranded by home appliance 
manufacturers. Manufacturers had few concerns about manufacturing 
constraints below the max-tech level and the implementation of VIPs. 
However, at max-tech, some manufacturers expressed technical 
uncertainty about industry's ability to meet the efficiencies required 
as few OEMs offer products at max-tech today. For example, DOE is not 
aware of any OEMs that currently offer FCC that meet TSL 5 
efficiencies. DOE's shipments analysis estimates that except for BICC, 
which only accounts for 4 percent of MREF shipments, no shipments of 
other product classes meet the max-tech efficiencies.
    Some low-volume domestic and European-based OEMs offer niche or 
high-end MREFs (i.e., built-ins, combination coolers, FCCs that can be 
integrated into kitchen cabinetry). In interviews, these manufacturers 
stated that, due to their low volume and wide range of product 
offerings, they could face engineering resource constraints

[[Page 38815]]

should amended standards necessitate a significant redesign, such as 
requiring insulation thickness changes for FCs at the Recommended TSL 
(i.e., TSL 4) or requiring VIPs for all product classes at TSL 5. These 
manufacturers further stated that the extent of their resource 
constraints depend, in part, on the outcome of other ongoing DOE energy 
conservation standards rulemakings that impact related products, in 
particular, the energy conservation standards for RF. DOE notes that 
the January 2024 RF Direct Final Rule amending the energy conservation 
standards for RF was published in the Federal Register on January 17, 
2024. 89 FR 3026. In that direct final rule, compliance with amended 
standards would be required in 2029 or 2030, depending on the product 
class, instead of 2027, as analyzed in the RF NOPR published in the 
Federal Register on February 27, 2023. See 88 FR 12452. Thus, 
manufacturers will have more time to redesign RF products to meet 
amended standards, compared to the EPCA-specified compliance period. 
Additionally, for OEMs that manufacture both MREFs and RFs, DOE expects 
that the alignment of the compliance dates for these covered products 
would help mitigate regulatory burden by reducing the number of times 
manufacturers would need to reorganize production lines.
d. Impacts on Subgroups of Manufacturers
    Using average cost assumptions to develop industry cash-flow 
estimates may not capture the differential impacts among subgroups of 
manufacturers. Small manufacturers, niche players, or manufacturers 
exhibiting a cost structure that differs substantially from the 
industry average could be affected disproportionately. DOE investigated 
small businesses as a manufacturer subgroup that could be 
disproportionally impacted by energy conservation standards and could 
merit additional analysis.
    DOE analyzes the impacts on small businesses in a separate analysis 
for the standards proposed in the NOPR published elsewhere in this 
issue of the Federal Register and in chapter 12 of the direct final 
rule TSD. In summary, the SBA defines a ``small business'' as having 
1,500 employees or less for NAICS 335220, ``Major Household Appliance 
Manufacturing'' or as having 1,250 employees of less for the secondary 
NAICS code of 333415: ``Air-Conditioning and Warm Air Heating Equipment 
and Commercial and Industrial Refrigeration Equipment Manufacturing.'' 
Using the more conservative (i.e., more inclusive) threshold of 1,500 
employees, DOE identified one domestic OEM that qualifies as small 
business and is not foreign-owned and operated. For a discussion of the 
impacts on the small business manufacturer group, see chapter 12 of the 
direct final rule TSD.
e. Cumulative Regulatory Burden
    One aspect of assessing manufacturer burden involves looking at the 
cumulative impact of multiple DOE standards and the regulatory actions 
of other Federal agencies and States that affect the manufacturers of a 
covered product or equipment. While any one regulation may not impose a 
significant burden on manufacturers, the combined effects of several 
existing or impending regulations may have serious consequences for 
some manufacturers, groups of manufacturers, or an entire industry. 
Multiple regulations affecting the same manufacturer can strain profits 
and lead companies to abandon product lines or markets with lower 
expected future returns than competing products. For these reasons, DOE 
conducts an analysis of cumulative regulatory burden as part of its 
rulemakings pertaining to appliance efficiency.
    For the cumulative regulatory burden analysis, DOE examines 
Federal, product-specific regulations that could affect MREF 
manufacturers that take effect approximately 3 years before and after 
2029 the compliance date. This information is presented in Table V.23.
BILLING CODE 6450-01-P

[[Page 38816]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.044


[[Page 38817]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.045

BILLING CODE 6450-01-C
    As shown in Table V.23, most of the rulemakings with the largest 
overlap of MREF OEMs include RFs, consumer conventional cooking 
products, residential clothes washers, consumer clothes dryers, and 
MREFs, which are all part of the multi-product Joint Agreement 
submitted by interested parties.\79\ The multi-product Joint Agreement 
states the ``jointly recommended compliance dates will achieve the 
overall energy and economic benefits of this agreement while allowing 
necessary lead-times for manufacturers to redesign products and retool 
manufacturing plants to meet the recommended standards across product 
categories.'' (Joint Agreement, No. 34 at p. 2) As discussed 
previously, the staggered compliance dates help mitigate manufacturers' 
concerns about their ability to allocate sufficient resources to comply 
with multiple concurrent amended standards and about the need to align 
compliance dates for products that are typically designed or sold as 
matched pairs. See section IV.J.3 of this document for stakeholder 
comments about cumulative regulatory burden. See Table V.24 for a 
comparison of the estimated compliance dates based on EPCA-specified 
timelines and the compliance dates detailed in the Joint Agreement.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \79\ The microwave ovens energy conservation standards final 
rule (88 FR 39912), which has 8 overlapping OEMs, was published 
prior to the joint submission of the multi-product Joint Agreement.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 38818]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.046

3. National Impact Analysis
    This section presents DOE's estimates of the national energy 
savings and the NPV of consumer benefits that would result from each of 
the TSLs considered as potential amended standards.
a. Significance of Energy Savings
    To estimate the energy savings attributable to potential amended 
standards for MREFs, DOE compared their energy consumption under the 
no-new-standards case to their anticipated energy consumption under 
each TSL. The savings are measured over the entire lifetime of products 
purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the year of anticipated 
compliance with amended standards (2029-2058). Table V.25 presents 
DOE's projections of the national energy savings for each TSL 
considered for MREFs. The savings were calculated using the approach 
described in section IV.H.2 of this document.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.047

    OMB Circular A-4 \80\ requires agencies to present analytical 
results, including separate schedules of the monetized benefits and 
costs that show the type and timing of benefits and costs. Circular A-4 
also directs agencies to consider the variability of key elements 
underlying the estimates of benefits and costs. For this rulemaking, 
DOE undertook a sensitivity analysis using 9 years, rather than 30 
years, of product shipments. The choice of a 9-year period is a proxy 
for the timeline in EPCA for the review of certain energy conservation 
standards and potential revision of and compliance with such revised 
standards.\81\ The review timeframe established in EPCA is generally 
not synchronized with the product lifetime, product manufacturing 
cycles, or other factors specific to MREFs. Thus, such results are 
presented for informational purposes only and are not indicative of any 
change in DOE's analytical methodology. The NES sensitivity analysis 
results based on a 9-year analytical period are presented in Table 
V.26. The impacts are counted over the lifetime of MREFs purchased in 
2029-2037.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \80\ U.S. Office of Management and Budget. Circular A-4: 
Regulatory Analysis. Available at www.whitehouse.gov/omb/information-for-agencies/circulars/ (last accessed January 5, 2024). 
DOE used the prior version of Circular A-4 (2003) as a result of the 
effective date of the new version.
    \81\ EPCA requires DOE to review its standards at least once 
every 6 years, and requires, for certain products, a 3-year period 
after any new standard is promulgated before compliance is required, 
except that in no case may any new standards be required within 6 
years of the compliance date of the previous standards. (42 U.S.C. 
6295(m)) While adding a 6-year review to the 3-year compliance 
period adds up to 9 years, DOE notes that it may undertake reviews 
at any time within the 6-year period and that the 3-year compliance 
date may yield to the 6-year backstop. A 9-year analysis period may 
not be appropriate given the variability that occurs in the timing 
of standards reviews and the fact that for some products, the 
compliance period is 5 years rather than 3 years.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 38819]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.048

b. Net Present Value of Consumer Costs and Benefits
    DOE estimated the cumulative NPV of the total costs and savings for 
consumers that would result from the TSLs considered for MREFs. In 
accordance with OMB's guidelines on regulatory analysis,\82\ DOE 
calculated NPV using both a 7-percent and a 3-percent real discount 
rate. Table V.27 shows the consumer NPV results with impacts counted 
over the lifetime of products purchased in 2029-2058.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \82\ U.S. Office of Management and Budget. Circular A-4: 
Regulatory Analysis. Available at www.whitehouse.gov/omb/information-for-agencies/circulars/ (last accessed January 5, 2024). 
DOE used the prior version of Circular A-4 (2003) as a result of the 
effective date of the new version.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.049

    The NPV results based on the aforementioned 9-year analytical 
period are presented in Table V.28. The impacts are counted over the 
lifetime of products purchased in 2029-2037. As mentioned previously, 
such results are presented for informational purposes only and are not 
indicative of any change in DOE's analytical methodology or decision 
criteria.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.050

    The previous results reflect the use of a default trend to estimate 
the change in price for MREFs over the analysis period (see section 
IV.H.3 of this document). DOE also conducted a sensitivity analysis 
that considered a low benefits scenario which combines a lower rate of 
price decline and AEO 2023 Low Economic Growth, as well as a high 
benefits scenario which combines a higher rate of price decline and AEO 
2023 High Economic Growth. The results of these alternative cases are 
presented in appendix 10C of the direct final rule TSD. In the high 
benefits scenario where high-price-decline case is applied, the NPV of 
consumer benefits is higher than in the default case. In the low 
benefits scenario where low-price-decline case is applied, the NPV of 
consumer benefits is lower than in the default case.
c. Indirect Impacts on Employment
    DOE estimates that amended energy conservation standards for MREFs 
will reduce energy expenditures for consumers of those products, with 
the resulting net savings being redirected to other forms of economic 
activity. These expected shifts in spending and economic activity could 
affect the demand for labor. As described in section IV.N of this 
document, DOE used an input/output model of the U.S. economy to 
estimate indirect employment impacts of the TSLs that DOE considered. 
There are uncertainties involved in projecting employment impacts, 
especially changes in the later years of the analysis. Therefore, DOE 
generated results for near-term timeframes (2029-2033), where these 
uncertainties are reduced.
    The results suggest that the adopted standards are likely to have a 
negligible impact on the net demand for labor in the economy. The net 
change in jobs is so small that it would be imperceptible in national 
labor statistics and might be offset by other, unanticipated effects on 
employment. Chapter 16 of the direct final rule TSD presents detailed 
results regarding anticipated indirect employment impacts.
4. Impact on Utility or Performance of Products
    As discussed in section III.E.1.d of this document, DOE has 
concluded that the standards adopted in this direct final rule will not 
lessen the utility or performance of the MREFs under consideration in 
this rulemaking. Manufacturers of these products

[[Page 38820]]

currently offer units that meet or exceed the adopted standards.
5. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition
    DOE considered any lessening of competition that would be likely to 
result from amended standards. As discussed in section III.E.1.e of 
this document, EPCA directs the Attorney General of the United States 
(``Attorney General'') to determine the impact, if any, of any 
lessening of competition likely to result from a proposed standard and 
to transmit such determination in writing to the Secretary within 60 
days of the publication of a proposed rule, together with an analysis 
of the nature and extent of the impact. To assist the Attorney General 
in making this determination, DOE is providing DOJ with copies of this 
direct final rule and the direct final rule TSD for review.
6. Need of the Nation To Conserve Energy
    Enhanced energy efficiency, where economically justified, improves 
the Nation's energy security, strengthens the economy, and reduces the 
environmental impacts (costs) of energy production. Reduced electricity 
demand due to energy conservation standards is also likely to reduce 
the cost of maintaining the reliability of the electricity system, 
particularly during peak-load periods. Chapter 15 in the direct final 
rule TSD presents the estimated impacts on electricity-generating 
capacity, relative to the no-new-standards case, for the TSLs that DOE 
considered in this rulemaking.
    Energy conservation resulting from potential energy conservation 
standards for MREFs is expected to yield environmental benefits in the 
form of reduced emissions of certain air pollutants and greenhouse 
gases. Table V.29 provides DOE's estimate of cumulative emissions 
reductions expected to result from the TSLs considered in this 
rulemaking. The emissions were calculated using the multipliers 
discussed in section IV.K of this document. DOE reports annual 
emissions reductions for each TSL in chapter 13 of the direct final 
rule TSD.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.051

    As part of the analysis for this direct final rule, DOE estimated 
monetary benefits likely to result from the reduced emissions of 
CO2 that DOE estimated for each of the considered TSLs for 
MREFs. Section IV.L of this document discusses the estimated SC-
CO2 values that DOE used. Table V.30 presents the value of 
CO2 emissions reduction at each TSL for each of the SC-
CO2 cases. The time-series of annual values is presented for 
the selected TSL in chapter 14 of the direct final rule TSD.

[[Page 38821]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.052

    As discussed in section IV.L.2 of this document, DOE estimated the 
climate benefits likely to result from the reduced emissions of methane 
and N2O that DOE estimated for each of the considered TSLs 
for MREFs. Table V.31 presents the value of the CH4 
emissions reduction at each TSL, and Table V.32 presents the value of 
the N2O emissions reduction at each TSL. The time-series of 
annual values is presented for the selected TSL in chapter 14 of the 
direct final rule TSD.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.053

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.054

    DOE is well aware that scientific and economic knowledge about the 
contribution of CO2 and other GHG emissions to changes in 
the future global climate and the potential resulting damages to the 
global and U.S. economy continues to evolve rapidly. DOE, together with 
other Federal agencies, will continue to review methodologies for 
estimating the monetary value of reductions in CO2 and other 
GHG emissions. This ongoing review will consider the comments on this 
subject that are part of the public record for this and other 
rulemakings, as well as other methodological assumptions and issues. 
DOE notes, however, that the adopted standards in this direct final 
rule would be economically justified even without inclusion of 
monetized benefits of reduced GHG emissions.
    DOE also estimated the monetary value of the economic benefits 
associated with NOX and SO2 emissions reductions 
anticipated to result from the considered TSLs for MREFs. The dollar-
per-ton values that DOE used are discussed in section IV.L of this 
document. Table V.33 presents the

[[Page 38822]]

present value for NOX emissions reduction for each TSL 
calculated using 7-percent and 3-percent discount rates, and Table V.34 
presents similar results for SO2 emissions reductions. The 
results in these tables reflect application of EPA's low dollar-per-ton 
values, which DOE used to be conservative. The time-series of annual 
values is presented for the selected TSL in chapter 14 of the direct 
final rule TSD.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.055

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.056

    Not all the public health and environmental benefits from the 
reduction of greenhouse gases, NOX, and SO2 are 
captured in the values above, and additional unquantified benefits from 
the reductions of those pollutants as well as from the reduction of 
direct PM and other co-pollutants may be significant. DOE has not 
included monetary benefits of the reduction of Hg emissions because the 
amount of reduction is very small.
7. Other Factors
    The Secretary of Energy, in determining whether a standard is 
economically justified, may consider any other factors that the 
Secretary deems to be relevant. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(VII)) No 
other factors were considered in this analysis.
8. Summary of Economic Impacts
    Table V.35 presents the NPV values that result from adding the 
estimates of the economic benefits resulting from reduced GHG and 
NOX and SO2 emissions to the NPV of consumer 
benefits calculated for each TSL considered in this rulemaking. The 
consumer benefits are domestic U.S. monetary savings that occur as a 
result of purchasing the covered MREFs and are measured for the 
lifetime of products shipped in 2029-2058. The climate benefits 
associated with reduced GHG emissions resulting from the adopted 
standards are global benefits and are also calculated based on the 
lifetime of MREFs shipped in 2029-2058.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.057


[[Page 38823]]



C. Conclusion

    When considering new or amended energy conservation standards, the 
standards that DOE adopts for any type (or class) of covered product 
must be designed to achieve the maximum improvement in energy 
efficiency that the Secretary determines is technologically feasible 
and economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(A)) In determining 
whether a standard is economically justified, the Secretary must 
determine whether the benefits of the standard exceed its burdens by, 
to the greatest extent practicable, considering the seven statutory 
factors discussed previously. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)) The new or 
amended standard must also result in significant conservation of 
energy. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B))
    For this direct final rule, DOE considered the impacts of amended 
standards for MREFs at each TSL, beginning with the maximum 
technologically feasible level, to determine whether that level was 
economically justified. Where the max-tech level was not justified, DOE 
then considered the next most efficient level and undertook the same 
evaluation until it reached the highest efficiency level that is both 
technologically feasible and economically justified and saves a 
significant amount of energy.
    To aid the reader as DOE discusses the benefits and/or burdens of 
each TSL, tables in this section present a summary of the results of 
DOE's quantitative analysis for each TSL. In addition to the 
quantitative results presented in the tables, DOE also considers other 
burdens and benefits that affect economic justification. These include 
the impacts on identifiable subgroups of consumers who may be 
disproportionately affected by a national standard and impacts on 
employment.
    DOE also notes that the economics literature provides a wide-
ranging discussion of how consumers trade off upfront costs and energy 
savings in the absence of government intervention. Much of this 
literature attempts to explain why consumers appear to undervalue 
energy efficiency improvements, an issue known as the ``energy 
efficiency gap''. There is evidence that consumers undervalue future 
energy savings as a result of (1) a lack of information; (2) a lack of 
sufficient salience of the long-term or aggregate benefits; (3) a lack 
of sufficient savings to warrant delaying or altering purchases; (4) 
excessive focus on the short term, in the form of inconsistent 
weighting of future energy cost savings relative to available returns 
on other investments; (5) computational or other difficulties 
associated with the evaluation of relevant tradeoffs; and (6) a 
divergence in incentives (for example, between renters and owners, or 
builders and purchasers).\83\ Having less than perfect foresight and a 
high degree of uncertainty about the future, consumers may trade off 
these types of investments at a higher than expected rate between 
current consumption and uncertain future energy cost savings.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \83\ Gillingham and Palmer (2014), Gerarden et al. (2015) and 
Allcott and Greenstone (2012) discuss a wide range of potential 
factors contributing to the energy efficiency gap.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In DOE's current regulatory analysis, potential changes in the 
benefits and costs of a regulation due to changes in consumer purchase 
decisions are included in two ways. First, if consumers forgo the 
purchase of a product in the standards case, this decreases sales for 
product manufacturers, and the impact on manufacturers attributed to 
lost revenue is included in the MIA. Second, DOE accounts for energy 
savings attributable only to products actually used by consumers in the 
standards case; if a standard decreases the number of products 
purchased by consumers, this decreases the potential energy savings 
from an energy conservation standard. DOE provides estimates of 
shipments and changes in the volume of product purchases in chapter 9 
of the direct final rule TSD. However, DOE's current analysis does not 
explicitly control for heterogeneity in consumer preferences, 
preferences across subcategories of products or specific features, or 
consumer price sensitivity variation according to household income.\84\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \84\ P.C. Reiss and M.W. White. Household Electricity Demand, 
Revisited. Review of Economic Studies. 2005. 72(3): pp. 853-883. 
doi: 10.1111/0034-6527.00354.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DOE continues to explore additional potential updates to the 
quantifiable framework for estimating the benefits and costs of changes 
in consumer purchase decisions due to an energy conservation standard, 
and DOE is committed to developing a framework that can support 
empirical quantitative tools for improved assessment of the consumer 
welfare impacts of appliance standards. DOE has posted a paper that 
discusses the issue of consumer welfare impacts of appliance energy 
conservation standards and potential enhancements to the methodology by 
which these impacts are defined and estimated in the regulatory 
process.\85\ DOE welcomes comments on how to more fully assess the 
potential impact of energy conservation standards on consumer choice 
and how to quantify this impact in its regulatory analysis in future 
rulemakings.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \85\ Sanstad, A.H. Notes on the Economics of Household Energy 
Consumption and Technology Choice. 2010. Lawrence Berkeley National 
Laboratory. Available at www1.eere.energy.gov/buildings/appliance_standards/pdfs/consumer_ee_theory.pdf (last accessed 
November 29, 2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Benefits and Burdens of TSLs Considered for MREF Standards
    Tables V.36 and V.37 summarize the quantitative impacts estimated 
for each TSL for MREFs. The national impacts are measured over the 
lifetime of MREFs purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the 
anticipated year of compliance with amended standards (2029-2058). The 
energy savings, emissions reductions, and value of emissions reductions 
refer to full-fuel-cycle results. DOE is presenting monetized benefits 
of GHG emissions reductions in accordance with the applicable Executive 
orders and DOE would reach the same conclusion presented in this 
document in the absence of the estimated benefits from reductions in 
GHG emissions, including the Interim Estimates presented by the 
Interagency Working Group. The efficiency levels contained in each TSL 
are described in section V.A of this document.
BILLING CODE 6450-01-P

[[Page 38824]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.058


[[Page 38825]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.059

BILLING CODE 6450-01-C
    DOE first considered TSL 5, which represents the max-tech 
efficiency levels. For coolers (i.e., FCC, FC, BICC, and BIC), which 
account for approximately 82 percent of MREF shipments, DOE expects 
that products would require use of VIPs, VSCs, and triple-glazed doors 
at this TSL. DOE expects that VIPs would be used in the products' side 
walls. In addition, the products would use the best-available-
efficiency variable-speed compressors, forced-convection heat 
exchangers with multi-speed brushless-DC (``BLDC'') fans, and increase 
in cabinet wall thickness as compared to most baseline products. TSL 5 
would save an estimated 0.55 quads of energy, an amount which DOE 
considers significant. Under TSL 5, the NPV of consumer benefit would 
be negative, i.e., -$1.36 billion using a discount rate of 7 percent, 
and -$1.68 billion using a discount rate of 3 percent.
    The cumulative emissions reductions at TSL 5 are 10.0 Mt of 
CO2, 3.15 thousand tons of SO2, 18.5 thousand 
tons of NOX, 0.02 tons of Hg, 83.4 thousand tons of 
CH4, and 0.10 thousand tons of N2O. The estimated 
monetary value of the climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions 
(associated with the average SC-GHG at a 3-percent discount rate) at 
TSL 5 is $0.6 billion. The estimated monetary value of the health 
benefits from

[[Page 38826]]

reduced SO2 and NOX emissions at TSL 5 is $0.4 
billion using a 7-percent discount rate and $1.1 billion using a 3-
percent discount rate.
    Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs, 
health benefits from reduced SO2 and NOX 
emissions, and the 3-percent discount rate case for climate benefits 
from reduced GHG emissions, the estimated total NPV at TSL 5 is -$0.4 
billion. Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits and costs, 
the estimated total NPV at TSL 5 is -$0.07 billion. The estimated total 
monetized NPV is provided for additional information, however, 
consistent with the statutory factors and framework for along with 
appropriate consideration of its full range of statutory factors when 
determining whether a proposed standard level is economically 
justified, DOE considers a range of quantitative and qualitative 
benefits and burdens, including the costs and cost savings for 
consumers, impacts to consumer subgroups, energy savings, emission 
reductions, and impacts on manufacturers.
    At TSL 5, for the product classes with the largest market share, 
which are FCC, FC, and C-13A and together account for approximately 92 
percent of annual shipments, the LCC savings are all negative (-$45.3, 
-$178.8, and -$73.4, respectively) and their payback periods are 13.0 
years, 29.9 years, and 19.5 years, respectively, which are all longer 
than their corresponding average lifetimes. For these product classes, 
the fraction of consumers experiencing a net LCC cost is 81.6 percent, 
98.2 percent, and 93.9 percent due to increases in first cost of 
$185.0, $420.5, and $167.5, respectively. Overall, a majority of MREF 
consumers (84.5 percent) would experience a net cost and the average 
LCC savings would be negative for all analyzed product classes.
    At TSL 5, the projected change in INPV ranges from a decrease of 
$421.0 million to a decrease of $283.2 million, which corresponds to 
decreases of 51.2 percent and 35.1 percent, respectively. DOE estimates 
that industry must invest $555.1 million to comply with standards set 
at TSL 5.
    DOE estimates that approximately 2.9 percent of current MREF 
shipments meet the max-tech levels. For FCC, FC, and C-13A, which 
together account for approximately 92 percent of annual shipments, DOE 
estimates that zero shipments currently meet max-tech efficiencies.
    At TSL 5, manufacturers would likely need to implement all the most 
efficient design options analyzed in the engineering analysis. 
Manufacturers that do not currently offer products that meet TSL 5 
efficiencies would need to develop new product platforms, which would 
require significant investment. Conversion costs are driven by the need 
for changes to cabinet construction, such as increasing foam insulation 
thickness and/or incorporating VIP technology. Increasing insulation 
thickness could result in a loss of interior volume or an increase in 
exterior volume. If manufacturers chose to maintain exterior 
dimensions, increasing insulation thickness would require redesign of 
the cabinet as well as the designs and tooling associated with the 
interior of the product, such as the liner, shelving, racks, and 
drawers. Incorporating VIPs into MREF designs could also require 
redesign of the cabinet to maximize the efficiency benefit of this 
technology. In addition to insulation changes, manufacturers may need 
to implement triple-pane glass, which could require implementing 
reinforced hinges and redesigning the door structure.
    At this level, DOE estimates a 13-percent drop in shipments in the 
year the standard takes effect compared to the no-new-standards case, 
as some consumers may forgo purchasing a new MREF due to the increased 
upfront cost of baseline models.
    At TSL 5 for MREFs, the Secretary concludes that the benefits of 
energy savings, emission reductions, and the estimated monetary value 
of the emissions reductions would be outweighed by the economic burden 
on many consumers, negative NPV of consumer benefits, and the impacts 
on manufacturers, including the significant potential reduction in 
INPV. A majority of MREF consumers (84.5 percent) would experience a 
net cost and the average LCC savings would be negative. Additionally, 
manufacturers would need to make significant upfront investments to 
update product platforms. The potential reduction in INPV could be as 
high as 52.1 percent. Consequently, the Secretary has concluded that 
TSL 5 is not economically justified.
    DOE then considered the Recommended TSL (i.e., TSL 4), which 
represents EL 3 for all analyzed product classes except for C-3A and C-
3A-BI, for which this TSL corresponds to EL 1 and BIC, for which this 
TSL corresponds to EL 2. At the Recommended TSL, products of most 
classes would use high-efficiency single-speed compressors with forced-
convection evaporators and condensers using brushless DC fan motors. 
Doors would be double-glazed with low-conductivity gas fill (e.g., 
argon) and a single low-emissivity glass layer. Products would not 
require use of VIPs, but the FC product class would require thicker 
walls than corresponding baseline products. The Recommended TSL would 
save an estimated 0.32 quads of energy, an amount DOE considers 
significant. Under the Recommended TSL, the NPV of consumer benefit 
would be $0.17 billion using a discount rate of 7 percent, and $0.77 
billion using a discount rate of 3 percent.
    The cumulative emissions reductions at the Recommended TSL are 5.9 
Mt of CO2, 1.8 thousand tons of SO2, 10.8 
thousand tons of NOX, 0.01 tons of Hg, 48.6 thousand tons of 
CH4, and 0.06 thousand tons of N2O. The estimated 
monetary value of the climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions 
(associated with the average SC-GHG at a 3-percent discount rate) at 
the Recommended TSL is $0.3 billion. The estimated monetary value of 
the health benefits from reduced SO2 and NOX 
emissions at the Recommended TSL is $0.2 billion using a 7-percent 
discount rate and $0.6 billion using a 3-percent discount rate.
    Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs, 
health benefits from reduced SO2 and NOX 
emissions, and the 3-percent discount rate case for climate benefits 
from reduced GHG emissions, the estimated total NPV at the Recommended 
TSL is $0.7 billion. Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits 
and costs, the estimated total NPV at the Recommended TSL is $1.7 
billion. The estimated total monetized NPV is provided for additional 
information, however, consistent with the statutory factors and 
framework for determining whether a standard level is economically 
justified, DOE considers a range of quantitative and qualitative 
benefits and burdens, including the costs and cost savings for 
consumers, impacts to consumer subgroups, energy savings, emission 
reductions, and impacts on manufacturers.
    At the Recommended TSL, for the product classes with the largest 
market share, which are FCC, FC, and C-13A, the LCC savings are $12.6, 
$28.0, and $12.0, respectively, and their payback periods are 6.8 
years, 8.5 years, and 7.3 years, respectively, which are all shorter 
than their corresponding average lifetimes. For these product classes, 
the fraction of consumers experiencing a net LCC cost is 46.8 percent, 
44.0 percent, and 47.2 percent, and increases in first cost for these 
classes are $91.7, $360.9, and $124.3, respectively. Overall, the LCC 
savings would be positive for all MREF product classes, and, while 43.7

[[Page 38827]]

percent of MREF consumers would experience a net cost, slightly more 
than half of MREF consumers would experience a net benefit (52.9 
percent).
    At the Recommended TSL (i.e., TSL 4), the projected change in INPV 
ranges from a decrease of $92.1 million to a decrease of $60.3 million, 
which correspond to decreases of 11.4 percent and 7.5 percent, 
respectively. DOE estimates that industry must invest $130.7 million to 
comply with standards set at Recommended TSL.
    DOE estimates that approximately 3.9 percent of shipments currently 
meet the required efficiencies at the Recommended TSL. For most product 
classes (i.e., FCC, BICC, BIC, C-13A, C-13A-BI, C-3A, C-3A-BI), DOE 
expects manufacturers could reach the required efficiencies with 
relatively straightforward component swaps, such as implementing 
incrementally more efficient compressors, rather than the full platform 
redesigns required at max-tech. DOE expects that FC manufacturers would 
need to increase foam insulation thickness and incorporate variable-
speed compressor systems at this level. At the Recommended TSL, DOE 
estimates a 4-percent drop in shipments in the year the standard takes 
effect compared to the no-new-standards case, as some consumers may 
forgo purchasing a new MREF due to the increased upfront cost of 
baseline models.
    After considering the analysis and weighing the benefits and 
burdens, the Secretary has concluded that at a standard set at the 
recommended TSL for MREFs would be economically justified. At this TSL, 
the average LCC savings are positive for all product classes for which 
an amended standard is considered, with a shipment-weighted average of 
$15.2 savings. The FFC national energy savings are significant and the 
NPV of consumer benefits is positive using both a 3-percent and 7-
percent discount rate. The standard levels at TSL 4 are economically 
justified even without weighing the estimated monetary value of 
emissions reductions. When those emissions reductions are included--
representing $0.3 billion in climate benefits (associated with the 
average SC-GHG at a 3-percent discount rate), and $0.6 billion (using a 
3-percent discount rate) or $0.2 billion (using a 7-percent discount 
rate) in health benefits--the rationale becomes stronger still.
    As stated, DOE conducts the walk-down analysis to determine the TSL 
that represents the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is 
technologically feasible and economically justified as required under 
EPCA. The walk-down is not a comparative analysis, as a comparative 
analysis would result in the maximization of net benefits instead of 
energy savings that are technologically feasible and economically 
justified, which would be contrary to the statute. See 86 FR 70892, 
70908. Although DOE has not conducted a comparative analysis to select 
the adopted energy conservation standards, DOE notes that the 
Recommended TSL represents the option with positive LCC savings ($15.2) 
for all product classes compared to TSL 5 (-$99.5). Further, when 
comparing the cumulative NPV of consumer benefit using a 7% discount 
rate, TSL 4 ($0.7 billion) has a higher benefit value than TSL 5 (-$0.4 
billion), while for a 3-percent discount rate, TSL 4 ($1.7 billion) is 
also higher than TSL 5 (-$0.07 billion), which yields negative NPV in 
both cases. These additional savings and benefits at the Recommended 
TSL are significant. DOE considers the impacts to be, as a whole, 
economically justified at the Recommended TSL.
    Although DOE considered amended standard levels for MREFs by 
grouping the efficiency levels for each product class into TSLs, DOE 
evaluates all analyzed efficiency levels in its analysis. For all 
product classes, except for BIC and C-3A-BI, the amended standard level 
represents the maximum energy savings that does not result in negative 
LCC savings. DOE did not include efficiency levels with negative LCC 
savings in any TSLs with the exception of TSL 5, which represents the 
max-tech efficiency levels. Specifically, for FC, FCC, BICC, C-13 A, 
and C13-A-BI, DOE did not include EL4 in a TSL due to negative LCC 
savings, and for C-3A, DOE did not include EL 2 or 3, and for C-3A-BI, 
DOE did not include EL 3 for the same reason. For BIC and C-3A-BI, the 
standard level represents the maximum energy savings that is 
economically justified. For BIC, DOE did not include EL4 in any TSL due 
to negative LCC savings. TSL 4, the Recommended TSL and the one adopted 
here, includes an EL for BIC that is lower than the EL at TSL 2. That 
is because TSL 2 represents ENERGY STAR for all product classes for 
which an ENERGY STAR criterion exists, including EL 3 for BIC. As such, 
DOE analyzed TSL 2 with a higher efficiency level for BIC than TSL 4 
because of the ENERGY STAR criterion. TSL 4 also includes an EL for C-
3A-BI, EL1, that is lower than another EL, EL2, that has positive LCC 
savings. DOE has considered standards at those ELs for those products 
and found them not to be economically justified. Although these ELs 
have positive LCC savings, they would result in a majority of 
purchasers experiencing a net cost (53% and 57%, respectively). 
Further, for BIC products, DOE expects some manufacturers would likely 
need to increase insulation thickness to meet efficiency levels above 
EL 2, which could require new cabinet designs and fixtures. Due to the 
high percentage of consumers with a net cost and the extensive 
redesigns that would be needed to support EL3, DOE has concluded that 
this efficiency level for BIC is not economically justified. However, 
at the Recommended TSL (EL 2 for BIC), DOE expects manufacturers could 
likely meet the efficiency level required for BIC without significant 
redesign. The ELs at the amended standard level result in positive LCC 
savings for all product classes and reduce the decrease in INPV and 
conversion costs to the point where DOE has concluded they are 
economically justified, as discussed for the Recommended TSL in the 
preceding paragraphs.
    Therefore, based on the previous considerations, DOE adopts the 
energy conservation standards for MREFs at the Recommended TSL.
    While DOE considered each potential TSL under the criteria laid out 
in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o) as discussed in the preceding paragraphs, DOE 
notes that the Recommended TSL for MREFs in this direct final rule is 
part of a multi-product Joint Agreement covering six rulemakings (RFs; 
MREFs; conventional cooking products; residential clothes washers; 
consumer clothes dryers; and dishwashers). The signatories indicate 
that the Joint Agreement for the six rulemakings should be considered 
as a joint statement of recommended standards, to be adopted in its 
entirety. As discussed in section V.B.2.e of this document, many MREF 
OEMs also manufacture RFs, conventional cooking products, residential 
clothes washers, consumer clothes dryers, and dishwashers. Rather than 
requiring compliance with five amended standards in a single year 
(2027),\86\ the negotiated multi-product Joint Agreement staggers the 
compliance dates for the five amended standards

[[Page 38828]]

over a 4-year period (2027-2030). In response to the March 2023 NOPR, 
AHAM expressed concerns about the timing of ongoing home appliance 
rulemakings. Specifically, AHAM commented that the combination of the 
stringency of DOE's proposals, the short lead-in time required under 
EPCA to comply with standards, and the overlapping timeframe of 
multiple standards affecting the same manufacturers represents 
significant cumulative regulatory burden for the home appliance 
industry. (AHAM, No. 31 at p. 13) AHAM has submitted similar comments 
to other ongoing consumer product rulemakings.\87\ However, as AHAM is 
a key signatory of the Joint Agreement, DOE understands that the 
compliance dates recommended in the Joint Agreement would help reduce 
cumulative regulatory burden. These compliance dates help relieve 
concern on the part of some manufacturers about their ability to 
allocate sufficient resources to comply with multiple concurrent 
amended standards, about the need to align compliance dates for 
products that are typically designed or sold as matched pairs, and 
about the ability of their suppliers to ramp up production of key 
components. The Joint Agreement also provides additional years of 
regulatory certainty for manufacturers and their suppliers while still 
achieving the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is 
technologically feasible and economically justified.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \86\ The refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers 
rulemaking (88 FR 12452); consumer conventional cooking products 
rulemaking (88 FR 6818); residential clothes washers rulemaking (88 
FR 13520); consumer clothes dryers rulemaking (87 FR 51734); and 
dishwashers rulemaking (88 FR 32514) utilized a 2027 compliance year 
for analysis at the proposed rule stage. The miscellaneous 
refrigeration products rulemaking (88 FR 12452) utilized a 2029 
compliance year for the NOPR analysis.
    \87\ AHAM has submitted written comments regarding cumulative 
regulatory burden for the other five rulemakings included in the 
multi-product Joint Agreement. AHAM's written comments on cumulative 
regulatory burden are available at: www.regulations.gov/document/EERE-2017-BT-STD-0003-0069 (pp. 19-22) for refrigerators, 
refrigerator-freezers, and freezers; www.regulations.gov/comment/EERE-2014-BT-STD-0005-2285 (pp. 44-47) for consumer conventional 
cooking products; www.regulations.gov/comment/EERE-2017-BT-STD-0014-0464 (pp. 40-44) for residential clothes washers; 
www.regulations.gov/comment/EERE-2014-BT-STD-0058-0046 (pp. 12-13) 
for consumer clothes dryers; and www.regulations.gov/comment/EERE-2019-BT-STD-0039-0051 (pp. 21-24) for dishwashers.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The amended energy conservation standards for MREFs, which are 
expressed in kWh/yr, are shown in Table V.38.
BILLING CODE 6450-01-P
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.060


[[Page 38829]]


2. Annualized Benefits and Costs of the Adopted Standards
    The benefits and costs of the adopted standards can also be 
expressed in terms of annualized values. The annualized net benefit is 
(1) the annualized national economic value (expressed in 2022$) of the 
benefits from operating products that meet the adopted standards 
(consisting primarily of operating cost savings from using less 
energy), minus increases in product purchase costs, and (2) the 
annualized monetary value of the climate and health benefits.
    Table V.39 shows the annualized values for MREFs under the 
Recommended TSL, expressed in 2022$. The results under the primary 
estimate are as follows.
    Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs and 
NOX and SO2 reduction benefits, and a 3-percent 
discount rate case for GHG social costs, the estimated cost of the 
standards for MREFs is $72.7 million per year in increased product 
costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $90.6 million in reduced 
product operating costs, $18.3 million in climate benefits, and $25.6 
million in health benefits. The net benefit amounts to $61.7 million 
per year. Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits and costs, 
the estimated cost of the adopted standards for MREFs is $70.8 million 
per year in increased equipment costs, while the estimated annual 
benefits are $115 million in reduced operating costs, $18.3 million in 
climate benefits, and $35.6 million in health benefits. The net benefit 
amounts to $98 million per year.

[[Page 38830]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.061


[[Page 38831]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.062

BILLING CODE 6450-01-C

VI. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review

A. Review Under Executive Orders 12866, 13563, and 14094

    Executive Order (``E.O.'') 12866, ``Regulatory Planning and 
Review,'' as supplemented and reaffirmed by E.O. 13563, ``Improving 
Regulation and Regulatory Review,'' 76 FR 3821 (Jan. 21, 2011) and 
amended by E.O. 14094, ``Modernizing Regulatory Review,'' 88 FR 21879 
(April 11, 2023), requires agencies, to the extent permitted by law, to 
(1) propose or adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned determination 
that its benefits justify its costs (recognizing that some benefits and 
costs are difficult to quantify); (2) tailor regulations to impose the 
least burden on society, consistent with obtaining regulatory 
objectives, taking into account, among other things, and to the extent 
practicable, the costs of cumulative regulations; (3) select, in 
choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, those approaches that 
maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, 
public health and safety, and other advantages; distributive impacts; 
and equity); (4) to the extent feasible, specify performance 
objectives, rather than specifying the behavior or manner of compliance 
that regulated entities must adopt; and (5) identify and assess 
available alternatives to direct regulation, including providing 
economic incentives to encourage the desired behavior, such as user 
fees or marketable permits, or providing information upon which choices 
can be made by the public. DOE emphasizes as well that E.O. 13563 
requires agencies to use the best available techniques to quantify 
anticipated present and future benefits and costs as accurately as 
possible. In its guidance, the Office of Information and Regulatory 
Affairs (``OIRA'') in the Office of Management and Budget (``OMB'') has 
emphasized that such techniques may include identifying changing future 
compliance costs that might result from technological innovation or 
anticipated behavioral changes. For the reasons stated in this 
preamble, this final regulatory action is consistent with these 
principles.
    Section 6(a) of E.O. 12866 also requires agencies to submit 
``significant regulatory actions'' to OIRA for review. OIRA has 
determined that this final regulatory action constitutes a 
``significant regulatory action'' within the scope of section 3(f)(1) 
of E.O. 12866. DOE has provided to OIRA an assessment, including the 
underlying analysis, of benefits and costs anticipated from the final 
regulatory action, together with, to the extent feasible, a 
quantification of those costs; and an assessment, including the 
underlying analysis, of costs and benefits of potentially effective and 
reasonably feasible alternatives to the planned regulation, and an 
explanation why the planned regulatory action is preferable to the 
identified potential alternatives. These assessments are summarized in 
this preamble and further detail can be found in the technical support 
document for this rulemaking.

B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act

    The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.) requires 
preparation of an initial regulatory flexibility analysis (``IRFA'') 
and a final regulatory flexibility analysis (``FRFA'') for any rule 
that by law must be proposed for public comment, unless the agency 
certifies that the rule, if promulgated, will not have a significant 
economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. As required 
by E.O. 13272,

[[Page 38832]]

``Proper Consideration of Small Entities in Agency Rulemaking,'' 67 FR 
53461 (Aug. 16, 2002), DOE published procedures and policies on 
February 19, 2003, to ensure that the potential impacts of its rules on 
small entities are properly considered during the rulemaking process. 
68 FR 7990. DOE has made its procedures and policies available on the 
Office of the General Counsel's website (www.energy.gov/gc/office-general-counsel).
    DOE is not obligated to prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis 
for this rulemaking because there is not a requirement to publish a 
general notice of proposed rulemaking under the Administrative 
Procedure Act. See 5 U.S.C. 601(2), 603(a). As discussed previously, 
DOE has determined that the Joint Agreement meets the necessary 
requirements under EPCA to issue this direct final rule for energy 
conservation standards for MREFs under the procedures in 42 U.S.C. 
6295(p)(4). DOE notes that the NOPR for energy conservation standards 
for MREFs published elsewhere in this Federal Register contains an 
IRFA.

C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction Act

    Manufacturers of MREFs must certify to DOE that their products 
comply with any applicable energy conservation standards. In certifying 
compliance, manufacturers must test their products according to the DOE 
test procedures for MREFs, including any amendments adopted for those 
test procedures. DOE has established regulations for the certification 
and recordkeeping requirements for all covered consumer products and 
commercial equipment, including MREFs. (See generally 10 CFR part 429). 
The collection-of-information requirement for the certification and 
recordkeeping is subject to review and approval by OMB under the 
Paperwork Reduction Act (``PRA''). This requirement has been approved 
by OMB under OMB control number 1910-1400. Public reporting burden for 
the certification is estimated to average 35 hours per response, 
including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data 
sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and 
reviewing the collection of information.
    Notwithstanding any other provision of the law, no person is 
required to respond to, nor shall any person be subject to a penalty 
for failure to comply with, a collection of information subject to the 
requirements of the PRA, unless that collection of information displays 
a currently valid OMB Control Number.

D. Review Under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969

    Pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 
(``NEPA''), DOE has analyzed this proposed action rule in accordance 
with NEPA and DOE's NEPA implementing regulations (10 CFR part 1021). 
DOE has determined that this rule qualifies for categorical exclusion 
under 10 CFR part 1021, subpart D, appendix B5.1 because it is a 
rulemaking that establishes energy conservation standards for consumer 
products or industrial equipment, none of the exceptions identified in 
B5.1(b) apply, no extraordinary circumstances exist that require 
further environmental analysis, and it meets the requirements for 
application of a categorical exclusion. See 10 CFR 1021.410. Therefore, 
DOE has determined that promulgation of this direct final rule is not a 
major Federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human 
environment within the meaning of NEPA, and does not require an 
environmental assessment or an environmental impact statement.

E. Review Under Executive Order 13132

    E.O. 13132, ``Federalism,'' 64 FR 43255 (Aug. 10, 1999), imposes 
certain requirements on Federal agencies formulating and implementing 
policies or regulations that preempt State law or that have federalism 
implications. The Executive order requires agencies to examine the 
constitutional and statutory authority supporting any action that would 
limit the policymaking discretion of the States and to carefully assess 
the necessity for such actions. The Executive order also requires 
agencies to have an accountable process to ensure meaningful and timely 
input by State and local officials in the development of regulatory 
policies that have federalism implications. On March 14, 2000, DOE 
published a statement of policy describing the intergovernmental 
consultation process it will follow in the development of such 
regulations. 65 FR 13735. DOE has examined this direct final rule and 
has determined that it would not have a substantial direct effect on 
the States, on the relationship between the national government and the 
States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the 
various levels of government. EPCA governs and prescribes Federal 
preemption of State regulations as to energy conservation for the 
products that are the subject of this direct final rule. States can 
petition DOE for exemption from such preemption to the extent, and 
based on criteria, set forth in EPCA. (42 U.S.C. 6297) Therefore, no 
further action is required by Executive Order 13132.

F. Review Under Executive Order 12988

    With respect to the review of existing regulations and the 
promulgation of new regulations, section 3(a) of E.O. 12988, ``Civil 
Justice Reform,'' imposes on Federal agencies the general duty to 
adhere to the following requirements: (1) eliminate drafting errors and 
ambiguity, (2) write regulations to minimize litigation, (3) provide a 
clear legal standard for affected conduct rather than a general 
standard, and (4) promote simplification and burden reduction. 61 FR 
4729 (Feb. 7, 1996). Regarding the review required by section 3(a), 
section 3(b) of E.O. 12988 specifically requires that Executive 
agencies make every reasonable effort to ensure that the regulation (1) 
clearly specifies the preemptive effect, if any, (2) clearly specifies 
any effect on existing Federal law or regulation, (3) provides a clear 
legal standard for affected conduct while promoting simplification and 
burden reduction, (4) specifies the retroactive effect, if any, (5) 
adequately defines key terms, and (6) addresses other important issues 
affecting clarity and general draftsmanship under any guidelines issued 
by the Attorney General. Section 3(c) of E.O. 12988 requires Executive 
agencies to review regulations in light of applicable standards in 
section 3(a) and section 3(b) to determine whether they are met or it 
is unreasonable to meet one or more of them. DOE has completed the 
required review and determined that, to the extent permitted by law, 
this direct final rule meets the relevant standards of E.O. 12988.

G. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995

    Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (``UMRA'') 
requires each Federal agency to assess the effects of Federal 
regulatory actions on State, local, and Tribal governments and the 
private sector. Public Law 104-4, sec. 201 (codified at 2 U.S.C. 1531). 
For a regulatory action likely to result in a rule that may cause the 
expenditure by State, local, and Tribal governments, in the aggregate, 
or by the private sector of $100 million or more in any one year 
(adjusted annually for inflation), section 202 of UMRA requires a 
Federal agency to publish a written statement that estimates the 
resulting costs, benefits, and other effects on the national economy. 
(2 U.S.C. 1532(a), (b)) The UMRA also requires a Federal agency to 
develop an effective process to permit timely input by elected officers 
of State, local, and Tribal governments on a

[[Page 38833]]

``significant intergovernmental mandate,'' and requires an agency plan 
for giving notice and opportunity for timely input to potentially 
affected small governments before establishing any requirements that 
might significantly or uniquely affect them. On March 18, 1997, DOE 
published a statement of policy on its process for intergovernmental 
consultation under UMRA. 62 FR 12820. DOE's policy statement is also 
available at www.energy.gov/sites/prod/files/gcprod/documents/umra_97.pdf.
    DOE has concluded that this direct final rule may require 
expenditures of $100 million or more in any one year by the private 
sector. Such expenditures may include (1) investment in research and 
development and in capital expenditures by MREF manufacturers in the 
years between the direct final rule and the compliance date for the new 
standards and (2) incremental additional expenditures by consumers to 
purchase higher-efficiency MREFs, starting at the compliance date for 
the applicable standard.
    Section 202 of UMRA authorizes a Federal agency to respond to the 
content requirements of UMRA in any other statement or analysis that 
accompanies the direct final rule. (2 U.S.C. 1532(c)) The content 
requirements of section 202(b) of UMRA relevant to a private sector 
mandate substantially overlap the economic analysis requirements that 
apply under section 325(o) of EPCA and Executive Order 12866. This 
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section and the TSD for this direct final 
rule respond to those requirements.
    Under section 205 of UMRA, DOE is obligated to identify and 
consider a reasonable number of regulatory alternatives before 
promulgating a rule for which a written statement under section 202 is 
required. (2 U.S.C. 1535(a)) DOE is required to select from those 
alternatives the most cost-effective and least burdensome alternative 
that achieves the objectives of the rule unless DOE publishes an 
explanation for doing otherwise, or the selection of such an 
alternative is inconsistent with law. As required by 42 U.S.C. 6295(m), 
this direct final rule establishes amended energy conservation 
standards for MREFs that are designed to achieve the maximum 
improvement in energy efficiency that DOE has determined to be both 
technologically feasible and economically justified, as required by 
6295(o)(2)(A) and 6295(o)(3)(B). A full discussion of the alternatives 
considered by DOE is presented in chapter 17 of the TSD for this direct 
final rule.

H. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 
1999

    Section 654 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations 
Act, 1999 (Pub. L. 105-277) requires Federal agencies to issue a Family 
Policymaking Assessment for any proposed rule or policy that may affect 
family well-being. Although this direct final rule would not have any 
impact on the autonomy or integrity of the family as an institution as 
defined, this rule could impact a family's well-being. When developing 
a Family Policymaking Assessment, agencies must assess whether: (1) the 
action strengthens or erodes the stability or safety of the family and, 
particularly, the marital commitment; (2) the action strengthens or 
erodes the authority and rights of parents in the education, nurture, 
and supervision of their children; (3) the action helps the family 
perform its functions, or substitutes governmental activity for the 
function; (4) the action increases or decreases disposable income or 
poverty of families and children; (5) the proposed benefits of the 
action justify the financial impact on the family; (6) the action may 
be carried out by State or local government or by the family; and (7) 
the action establishes an implicit or explicit policy concerning the 
relationship between the behavior and personal responsibility of youth, 
and the norms of society.
    DOE has considered how the proposed benefits of this direct final 
rule compare to the possible financial impact on a family (the only 
factor listed that is relevant to this rule). As part of its rulemaking 
process, DOE must determine whether the energy conservation standards 
contained in this direct final rule are economically justified. As 
discussed in section V.C.1 of this document, DOE has determined that 
the standards are economically justified because the benefits to 
consumers far outweigh the costs to manufacturers. Families will also 
see LCC savings as a result of this direct final rule. Further, the 
standards will also result in climate and health benefits for families.

I. Review Under Executive Order 12630

    Pursuant to E.O. 12630, ``Governmental Actions and Interference 
with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights,'' 53 FR 8859 (March 
18, 1988), DOE has determined that this rule would not result in any 
takings that might require compensation under the Fifth Amendment to 
the U.S. Constitution.

J. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 
2001

    Section 515 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations 
Act, 2001 (44 U.S.C. 3516, note) provides for Federal agencies to 
review most disseminations of information to the public under 
information quality guidelines established by each agency pursuant to 
general guidelines issued by OMB. OMB's guidelines were published at 67 
FR 8452 (Feb. 22, 2002), and DOE's guidelines were published at 67 FR 
62446 (Oct. 7, 2002). Pursuant to OMB Memorandum M-19-15, Improving 
Implementation of the Information Quality Act (April 24, 2019), DOE 
published updated guidelines which are available at www.energy.gov/sites/prod/files/2019/12/f70/DOE%20Final%20Updated%20IQA%20Guidelines%20Dec%202019.pdf. DOE has 
reviewed this direct final rule under the OMB and DOE guidelines and 
has concluded that it is consistent with applicable policies in those 
guidelines.

K. Review Under Executive Order 13211

    E.O. 13211, ``Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly 
Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use,'' 66 FR 28355 (May 22, 
2001), requires Federal agencies to prepare and submit to OIRA at OMB, 
a Statement of Energy Effects for any significant energy action. A 
``significant energy action'' is defined as any action by an agency 
that promulgates or is expected to lead to promulgation of a final 
rule, and that (1) is a significant regulatory action under Executive 
Order 12866, or any successor order; and (2) is likely to have a 
significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of 
energy, or (3) is designated by the Administrator of OIRA as a 
significant energy action. For any significant energy action, the 
agency must give a detailed statement of any adverse effects on energy 
supply, distribution, or use should the proposal be implemented, and of 
reasonable alternatives to the action and their expected benefits on 
energy supply, distribution, and use.
    DOE has concluded that this regulatory action, which sets forth 
amended energy conservation standards for MREFs, is not a significant 
energy action because the standards are not likely to have a 
significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of 
energy, nor has it been designated as such by the Administrator at 
OIRA. Accordingly, DOE has not prepared a Statement of Energy Effects 
on this direct final rule.

[[Page 38834]]

L. Information Quality

    On December 16, 2004, OMB, in consultation with the Office of 
Science and Technology Policy (``OSTP''), issued its Final Information 
Quality Bulletin for Peer Review (``the Bulletin''). 70 FR 2664 (Jan. 
14, 2005). The Bulletin establishes that certain scientific information 
shall be peer reviewed by qualified specialists before it is 
disseminated by the Federal Government, including influential 
scientific information related to agency regulatory actions. The 
purpose of the Bulletin is to enhance the quality and credibility of 
the Government's scientific information. Under the Bulletin, the energy 
conservation standards rulemaking analyses are ``influential scientific 
information,'' which the Bulletin defines as ``scientific information 
the agency reasonably can determine will have, or does have, a clear 
and substantial impact on important public policies or private sector 
decisions.'' 70 FR 2664, 2667.
    In response to OMB's Bulletin, DOE conducted formal peer reviews of 
the energy conservation standards development process and the analyses 
that are typically used and prepared a report describing that peer 
review.\88\ Generation of this report involved a rigorous, formal, and 
documented evaluation using objective criteria and qualified and 
independent reviewers to make a judgment as to the technical/
scientific/business merit, the actual or anticipated results, and the 
productivity and management effectiveness of programs and/or projects. 
Because available data, models, and technological understanding have 
changed since 2007, DOE has engaged with the National Academy of 
Sciences to review DOE's analytical methodologies to ascertain whether 
modifications are needed to improve DOE's analyses. DOE is in the 
process of evaluating the resulting report.\89\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \88\ The 2007 ``Energy Conservation Standards Rulemaking Peer 
Review Report'' is available at the following website: energy.gov/eere/buildings/downloads/energy-conservation-standards-rulemaking-peer-review-report-0 (last accessed November 29, 2023).
    \89\ The report is available at www.nationalacademies.org/our-work/review-of-methods-for-setting-building-and-equipment-performance-standards (last accessed November 29, 2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

M. Congressional Notification

    As required by 5 U.S.C. 801, DOE will report to Congress on the 
promulgation of this direct final rule prior to its effective date. The 
report will state that the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs 
has determined that this action meets the criteria set forth in 5 
U.S.C. 804(2).

VII. Approval of the Office of the Secretary

    The Secretary of Energy has approved publication of this direct 
final rule.

List of Subjects in 10 CFR Part 430

    Administrative practice and procedure, Confidential business 
information, Energy conservation, Household appliances, Imports, 
Intergovernmental relations, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, 
Small businesses.

Signing Authority

    This document of the Department of Energy was signed on April 10, 
2024, by Jeffrey Marootian, Principal Deputy Assistant Secretary for 
Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, pursuant to delegated authority 
from the Secretary of Energy. That document with the original signature 
and date is maintained by DOE. For administrative purposes only, and in 
compliance with requirements of the Office of the Federal Register, the 
undersigned DOE Federal Register Liaison Officer has been authorized to 
sign and submit the document in electronic format for publication, as 
an official document of the Department of Energy. This administrative 
process in no way alters the legal effect of this document upon 
publication in the Federal Register.

    Signed in Washington, DC, on April 11, 2024.
Treena V. Garrett,
Federal Register Liaison Officer, U.S. Department of Energy.
    For the reasons set forth in the preamble, DOE amends part 430 of 
chapter II, subchapter D, of title 10 of the Code of Federal 
Regulations, as set forth below:

PART 430--ENERGY CONSERVATION PROGRAM FOR CONSUMER PRODUCTS

0
1. The authority citation for part 430 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6291-6309; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note.


0
2. Amend Sec.  430.32 by revising paragraph (aa) to read as follows:


Sec.  430.32  Energy and water conservation standards and their 
compliance dates.

* * * * *
    (aa) Miscellaneous refrigeration products. The energy standards as 
determined by the equations of the following table(s) shall be rounded 
off to the nearest kWh per year. If the equation calculation is halfway 
between the nearest two kWh per year values, the standard shall be 
rounded up to the higher of these values.
    (1) Coolers. (i) Coolers manufactured on or after October 28, 2019, 
and before January 31, 2029, shall have an Annual Energy Use (AEU) no 
more than:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Product class                         AEU (kWh/yr)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(A) Freestanding compact.............................     7.88AV + 155.8
(B) Freestanding.....................................     7.88AV + 155.8
(C) Built-in compact.................................     7.88AV + 155.8
(D) Built-in.........................................     7.88AV + 155.8
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: AV = Total adjusted volume, expressed in ft\3\, as determined in
  appendix A to subpart B of this part.

    (ii) Coolers manufactured on or after January 31, 2029, shall have 
an Annual Energy Use (AEU) no more than:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Product class                         AEU (kWh/yr)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(A) Freestanding compact.............................     5.52AV + 109.1
(B) Freestanding.....................................     5.52AV + 109.1
(C) Built-in compact.................................     5.52AV + 109.1
(D) Built-in.........................................     6.30AV + 124.6
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: AV = Total adjusted volume, expressed in ft\3\, as determined in
  appendix A to subpart B of this part.

    (2) Combination cooler refrigeration products. (i) Combination 
cooler refrigeration products manufactured on or after October 28, 
2019, and before January 31, 2029, shall have an Annual Energy Use 
(AEU) no more than:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Product class                         AEU (kWh/yr)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(A) C-3A. Cooler with all-refrigerator--automatic         4.57AV + 130.4
 defrost.............................................
(B) C-3A-BI. Built-in cooler with all-refrigerator--      5.19AV + 147.8
 automatic defrost...................................
(C) C-9. Cooler with upright freezer with automatic       5.58AV + 147.7
 defrost without an automatic icemaker...............
(D) C-9-BI. Built-in cooler with upright freezer with     6.38AV + 168.8
 automatic defrost without an automatic icemaker.....
(E) C-9I. Cooler with upright freezer with automatic      5.58AV + 231.7
 defrost with an automatic icemaker..................

[[Page 38835]]

 
(F) C-9I-BI. Built-in cooler with upright freezer         6.38AV + 252.8
 with automatic defrost with an automatic icemaker...
(G) C-13A. Compact cooler with all-refrigerator--         5.93AV + 193.7
 automatic defrost...................................
(H) C-13A-BI. Built-in compact cooler with all-           6.52AV + 213.1
 refrigerator--automatic defrost.....................
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: AV = Total adjusted volume, expressed in ft\3\, as determined in
  appendix A to subpart B of this part.

    (ii) Combination cooler refrigeration products manufactured on or 
after January 31, 2029, shall have an Annual Energy Use (AEU) no more 
than:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Product class                         AEU (kWh/yr)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(A) C-3A. Cooler with all-refrigerator--                  4.11AV + 117.4
 automatic defrost.............................
(B) C-3A-BI. Built-in cooler with all-                    4.67AV + 133.0
 refrigerator--automatic defrost...............
(C) C-5-BI. Built-in cooler with refrigerator-      5.47AV + 196.2 + 28I
 freezer with automatic defrost with bottom-
 mounted freezer...............................
(D) C-9. Cooler with upright freezer with           5.58AV + 147.7 + 28I
 automatic defrost without an automatic
 icemaker......................................
(E) C-9-BI. Built-in cooler with upright            6.38AV + 168.8 + 28I
 freezer with automatic defrost without an
 automatic icemaker............................
(F) C-13A. Compact cooler with all-                       4.74AV + 155.0
 refrigerator--automatic defrost...............
(G) C-13A-BI. Built-in compact cooler with all-           5.22AV + 170.5
 refrigerator--automatic defrost...............
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: AV = Total adjusted volume, expressed in ft\3\, as determined in
  appendix A to subpart B of this part. I = 1 for a product with an
  automatic icemaker and = 0 for a product without an automatic
  icemaker.

* * * * *
[FR Doc. 2024-08001 Filed 5-6-24; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6450-01-P


This site is protected by reCAPTCHA and the Google Privacy Policy and Terms of Service apply.